%% LyX 1.3 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.
%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.
\documentclass[12pt,english]{book}
\usepackage{newcent}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
\usepackage{geometry}
\geometry{verbose,paperwidth=5.5in,paperheight=8.5in,tmargin=0.75in,bmargin=0.75in,lmargin=1in,rmargin=1in}
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}

\makeatletter

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.
\newcommand{\noun}[1]{\textsc{#1}}

\usepackage{babel}
\makeatother
\begin{document}
\sloppy

\evensidemargin = -0.25in

\oddsidemargin = 0.25in

\raggedbottom
\date{}

\pagestyle{empty}


\title{Pilgrim's Progress\\
{\normalsize Books I and II}}


\author{John Bunyan}

\maketitle
\vspace*{\stretch{1}}

\noindent This public-domain (U.S.) work is taken from the editon
at ccel.org. The text had been prepared by Logos Research Systems,
Inc., from an edition marked as follows:

\noindent \begin{center}\noun{Auburn: Derby and Miller.}\\
\noun{\mbox{Buffalo: Geo.\ H.\ Derby \& Co.}}\\
\noun{1853}\end{center}

\noindent The work was subsequently converted to \LaTeX{} by means
of \textbf{GutenMark} software, and then modified (principally for
correction of formatting problems) by Ron Burkey. Also, the very numerous
scriptural references have been converted to footnotes\mbox{---}having
been inline notes in the ccel.org edition\mbox{---}to prevent breaking
the flow of text. Report problems to info@sandroid.org. Revision B1
differs from B in that {}``----'' has everywhere been replaced with
{}``---''.

\noindent \begin{center}Revision: B1\\
Date: 01/29/2008\end{center}

\vspace{\stretch{1}}

\frontmatter


\pagestyle{myheadings} \tableofcontents{}\newpage


\mainmatter


\part*{PART I.\protect \\
{\normalsize THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS FROM THIS WORLD TO THAT WHICH
IS TO COME; DELIVERED UNDER THE SIMILTUDE OF A DREAM.}}

\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{PART I}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE AUTHOR'S APOLOGY FOR HIS BOOK.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE AUTHOR'S APOLOGY\\
FOR HIS BOOK}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE AUTHOR'S APOLOGY}

\begin{flushleft} \footnotesize

When at the first I took my pen in hand \\*

\mbox{Thus for to write, I did not understand} \\*

\mbox{That I at all should make a little book} \\*

\mbox{In such a mode: nay, I had undertook} \\*

\mbox{To make another; which, when almost done,} \\*

\mbox{Before I was aware I this begun.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{And thus it was: I, writing of the way} \\*

\mbox{And race of saints in this our gospel-day,} \\*

\mbox{Fell suddenly into an allegory} \\*

\mbox{About their journey, and the way to glory,} \\*

\mbox{In more than twenty things which I set down} \\*

\mbox{This done, I twenty more had in my crown,} \\*

\mbox{And they again began to multiply,} \\*

\mbox{Like sparks that from the coals of fire do fly.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Nay, then, thought I, if that you breed so fast,} \\*

\mbox{I'll put you by yourselves, lest you at last} \\*

\mbox{Should prove ad infinitum, and eat out} \\*

\mbox{The book that I already am about.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Well, so I did; but yet I did not think} \\*

\mbox{To show to all the world my pen and ink} \\*

\mbox{In such a mode; I only thought to make} \\*

\mbox{I knew not what: nor did I undertake} \\*

\mbox{Thereby to please my neighbor; no, not I;} \\*

\mbox{I did it my own self to gratify.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Neither did I but vacant seasons spend} \\*

\mbox{In this my scribble; nor did I intend} \\*

\mbox{But to divert myself, in doing this,} \\*

\mbox{From worser thoughts, which make me do amiss.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Thus I set pen to paper with delight,} \\*

\mbox{And quickly had my thoughts in black and white;} \\*

\mbox{For having now my method by the end,} \\*

\mbox{Still as I pull'd, it came; and so I penned} \\*

\mbox{It down; until it came at last to be,} \\*

\mbox{For length and breadth, the bigness which you see.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Well, when I had thus put mine ends together} \\*

\mbox{I show'd them others, that I might see whether} \\*

\mbox{They would condemn them, or them justify:} \\*

\mbox{And some said, let them live; some, let them die:} \\*

\mbox{Some said, John, print it; others said, Not so:} \\*

\mbox{Some said, It might do good; others said, No.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Now was I in a strait, and did not see} \\*

\mbox{Which was the best thing to be done by me:} \\*

\mbox{At last I thought, Since ye are thus divided,} \\*

\mbox{I print it will; and so the case decided.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{For, thought I, some I see would have it done,} \\*

\mbox{Though others in that channel do not run:} \\*

\mbox{To prove, then, who advised for the best,} \\*

\mbox{Thus I thought fit to put it to the test.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{I further thought, if now I did deny} \\*

\mbox{Those that would have it, thus to gratify;} \\*

\mbox{I did not know, but hinder them I might} \\*

\mbox{Of that which would to them be great delight.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{For those which were not for its coming forth,} \\*

\mbox{I said to them, Offend you, I am loath;} \\*

\mbox{Yet since your brethren pleased with it be,} \\*

\mbox{Forbear to judge, till you do further see.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{If that thou wilt not read, let it alone;} \\*

\mbox{Some love the meat, some love to pick the bone.} \\*

\mbox{Yea, that I might them better palliate,} \\*

\mbox{I did too with them thus expostulate:} \\*

\mbox{May I not write in such a style as this?} \\*

\mbox{In such a method too, and yet not miss} \\*

\mbox{My end---thy good? Why may it not be done?} \\*

\mbox{Dark clouds bring waters, when the bright bring none.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Yea, dark or bright, if they their silver drops} \\*

\mbox{Cause to descend, the earth, by yielding crops,} \\*

\mbox{Gives praise to both, and carpeth not at either,} \\*

\mbox{But treasures up the fruit they yield together;} \\*

\mbox{Yea, so commixes both, that in their fruit} \\*

\mbox{None can distinguish this from that; they suit} \\*

\mbox{Her well when hungry; but if she be full,} \\*

\mbox{She spews out both, and makes their blessing null.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{You see the ways the fisherman doth take} \\*

\mbox{To catch the fish; what engines doth he make!} \\*

\mbox{Behold how he engageth all his wits;} \\*

\mbox{Also his snares, lines, angles, hooks, and nets:} \\*

\mbox{Yet fish there be, that neither hook nor line,} \\*

\mbox{Nor snare, nor net, nor engine can make thine:} \\*

\mbox{They must be groped for, and be tickled too,} \\*

\mbox{Or they will not be catch'd, whate'er you do.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{How does the fowler seek to catch his game} \\*

\mbox{By divers means! all which one cannot name.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{His guns, his nets, his lime-twigs, light and bell:} \\*

\mbox{He creeps, he goes, he stands; yea, who can tell} \\*

\mbox{Of all his postures? yet there's none of these} \\*

\mbox{Will make him master of what fowls he please.} \\*

\mbox{Yea, he must pipe and whistle, to catch this;} \\*

\mbox{Yet if he does so, that bird he will miss.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{If that a pearl may in toad's head dwell,} \\*

\mbox{And may be found too in an oyster-shell;} \\*

\mbox{If things that promise nothing, do contain} \\*

\mbox{What better is than gold; who will disdain,} \\*

\mbox{That have an inkling of it, there to look,} \\*

\mbox{That they may find it. Now my little book,} \\*

\mbox{(Though void of all these paintings that may make} \\*

\mbox{It with this or the other man to take,)} \\*

\mbox{Is not without those things that do excel} \\*

\mbox{What do in brave but empty notions dwell.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{`Well, yet I am not fully satisfied} \\*

\mbox{That this your book will stand, when soundly tried.'} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Why, what's the matter? `It is dark.' What though?} \\*

\mbox{`But it is feigned.' What of that? I trow} \\*

\mbox{Some men by feigned words, as dark as mine,} \\*

\mbox{Make truth to spangle, and its rays to shine.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{`But they want solidness.' Speak, man, thy mind.} \\*

\mbox{`They drown the weak; metaphors make us blind.'} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Solidity, indeed, becomes the pen} \\*

\mbox{Of him that writeth things divine to men:} \\*

\mbox{But must I needs want solidness, because} \\*

\mbox{By metaphors I speak? Were not God's laws,} \\*

\mbox{His gospel laws, in olden time held forth} \\*

\mbox{By types, shadows, and metaphors? Yet loth} \\*

\mbox{Will any sober man be to find fault} \\*

\mbox{With them, lest he be found for to assault} \\*

\mbox{The highest wisdom! No, he rather stoops,} \\*

\mbox{And seeks to find out what, by pins and loops,} \\*

\mbox{By calves and sheep, by heifers, and by rams,} \\*

\mbox{By birds and herbs, and by the blood of lambs,} \\*

\mbox{God speaketh to him; and happy is he} \\*

\mbox{That finds the light and grace that in them be.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{But not too forward, therefore, to conclude} \\*

\mbox{That I want solidness---that I am rude;} \\*

\mbox{All things solid in show, not solid be;} \\*

\mbox{All things in parable despise not we,} \\*

\mbox{Lest things most hurtful lightly we receive,} \\*

\mbox{And things that good are, of our souls bereave.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{My dark and cloudy words they do but hold} \\*

\mbox{The truth, as cabinets inclose the gold.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{The prophets used much by metaphors} \\*

\mbox{To set forth truth: yea, who so considers} \\*

\mbox{Christ, his apostles too, shall plainly see,} \\*

\mbox{That truths to this day in such mantles be.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Am I afraid to say, that holy writ,} \\*

\mbox{Which for its style and phrase puts down all wit,} \\*

\mbox{Is everywhere so full of all these things,} \\*

\mbox{Dark figures, allegories? Yet there springs} \\*

\mbox{From that same book, that lustre, and those rays} \\*

\mbox{Of light, that turn our darkest nights to days.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Come, let my carper to his life now look,} \\*

\mbox{And find there darker lines than in my book} \\*

\mbox{He findeth any; yea, and let him know,} \\*

\mbox{That in his best things there are worse lines too.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{May we but stand before impartial men,} \\*

\mbox{To his poor one I durst adventure ten,} \\*

\mbox{That they will take my meaning in these lines} \\*

\mbox{Far better than his lies in silver shrines.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Come, truth, although in swaddling-clothes, I find} \\*

\mbox{Informs the judgment, rectifies the mind;} \\*

\mbox{Pleases the understanding, makes the will} \\*

\mbox{Submit, the memory too it doth fill} \\*

\mbox{With what doth our imagination please;} \\*

\mbox{Likewise it tends our troubles to appease.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Sound words, I know, Timothy is to use,} \\*

\mbox{And old wives' fables he is to refuse;} \\*

\mbox{But yet grave Paul him nowhere doth forbid} \\*

\mbox{The use of parables, in which lay hid} \\*

\mbox{That gold, those pearls, and precious stones that were} \\*

\mbox{Worth digging for, and that with greatest care.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Let me add one word more. O man of God,} \\*

\mbox{Art thou offended? Dost thou wish I had} \\*

\mbox{Put forth my matter in another dress?} \\*

\mbox{Or that I had in things been more express?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Three things let me propound; then I submit} \\*

\mbox{To those that are my betters, as is fit.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{1. I find not that I am denied the use} \\*

\mbox{Of this my method, so I no abuse} \\*

\mbox{Put on the words, things, readers, or be rude} \\*

\mbox{In handling figure or similitude,} \\*

\mbox{In application; but all that I may} \\*

\mbox{Seek the advance of truth this or that way.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Denied, did I say? Nay, I have leave,} \\*

\mbox{(Example too, and that from them that have} \\*

\mbox{God better pleased, by their words or ways,} \\*

\mbox{Than any man that breatheth now-a-days,)} \\*

\mbox{Thus to express my mind, thus to declare} \\*

\mbox{Things unto thee that excellentest are.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{2. I find that men as high as trees will write} \\*

\mbox{Dialogue-wise; yet no man doth them slight} \\*

\mbox{For writing so. Indeed, if they abuse} \\*

\mbox{Truth, cursed be they, and the craft they use} \\*

\mbox{To that intent; but yet let truth be free} \\*

\mbox{To make her sallies upon thee and me,} \\*

\mbox{Which way it pleases God: for who knows how,} \\*

\mbox{Better than he that taught us first to plough,} \\*

\mbox{To guide our minds and pens for his designs?} \\*

\mbox{And he makes base things usher in divine.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{3. I find that holy writ, in many places,} \\*

\mbox{Hath semblance with this method, where the cases} \\*

\mbox{Do call for one thing to set forth another: } \\*

\mbox{Use it I may then, and yet nothing smother} \\*

\mbox{Truth's golden beams: nay, by this method may} \\*

\mbox{Make it cast forth its rays as light as day. } \\

\ \\

\mbox{And now, before I do put up my pen,} \\*

\mbox{I'll show the profit of my book; and then} \\*

\mbox{Commit both thee and it unto that hand} \\*

\mbox{That pulls the strong down, and makes weak ones stand. } \\

\ \\

\mbox{This book it chalketh out before thine eyes} \\*

\mbox{The man that seeks the everlasting prize: } \\*

\mbox{It shows you whence he comes, whither he goes,} \\*

\mbox{What he leaves undone; also what he does:} \\*

\mbox{It also shows you how he runs, and runs,} \\*

\mbox{Till he unto the gate of glory comes.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{It shows, too, who set out for life amain,} \\*

\mbox{As if the lasting crown they would obtain;} \\*

\mbox{Here also you may see the reason why} \\*

\mbox{They lose their labor, and like fools do die.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{This book will make a traveler of thee,} \\*

\mbox{If by its counsel thou wilt ruled be;} \\*

\mbox{It will direct thee to the Holy Land,} \\*

\mbox{If thou wilt its directions understand} \\*

\mbox{Yea, it will make the slothful active be;} \\*

\mbox{The blind also delightful things to see.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Art thou for something rare and profitable? } \\*

\mbox{Or would'st thou see a truth within a fable?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Art thou forgetful? Wouldest thou remember} \\*

\mbox{From New-Year's day to the last of December?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Then read my fancies; they will stick like burs,} \\*

\mbox{And may be, to the helpless, comforters.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{This book is writ in such a dialect } \\*

\mbox{As may the minds of listless men affect:} \\* 

\mbox{It seems a novelty, and yet contains} \\*

\mbox{Nothing but sound and honest gospel strains.} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Would'st thou divert thyself from melancholy?} \\*

\mbox{Would'st thou be pleasant, yet be far from folly?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Would'st thou read riddles, and their explanation?} \\*

\mbox{Or else be drowned in thy contemplation?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Dost thou love picking meat? Or would'st thou see} \\*

\mbox{A man i' the clouds, and hear him speak to thee?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Would'st thou be in a dream, and yet not sleep?} \\*

\mbox{Or would'st thou in a moment laugh and weep?} \\

\ \\

\mbox{Would'st thou lose thyself and catch no harm,} \\*

\mbox{And find thyself again without a charm?} \\*

\mbox{Would'st read thyself, and read thou know'st not what,} \\*

\mbox{And yet know whether thou art blest or not,} \\*

\mbox{By reading the same lines? O then come hither,} \\*

\mbox{And lay my book, thy head, and heart together.}

\end{flushleft}

\begin{flushright}\textit{\noun{John}} \noun{}\textit{\noun{Bunyan}}\noun{.}\end{flushright}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE FIRST STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE FIRST STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE FIRST STAGE}

As I walked through the wilderness of this world, I lighted on a certain
place where was a den, and laid me down in that place to sleep; and
as I slept, I dreamed a dream. I dreamed, and behold, I saw a man
clothed with rags, standing in a certain place, with his face from
his own house, a book in his hand, and a great burden upon his back.%
\footnote{Isa 64:6; Luke 14:33; Psalm 38:4.%
} I looked and saw him open the book, and read therein; and as he read,
he wept and trembled; and not being able longer to contain, he brake
out with a lamentable cry, saying, {}``What shall I do?''%
\footnote{Acts 2:37; 16:30; Habak 1:2,3.%
}

In this plight, therefore, he went home, and restrained himself as
long as he could, that his wife and children should not perceive his
distress; but he could not be silent long, because that his trouble
increased. Wherefore at length he brake his mind to his wife and children;
and thus he began to talk to them: {}``O, my dear wife,''\ said
he, {}``and you the children of my bowels, I, your dear friend, am
in myself undone by reason of a burden that lieth hard upon me; moreover,
I am certainly informed that this our city will be burnt with fire
from heaven; in which fearful overthrow, both myself, with thee my
wife, and you my sweet babes, shall miserably come to ruin, except
(the which yet I see not)\ some way of escape can be found whereby
we may be delivered.'' At this his relations were sore amazed; not
for that they believed that what he had said to them was true, but
because they thought that some frenzy distemper had got into his head;
therefore, it drawing towards night, and they hoping that sleep might
settle his brains, with all haste they got him to bed. But the night
was as troublesome to him as the day; wherefore, instead of sleeping,
he spent it in sighs and tears. So when the morning was come, they
would know how he did. He told them, {}``Worse and worse:'' he also
set to talking to them again; but they began to be hardened. They
also thought to drive away his distemper by harsh and surly carriage
to him; sometimes they would deride, sometimes they would chide, and
sometimes they would quite neglect him. Wherefore he began to retire
himself to his chamber to pray for and pity them, and also to condole
his own misery; he would also walk solitarily in the fields, sometimes
reading, and sometimes praying: and thus for some days he spent his
time.

Now I saw, upon a time, when he was walking in the fields, that he
was (as he was wont)\ reading in his book, and greatly distressed
in his mind; and as he read, he burst out, as he had done before,
crying, {}``What shall I do to be saved?''%
\footnote{Acts 16:30,31.%
}

I saw also that he looked this way, and that way, as if he would run;
yet he stood still because (as I perceived)\ he could not tell which
way to go. I looked then, and saw a man named Evangelist coming to
him, and he asked, {}``Wherefore dost thou cry?''

He answered, {}``Sir, I perceive, by the book in my hand, that I
am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgment;%
\footnote{ Heb. 9:27%
} and I find that I am not willing to do the first,%
\footnote{Job 10: 21,22%
} nor able to do the second.'' %
\footnote{Ezek. 22:14.%
}

Then said Evangelist, {}``Why not willing to die, since this life
is attended with so many evils?''\  The man answered, {}``Because,
I fear that this burden that is upon my back will sink me lower than
the grave, and I shall fall into Tophet.%
\footnote{Isa. 30:33.%
} And Sir, if I be not fit to go to prison, I am not fit to go to judgment,
and from thence to execution; and the thoughts of these things make
me cry.''

Then said Evangelist, {}``If this be thy condition, why standest
thou still?''\  He answered, {}``Because I know not whither to
go.'' Then he gave him a parchment roll, and there was written within,
{}``\noun{Fly from the wrath to come}.''%
\footnote{Matt. 3:7.%
}

The man therefore read it, and looking upon Evangelist very carefully,
said, {}``Whither must I fly?''\  Then said Evangelist, (pointing
with his finger over a very wide field,)\ {}``Do you see yonder
wicket-gate?''%
\footnote{Matt. 7:13,14.%
} The man said, {}``No.'' Then said the other, {}``Do you see yonder
shining light?''%
\footnote{Psalm 119:105; 2 Pet. 1:19.%
} He said, {}``I think I do.'' Then said Evangelist, {}``Keep that
light in your eye, and go up directly thereto, so shalt thou see the
gate; at which, when thou knockest, it shall be told thee what thou
shalt do.'' So I saw in my dream that the man began to run. Now he
had not run far from his own door when his wife and children, perceiving
it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put his fingers
in his ears, and ran on crying, Life!\ life!\ eternal life!%
\footnote{Luke 14:26.%
} So he looked not behind him,%
\footnote{Gen. 19:17%
} but fled towards the middle of the plain.

The neighbors also came out to see him run;%
\footnote{Jer. 20:10%
} and as he ran, some mocked, others threatened, and some cried after
him to return; and among those that did so, there were two that were
resolved to fetch him back by force. The name of the one was Obstinate
and the name of the other Pliable. Now by this time the man was got
a good distance from them; but, however, they were resolved to pursue
him, which they did, and in a little time they overtook him. Then
said the man, {}``Neighbors, wherefore are you come?''\  They said,
{}``To persuade you to go back with us.'' But he said, {}``That
can by no means be: you dwell,''\ said he, {}``in the city of Destruction,
the place also where I was born: I see it to be so; and dying there,
sooner or later, you will sink lower than the grave, into a place
that burns with fire and brimstone: be content, good neighbors, and
go along with me.''

\textit{Obst}.\ What, said Obstinate, and leave our friends and our
comforts behind us!

\textit{Chr}. Yes, said Christian, (for that was his name,)\ because
that all which you forsake is not worthy to be compared with a little
of that I am seeking to enjoy;%
\footnote{2 Cor. 4:18%
} and if you will go along with me, and hold it, you shall fare as
I myself; for there, where I go, is enough and to spare.%
\footnote{Luke 15:17.%
} Come away, and prove my words.

\textit{Obst}.\ What are the things you seek, since you leave all
the world to find them?

\textit{Chr}. I seek an inheritance incorruptible, undefiled, and
that fadeth not away;%
\footnote{1 Peter 1:4%
} and it is laid up in heaven, and safe there,%
\footnote{Heb. 11:16%
} to be bestowed, at the time appointed, on them that diligently seek
it. Read it so, if you will, in my book.

\textit{Obst}.\ Tush, said Obstinate, away with your book; will you
go back with us or no?

\textit{Chr}. No, not I, said the other, because I have laid my hand
to the plough.%
\footnote{Luke 9:62.%
}

\textit{Obst}.\ Come then, neighbor Pliable, let us turn again, and
go home without him: there is a company of these crazy-headed coxcombs,
that when they take a fancy by the end, are wiser in their own eyes
than seven men that can render a reason.

\emph{Pli}. Then said Pliable, Don't revile; if what the good Christian
says is true, the things he looks after are better than ours: my heart
inclines to go with my neighbor.

\textit{Obst}.\ What, more fools still! Be ruled by me, and go back;
who knows whither such a brain-sick fellow will lead you? Go back,
go back, and be wise.

\textit{Chr}. Nay, but do thou come with thy neighbor Pliable; there
are such things to be had which I spoke of, and many more glories
besides. If you believe not me, read here in this book, and for the
truth of what is expressed therein, behold, all is confirmed by the
blood of Him that made it.%
\footnote{Heb. 9: 17-21.%
}

\emph{Pli}. Well, neighbor Obstinate, said Pliable, I begin to come
to a point; I intend to go along with this good man, and to cast in
my lot with him: but, my good companion, do you know the way to this
desired place?

\textit{Chr}. I am directed by a man whose name is Evangelist, to
speed me to a little gate that is before us, where we shall receive
instructions about the way.

\emph{Pli}. Come then, good neighbor, let us be going. Then they went
both together.

\textit{Obst}.\ And I will go back to my place, said Obstinate: I
will be no companion of such misled, fantastical fellows.

Now I saw in my dream, that when Obstinate was gone back, Christian
and Pliable went talking over the plain; and thus they began their
discourse.

\textit{Chr}. Come, neighbor Pliable, how do you do? I am glad you
are persuaded to go along with me. Had even Obstinate himself but
felt what I have felt of the powers and terrors of what is yet unseen,
he would not thus lightly have given us the back.

\emph{Pli}. Come, neighbor Christian, since there are none but us
two here, tell me now farther, what the things are, and how to be
enjoyed, whither we are going.

\textit{Chr}. I can better conceive of them with my mind, than speak
of them with my tongue: but yet, since you are desirous to know, I
will read of them in my book.

\emph{Pli}. And do you think that the words of your book are certainly
true?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, verily; for it was made by Him that cannot lie.%
\footnote{Tit. 1:2.%
}

\emph{Pli}. Well said; what things are they?

\textit{Chr}. There is an endless kingdom to be inhabited, and everlasting
life to be given us, that we may inhabit that kingdom for ever.%
\footnote{Isa. 65:17; John 10: 27-29.%
}

\emph{Pli}. Well said; and what else?

\textit{Chr}. There are crowns of glory to be given us; and garments
that will make us shine like the sun in the firmament of heaven.%
\footnote{2 Tim. 4:8; Rev. 22:5; Matt. 13:43.%
}

\emph{Pli}. This is very pleasant; and what else?

\textit{Chr}. There shall be no more crying, nor sorrow; for he that
is owner of the place will wipe all tears from our eyes.%
\footnote{Isa. 25:8; Rev 7:16, 17; 21:4.%
}

\emph{Pli}. And what company shall we have there?

\textit{Chr}. There we shall be with seraphims and cherubims;%
\footnote{Isaiah 6:2; 1 Thess. 4:16,17; Rev. 5:11%
} creatures that will dazzle your eyes to look on them. There also
you shall meet with thousands and ten thousands that have gone before
us to that place; none of them are hurtful, but loving and holy; every
one walking in the sight of God, and standing in his presence with
acceptance for ever. In a word, there we shall see the elders with
their golden crowns;%
\footnote{Rev. 4:4%
} there we shall see the holy virgins with their golden harps;%
\footnote{Rev. 14:1-5%
} there we shall see men, that by the world were cut in pieces, burnt
in flames, eaten of beasts, drowned in the seas, for the love they
bare to the Lord of the place;%
\footnote{John 12:25%
} all well, and clothed with immortality as with a garment.%
\footnote{2 Cor. 5:2.%
}

\emph{Pli}. The hearing of this is enough to ravish one's heart. But
are these things to be enjoyed? How shall we get to be sharers thereof?

\textit{Chr}. The Lord, the governor of the country, hath recorded
that in this book%
\footnote{Isaiah 55:1,2; John 6:37; 7:37; Rev. 21:6; 22:17%
} the substance of which is, if we be truly willing to have it, he
will bestow it upon us freely.

\emph{Pli}. Well, my good companion, glad am I to hear of these things:
come on, let us mend our pace.

\textit{Chr}. I cannot go as fast as I would, by reason of this burden
that is on my back.

Now I saw in my dream, that just as they had ended this talk, they
drew nigh to a very miry slough that was in the midst of the plain:
and they being heedless, did both fall suddenly into the bog. The
name of the slough was Despond. Here, therefore, they wallowed for
a time, being grievously bedaubed with the dirt; and Christian, because
of the burden that was on his back, began to sink in the mire.

\emph{Pli}. Then said Pliable, Ah, neighbor Christian, where are you
now?

\textit{Chr}. Truly, said Christian, I do not know.

\emph{Pli}. At this Pliable began to be offended, and angrily said
to his fellow, Is this the happiness you have told me all this while
of? If we have such ill speed at our first setting out, what may we
expect between this and our journey's end? May I get out again with
my life, you shall possess the brave country alone for me. And with
that he gave a desperate struggle or two, and got out of the mire
on that side of the slough which was next to his own house: so away
he went, and Christian saw him no more.

Wherefore Christian was left to tumble in the Slough of Despond alone;
but still he endeavored to struggle to that side of the slough that
was farthest from his own house, and next to the wicket-gate; the
which he did, but could not get out because of the burden that was
upon his back: but I beheld in my dream, that a man came to him, whose
name was Help, and asked him what he did there.

\textit{Chr}. Sir, said Christian, I was bid to go this way by a man
called Evangelist, who directed me also to yonder gate, that I might
escape the wrath to come. And as I was going thither, I fell in here.

\textit{Help}. But why did not you look for the steps?

\textit{Chr}. Fear followed me so hard that I fled the next way, and
fell in.

\textit{Help}. Then, said he, Give me thine hand: so he gave him his
hand, and he drew him out,%
\footnote{Psalm 40:2%
} and he set him upon sound ground, and bid him go on his way.

Then I stepped to him that plucked him out, and said, {}``Sir, wherefore,
since over this place is the way from the city of Destruction to yonder
gate, is it, that this plat is not mended, that poor travellers might
go thither with more security?''\  And he said unto me, {}``This
miry slough is such a place as cannot be mended: it is the descent
whither the scum and filth that attends conviction for sin doth continually
run, and therefore it is called the Slough of Despond; for still,
as the sinner is awakened about his lost condition, there arise in
his soul many fears and doubts, and discouraging apprehensions, which
all of them get together, and settle in this place: and this is the
reason of the badness of this ground.

{}``It is not the pleasure of the King that this place should remain
so bad.%
\footnote{Isa. 35:3,4.%
} His laborers also have, by the direction of his Majesty's surveyors,
been for above this sixteen hundred years employed about this patch
of ground, if perhaps it might have been mended: yea, and to my knowledge,''\ said
he, {}``there have been swallowed up at least twenty thousand cart
loads, yea, millions of wholesome instructions, that have at all seasons
been brought from all places of the King's dominions, (and they that
can tell, say, they are the best materials to make good ground of
the place,)\ if so be it might have been mended; but it is the Slough
of Despond still, and so will be when they have done what they can.

{}``True, there are, by the direction of the Lawgiver, certain good
and substantial steps, placed even through the very midst of this
slough; but at such time as this place doth much spew out its filth,
as it doth against change of weather, these steps are hardly seen;
or if they be, men, through the dizziness of their heads, step beside,
and then they are bemired to purpose, notwithstanding the steps be
there: but the ground is good when they are once got in at the gate.''%
\footnote{1 Sam. 12:23.%
}

Now I saw in my dream, that by this time Pliable was got home to his
house. So his neighbors came to visit him; and some of them called
him wise man for coming back, and some called him fool for hazarding
himself with Christian: others again did mock at his cowardliness,
saying, {}``Surely, since you began to venture, I would not have
been so base as to have given out for a few difficulties:'' so Pliable
sat sneaking among them. But at last he got more confidence, and then
they all turned their tales, and began to deride poor Christian behind
his back. And thus much concerning Pliable.

Now as Christian was walking solitary by himself, he espied one afar
off come crossing over the field to meet him; and their hap was to
meet just as they were crossing the way of each other. The gentleman's
name that met him was Mr.\ Wordly Wiseman: he dwelt in the town of
Carnal Policy, a very great town, and also hard by from whence Christian
came. This man then, meeting with Christian, and having some inkling
of him, (for Christian's setting forth from the city of Destruction
was much noised abroad, not only in the town where he dwelt, but also
it began to be the town-talk in some other places)\mbox{---}Mr.\ Worldly
Wiseman, therefore, having some guess of him, by beholding his laborious
going, by observing his sighs and groans, and the like, began thus
to enter into some talk with Christian.

\textit{World}. How now, good fellow, whither away after this burdened
manner?

\textit{Chr}. A burdened manner indeed, as ever I think poor creature
had! And whereas you ask me, Whither away? I tell you, sir, I am going
to yonder wicket-gate before me; for there, as I am informed, I shall
be put into a way to be rid of my heavy burden.

\textit{World}. Hast thou a wife and children?

\textit{Chr}. Yes; but I am so laden with this burden, that I cannot
take that pleasure in them as formerly: methinks I am as if I had
none.%
\footnote{1 Cor. 7:29.%
}

\textit{World}. Wilt thou hearken to me, if I give thee counsel?

\textit{Chr}. If it be good, I will; for I stand in need of good counsel.

\textit{World}. I would advise thee, then, that thou with all speed
get thyself rid of thy burden; for thou wilt never be settled in thy
mind till then: nor canst thou enjoy the benefits of the blessings
which God hath bestowed upon thee till then.

\textit{Chr}. That is that which I seek for, even to be rid of this
heavy burden: but get it off myself I cannot, nor is there any man
in our country that can take it off my shoulders; therefore am I going
this way, as I told you, that I may be rid of my burden.

\textit{World}. Who bid thee go this way to be rid of thy burden?

\textit{Chr}. A man that appeared to me to be a very great and honorable
person: his name, as I remember, is Evangelist.

\textit{World}. I beshrew him for his counsel!\  there is not a more
dangerous and troublesome way in the world than is that into which
he hath directed thee; and that thou shalt find, if thou wilt be ruled
by his counsel. Thou hast met with something, as I perceive, already;
for I see the dirt of the Slough of Despond is upon thee: but that
slough is the beginning of the sorrows that do attend those that go
on in that way. Hear me; I am older than thou: thou art like to meet
with, in the way which thou goest, wearisomeness, painfulness, hunger,
perils, nakedness, sword, lions, dragons, darkness, and, in a word,
death, and what not. These things are certainly true, having been
confirmed by many testimonies. And should a man so carelessly cast
away himself, by giving heed to a stranger?

\textit{Chr}. Why, sir, this burden on my back is more terrible to
me than are all these things which you have mentioned: nay, methinks
I care not what I meet with in the way, if so be I can also meet with
deliverance from my burden.

\textit{World}. How camest thou by thy burden at first?

\textit{Chr}. By reading this book in my hand.

\textit{World}. I thought so; and it has happened unto thee as to
other weak men, who, meddling with things too high for them, do suddenly
fall into thy distractions; which distractions do not only unman men,
as thine I perceive have done thee, but they run them upon desperate
ventures, to obtain they know not what.

\textit{Chr}. I know what I would obtain; it is ease from my heavy
burden.

\textit{World}. But why wilt thou seek for ease this way, seeing so
many dangers attend it?\ especially since (hadst thou but patience
to hear me)\ I could direct thee to the obtaining of what thou desirest,
without the dangers that thou in this way wilt run thyself into. Yea,
and the remedy is at hand. Besides, I will add, that instead of those
dangers, thou shalt meet with much safety, friendship, and content.

\textit{Chr}. Sir, I pray open this secret to me.

\textit{World}. Why, in yonder village (the village is named Morality)\ there
dwells a gentleman whose name is Legality, a very judicious man, and
a man of a very good name, that has skill to help men off with such
burdens as thine is from their shoulders; yea to my knowledge, he
hath done a great deal of good this way; aye, and besides, he hath
skill to cure those that are somewhat crazed in their wits with their
burdens. To him, as I said, thou mayest go, and be helped presently.
His house is not quite a mile from this place; and if he should not
be at home himself, he hath a pretty young man to his son, whose name
is Civility, that can do it (to speak on)\ as well as the old gentleman
himself: there, I say, thou mayest be eased of thy burden; and if
thou art not minded to go back to thy former habitation, (as indeed
I would not wish thee,)\ thou mayest send for thy wife and children
to this village, where there are houses now standing empty, one of
which thou mayest have at a reasonable rate: provision is there also
cheap and good; and that which will make thy life the more happy is,
to be sure there thou shalt live by honest neighbors, in credit and
good fashion.

Now was Christian somewhat at a stand; but presently he concluded,
If this be true which this gentleman hath said, my wisest course is
to take his advice: and with that he thus farther spake.

\textit{Chr}. Sir, which is my way to this honest man's house?

\textit{World}. Do you see yonder high hill?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, very well.

\textit{World}. By that hill you must go, and the first house you
come at is his.

So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr.\ Legality's house
for help: but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill, it seemed
so high, and also that side of it that was next the way-side did hang
so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture further, lest the
hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he stood still, and
wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed heavier to him than
while he was in his way. There came also flashes of fire%
\footnote{Ex. 19:16, 18%
} out of the hill, that made Christian afraid that he should be burnt:
here therefore he did sweat and quake for fear.%
\footnote{Heb. 12:21.%
} And now he began to be sorry that he had taken Mr.\ Worldly Wiseman's
counsel; and with that he saw Evangelist coming to meet him, at the
sight also of whom he began to blush for shame. So Evangelist drew
nearer and nearer; and coming up to him, he looked upon him, with
a severe and dreadful countenance, and thus began to reason with Christian.

\textit{Evan}. What doest thou here, Christian?\ said he: at which
words Christian knew not what to answer; wherefore at present he stood
speechless before him. Then said Evangelist farther, Art not thou
the man that I found crying without the walls of the city of Destruction?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, dear sir, I am the man.

\textit{Evan}. Did not I direct thee the way to the little wicket-gate?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, dear sir, said Christian.

\textit{Evan}. How is it then thou art so quickly turned aside? For
thou art now out of the way.

\textit{Chr}. I met with a gentleman so soon as I had got over the
Slough of Despond, who persuaded me that I might, in the village before
me, find a man that could take off my burden.

\textit{Evan}. What was he?

\textit{Chr}. He looked like a gentleman, and talked much to me, and
got me at last to yield: so I came hither; but when I beheld this
hill, and how it hangs over the way, I suddenly made a stand, lest
it should fall on my head.

\textit{Evan}. What said that gentleman to you?

\textit{Chr}. Why, he asked me whither I was going; and I told him.

\textit{Evan}. And what said he then?

\textit{Chr}. He asked me if I had a family; and I told him. But,
said I, I am so laden with the burden that is on my back, that I cannot
take pleasure in them as formerly.

\textit{Evan}. And what said he then?

\textit{Chr}. He bid me with speed get rid of my burden; and I told
him it was ease that I sought. And, said I, I am therefore going to
yonder gate, to receive farther direction how I may get to the place
of deliverance. So he said that he would show me a better way, and
short, not so attended with difficulties as the way, sir, that you
set me in; which way, said he, will direct you to a gentleman's house
that hath skill to take off these burdens: so I believed him, and
turned out of that way into this, if haply I might be soon eased of
my burden. But when I came to this place, and beheld things as they
are, I stopped, for fear (as I said)\ of danger: but I now know not
what to do.

\textit{Evan}. Then said Evangelist, Stand still a little, that I
show thee the words of God. So he stood trembling. Then said Evangelist,
{}``See that ye refuse not Him that speaketh; for if they escaped
not who refused him that spake on earth, much more shall not we escape,
if we turn away from Him that speaketh from heaven.''%
\footnote{Heb. 12:25.%
} He said, moreover, {}``Now the just shall live by faith; but if
any man draw back, my soul shall have no pleasure in him.''%
\footnote{Heb. 10:38.%
} He also did thus apply them: Thou art the man that art running into
this misery; thou hast begun to reject the counsel of the Most High,
and to draw back thy foot from the way of peace, even almost to the
hazarding of thy perdition.

Then Christian fell down at his feet as dead, crying, Woe is me, for
I am undone! At the sight of which Evangelist caught him by the right
hand, saying, {}``All manner of sin and blasphemies shall be forgiven
unto men.''%
\footnote{Matt. 12:31.%
} {}``Be not faithless, but believing.''%
\footnote{John 20:27.%
} Then did Christian again a little revive, and stood up trembling,
as at first, before Evangelist.

Then Evangelist proceeded, saying, Give more earnest heed to the things
that I shall tell thee of. I will now show thee who it was that deluded
thee, and who it was also to whom he sent thee. The man that met thee
is one Worldly Wiseman, and rightly is he so called; partly because
he savoreth only the doctrine of this world%
\footnote{1 John 4:5%
} (therefore he always goes to the town of Morality to church;)\ and
partly because he loveth that doctrine best, for it saveth him best
from the cross:%
\footnote{Gal. 6:12%
} and because he is of this carnal temper, therefore he seeketh to
pervert my ways, though right. Now there are three things in this
man's counsel that thou must utterly abhor.

\begin{enumerate}
\item His turning thee out of the way.
\item His laboring to render the cross odious to thee.
\item And his setting thy feet in that way that leadeth unto the administration
of death.
\end{enumerate}
First, Thou must abhor his turning thee out of the way; yea, and thine
own consenting thereto; because this is to reject the counsel of God
for the sake of the counsel of a Worldly Wiseman. The Lord says, {}``Strive
to enter in at the straight gate,''%
\footnote{Luke 13:24%
} the gate to which I send thee; {}``for strait is the gate that leadeth
unto life, and few there be that find it.''%
\footnote{Matt. 7:13,14.%
} From this little wicket-gate, and from the way thereto, hath this
wicked man turned thee, to the bringing of thee almost to destruction:
hate, therefore, his turning thee out of the way, and abhor thyself
for hearkening to him.

Secondly, Thou must abhor his laboring to render the cross odious
unto thee; for thou art to prefer it before the treasures of Egypt.%
\footnote{Heb. 11:25,26.%
} Besides, the King of glory hath told thee, that he that will save
his life shall lose it. And he that comes after him, and hates not
his father, and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren, and
sisters, yea, and his own life also, he cannot be his disciple.%
\footnote{Mark 8:38; John 12:25; Matt. 10:39; Luke 14:26.%
} I say, therefore, for a man to labor to persuade thee that that shall
be thy death, without which, the truth hath said, thou canst not have
eternal life, this doctrine thou must abhor.

Thirdly, Thou must hate his setting of thy feet in the way that leadeth
to the ministration of death. And for this thou must consider to whom
he sent thee, and also how unable that person was to deliver thee
from thy burden.

He to whom thou wast sent for ease, being by name Legality, is the
son of the bond-woman which now is, and is in bondage with her children,%
\footnote{Gal. 4:21-27%
} and is, in a mystery, this Mount Sinai, which thou hast feared will
fall on thy head. Now if she with her children are in bondage, how
canst thou expect by them to be made free? This Legality, therefore,
is not able to set thee free from thy burden. No man was as yet ever
rid of his burden by him; no, nor ever is like to be: ye cannot be
justified by the works of the law; for by the deeds of the law no
man living can be rid of his burden: Therefore Mr.\ Worldly Wiseman
is an alien, and Mr.\ Legality is a cheat; and for his son Civility,
notwithstanding his simpering looks, he is but a hypocrite, and cannot
help thee. Believe me, there is nothing in all this noise that thou
hast heard of these sottish men, but a design to beguile thee of thy
salvation, by turning thee from the way in which I had set thee. After
this, Evangelist called aloud to the heavens for confirmation of what
he had said; and with that there came words and fire out of the mountain
under which poor Christian stood, which made the hair of his flesh
stand up. The words were pronounced: {}``As many as are of the works
of the law, are under the curse; for it is written, Cursed is every
one that continueth not in all things which are written in the book
of the law to do them.''%
\footnote{Gal. 3:10.%
}

Now Christian looked for nothing but death, and began to cry out lamentably;
even cursing the time in which he met with Mr.\ Worldly Wiseman;
still calling himself a thousand fools for hearkening to his counsel.
He also was greatly ashamed to think that this gentleman's arguments,
flowing only from the flesh, should have the prevalency with him so
far as to cause him to forsake the right way. This done, he applied
himself again to Evangelist in words and sense as follows.

\textit{Chr}. Sir, what think you? Is there any hope? May I now go
back, and go up to the wicket-gate? Shall I not be abandoned for this,
and sent back from thence ashamed? I am sorry I have hearkened to
this man's counsel; but may my sin be forgiven?

\textit{Evan}. Then said Evangelist to him, Thy sin is very great,
for by it thou hast committed two evils: thou hast forsaken the way
that is good, to tread in forbidden paths. Yet will the man at the
gate receive thee, for he has good-will for men; only, said he, take
heed that thou turn not aside again, lest thou {}``perish from the
way, when his wrath is kindled but a little.''%
\footnote{Psalm 2:12.%
}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE SECOND STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE SECOND STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE SECOND STAGE}

Then did Christian address himself to go back; and Evangelist, after
he had kissed him, gave him one smile, and bid him God speed; So he
went on with haste, neither spake he to any man by the way; nor if
any asked him, would he vouchsafe them an answer. He went like one
that was all the while treading on forbidden ground, and could by
no means think himself safe, till again he was got into the way which
he had left to follow Mr.\ Worldly Wiseman's counsel. So, in process
of time, Christian got up to the gate. Now, over the gate there was
written, {}``\noun{Knock, and it shall be opened unto you}.''%
\footnote{Matt. 7:7.%
}

He knocked, therefore, more than once or twice, saying,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize

``May I now enter here? Will he within \\*

Open to sorry me, though I have been \\*

An undeserving rebel? Then shall I \\*

\mbox{Not fail to sing his lasting praise on high.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}{}

At last there came a grave person to the gate, named Goodwill, who
asked who was there, and whence he came, and what he would have.

\textit{Chr}. Here is a poor burdened sinner. I come from the city
of Destruction, but am going to Mount Zion, that I may be delivered
from the wrath to come; I would therefore, sir, since I am informed
that by this gate is the way thither, know if you are willing to let
me in.

\textit{Good}. I am willing with all my heart, said he; and with that
he opened the gate.

So when Christian was stepping in, the other gave him a pull. Then
said Christian, What means that? The other told him, A little distance
from this gate there is erected a strong castle, of which Beelzebub
is the captain: from thence both he and they that are with him, shoot
arrows at those that come up to this gate, if haply they may die before
they can enter in. Then said Christian, I rejoice and tremble. So
when he was got in, the man of the Gate asked him who directed him
thither.

\textit{Chr}. Evangelist bid me come hither and knock, as I did: and
he said, that you, sir, would tell me what I must do.

\textit{Good}. An open door is set before thee, and no man can shut
it.

\textit{Chr}. Now I begin to reap the benefits of my hazards.

\textit{Good}. But how is it that you came alone?

\textit{Chr}. Because none of my neighbors saw their danger as I saw
mine.

\textit{Good}. Did any of them know of your coming?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, my wife and children saw me at the first, and called
after me to turn again: also, some of my neighbors stood crying and
calling after me to return; but I put my fingers in my ears, and so
came on my way.

\textit{Good}. But did none of them follow you, to persuade you to
go back?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, both Obstinate and Pliable; but when they saw that
they could not prevail, Obstinate went railing back; but Pliable came
with me a little way.

\textit{Good}. But why did he not come through?

\textit{Chr}. We indeed came both together until we came to the Slough
of Despond, into the which we also suddenly fell. And then was my
neighbor Pliable discouraged, and would not venture farther. Wherefore,
getting out again on the side next to his own house, he told me I
should possess the brave country alone for him: so he went his way,
and I came mine; he after Obstinate, and I to this gate.

\textit{Good}. Then said Goodwill, Alas, poor man; is the celestial
glory of so little esteem with him, that he counteth it not worth
running the hazard of a few difficulties to obtain it?

\textit{Chr}. Truly, said Christian, I have said the truth of Pliable;
and if I should also say all the truth of myself, it will appear there
is no betterment betwixt him and myself. It is true, he went back
to his own house, but I also turned aside to go in the way of death,
being persuaded thereto by the carnal arguments of one Mr.\ Worldly
Wiseman.

\textit{Good}. Oh, did he light upon you? What, he would have had
you have seek for ease at the hands of Mr.\ Legality! They are both
of them a very cheat. But did you take his counsel?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, as far as I durst. I went to find out Mr.\ Legality,
until I thought that the mountain that stands by his house would have
fallen upon my head; wherefore there I was forced to stop.

\textit{Good}. That mountain has been the death of many, and will
be the death of many more: it is well you escaped being by it dashed
in pieces.

\textit{Chr}. Why truly I do not know what had become of me there,
had not Evangelist happily met me again as I was musing in the midst
of my dumps; but it was God's mercy that he came to me again, for
else I had never come hither. But now I am come, such a one as I am,
more fit indeed for death by that mountain, than thus to stand talking
with my Lord. But O, what a favor is this to me, that yet I am admitted
entrance here!

\textit{Good}. We make no objections against any, notwithstanding
all that they have done before they come hither; they in no wise are
cast out.%
\footnote{John 6:37.%
} And therefore good Christian, come a little way with me, and I will
teach thee about the way thou must go. Look before thee; dost thou
see this narrow way? That is the way thou must go. It was cast up
by the patriarchs, prophets, Christ, and his apostles, and it is as
strait as a rule can make it; this is the way thou must go.

\textit{Chr}. But, said Christian, are there no turnings nor windings,
by which a stranger may lose his way?

\textit{Good}. Yes, there are many ways butt down upon this, and they
are crooked and wide: but thus thou mayest distinguish the right from
the wrong, the right only being strait and narrow.%
\footnote{Matt. 7:14.%
}

Then I saw in my dream, that Christian asked him further, if he could
not help him off with his burden that was upon his back. For as yet
he had not got rid thereof; nor could he by any means get it off without
help.

He told him, {}``As to thy burden, be content to bear it until thou
comest to the place of deliverance; for there it will fall from thy
back of itself.''

Then Christian began to gird up his loins, and to address himself
to his journey. So the other told him, that by that he was gone some
distance from the gate, he would come to the house of the Interpreter,
at whose door he should knock, and he would show him excellent things.
Then Christian took his leave of his friend, and he again bid him
God speed.

Then he went on till he came at the house of the Interpreter, where
he knocked over and over. At last one came to the door, and asked
who was there.

\textit{Chr}. Sir, here is a traveller, who was bid by an acquaintance
of the good man of this house to call here for my profit; I would
therefore speak with the master of the house.

So he called for the master of the house, who, after a little time,
came to Christian, and asked him what he would have.

\textit{Chr}. Sir, said Christian, I am a man that am come from the
city of Destruction, and am going to the Mount Zion; and I was told
by the man that stands at the gate at the head of this way, that if
I called here you would show me excellent things, such as would be
helpful to me on my journey.

\textit{Inter}. Then said Interpreter, Come in; I will show thee that
which will be profitable to thee. So he commanded his man to light
the candle, and bid Christian follow him; so he had him into a private
room, and bid his man open a door; the which when he had done, Christian
saw the picture a very grave person hang up against the wall; and
this was the fashion of it: It had eyes lifted up to heaven, the best
of books in his hand, the law of truth was written upon its lips,
the world was behind its back; it stood as if it pleaded with men,
and a crown of gold did hang over its head.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian, What means this?

\textit{Inter}. The man whose picture this is, is one of a thousand:
he can beget children,%
\footnote{1 Cor. 4:15%
} travail in birth with children,%
\footnote{Gal. 4:19%
} and nurse them himself when they are born. And whereas thou seest
him with his eyes lift up to heaven, the best of books in his hand,
and the law of truth writ on his lips: it is to show thee, that his
work is to know, and unfold dark things to sinners; even as also thou
seest him stand as if he pleaded with men. And whereas thou seest
the world as cast behind him, and that a crown hangs over his head;
that is to show thee, that slighting and despising the things that
are present, for the love that he hath to his Master's service, he
is sure in the world that comes next, to have glory for his reward.
Now, said the Interpreter, I have showed thee this picture first,
because the man whose picture this is, is the only man whom the Lord
of the place whither thou art going hath authorized to be thy guide
in all difficult places thou mayest meet with in the way: wherefore
take good heed to what I have showed thee, and bear well in thy mind
what thou hast seen, lest in thy journey thou meet with some that
pretend to lead thee right, but their way goes down to death.

Then he took him by the hand, and led him into a very large parlor
that was full of dust, because never swept; the which after he had
reviewed it a little while, the Interpreter called for a man to sweep.
Now, when he began to sweep, the dust began so abundantly to fly about,
that Christian had almost therewith been choked. Then said the Interpreter
to a damsel that stood by, {}``Bring hither water, and sprinkle the
room;'' the which when she had done, it was swept and cleansed with
pleasure.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian, What means this?

\textit{Inter}. The Interpreter answered, This parlor is the heart
of a man that was never sanctified by the sweet grace of the Gospel.
The dust is his original sin, and inward corruptions, that have defiled
the whole man. He that began to sweep at first, is the law; but she
that brought water, and did sprinkle it, is the Gospel. Now whereas
thou sawest, that so soon as the first began to sweep, the dust did
so fly about that the room by him could not be cleansed, but that
thou wast almost choked therewith; this is to show thee, that the
law, instead of cleansing the heart (by its working)\ from sin, doth
revive,%
\footnote{Rom. 7:9%
} put strength into,%
\footnote{1 Cor. 15:56%
} and increase it in the soul,%
\footnote{Rom. 5:20%
} even as it doth discover and forbid it; for it doth not give power
to subdue. Again, as thou sawest the damsel sprinkle the room with
water, upon which it was cleansed with pleasure, this is to show thee,
that when the Gospel comes in the sweet and precious influences thereof
to the heart, then, I say, even as thou sawest the damsel lay the
dust by sprinkling the floor with water, so is sin vanquished and
subdued, and the soul made clean, through the faith of it, and consequently
fit for the King of glory to inhabit.%
\footnote{John 15:3; Eph. 5:26; Acts 15:9; Rom. 16:25,26.%
}

I saw moreover in my dream, that the Interpreter took him by the hand,
and had him into a little room, where sat two little children, each
one in his chair. The name of the eldest was Passion, and the name
of the other Patience. Passion seemed to be much discontented, but
Patience was very quiet. Then Christian asked, {}``What is the reason
of the discontent of Passion?''\  The Interpreter answered, {}``The
governor of them would have him stay for his best things till the
beginning of the next year, but he will have all now; but Patience
is willing to wait.''

Then I saw that one came to Passion, and brought him a bag of treasure,
and poured it down at his feet: the which he took up, and rejoiced
therein, and withal laughed Patience to scorn. But I beheld but a
while, and he had lavished all away, and had nothing left him but
rags.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian to the Interpreter, Expound this
matter more fully to me.

\textit{Inter}. So he said, These two lads are figures; Passion of
the men of this world, and Patience of the men of that which is to
come; for, as here thou seest, passion will have all now, this year,
that is to say, in this world; so are the men of this world: They
must have all their good things now; they cannot stay till the next
year, that is, until the next world, for their portion of good. That
proverb, {}``A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush,''\ is
of more authority with them than are all the divine testimonies of
the good of the world to come. But as thou sawest that he had quickly
lavished all away, and had presently left him nothing but rags, so
will it be with all such men at the end of this world.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian, Now I see that Patience has the
best wisdom, and that upon many accounts.\  1. Because he stays for
the best things. 2. And also because he will have the glory of his,
when the other has nothing but rags.

\textit{Inter}. Nay, you may add another, to wit, the glory of the
next world will never wear out; but these are suddenly gone. Therefore
Passion had not so much reason to laugh at Patience because he had
his good things first, as Patience will have to laugh at Passion because
he had his best things last; for first must give place to last, because
last must have his time to come: but last gives place to nothing,
for there is not another to succeed. He, therefore, that hath his
portion first, must needs have a time to spend it; but he that hath
his portion last, must have it lastingly: therefore it is said of
Dives, {}``In thy lifetime thou receivedst thy good things, and likewise
Lazarus evil things; but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented.''%
\footnote{Luke 16:25.%
}

\textit{Chr}. Then I perceive it is not best to cover things that
are now, but to wait for things to come.

\textit{Inter}. You say truth: for the things that are seen are temporal,
but the things that are not seen are eternal.%
\footnote{2 Cor. 4:18.%
} But though this be so, yet since things present and our fleshly appetite
are such near neighbors one to another; and again, because things
to come and carnal sense are such strangers one to another; therefore
it is, that the first of these so suddenly fall into amity, and that
distance is so continued between the second.

Then I saw in my dream, that the Interpreter took Christian by the
hand, and led him into a place where was a fire burning against a
wall, and one standing by it, always casting much water upon it, to
quench it; yet did the fire burn higher and hotter.

Then said Christian, What means this?

The Interpreter answered, This fire is the work of grace that is wrought
in the heart; he that casts water upon it, to extinguish and put it
out, is the devil: but in that thou seest the fire, notwithstanding,
burn higher and hotter, thou shalt also see the reason of that. So
he had him about to the back side of the wall, where he saw a man
with a vessel of oil in his hand, of the which he did also continually
cast (but secretly)\ into the fire.

Then said Christian, What means this?

The Interpreter answered, This is Christ, who continually, with the
oil of his grace, maintains the work already begun in the heart; by
the means of which, notwithstanding what the devil can do, the souls
of his people prove gracious still.%
\footnote{2 Cor. 12:9.%
} And in that thou sawest that the man stood behind the wall to maintain
the fire; this is to teach thee, that it is hard for the tempted to
see how this work of grace is maintained in the soul.

I saw also, that the Interpreter took him again by the hand, and led
him into a pleasant place, where was built a stately palace, beautiful
to behold; at the sight of which Christian was greatly delighted.
He saw also upon the top thereof certain persons walking, who were
clothed all in gold.

Then said Christian may we go in thither?

Then the Interpreter took him, and led him up towards the door of
the palace; and behold, at the door stood a great company of men,
as desirous to go in, but durst not. There also sat a man at a little
distance from the door, at a table-side, with a book and his inkhorn
before him, to take the names of them that should enter therein; he
saw also that in the doorway stood many men in armor to keep it, being
resolved to do to the men that would enter, what hurt and mischief
they could. Now was Christian somewhat in amaze. At last, when every
man started back for fear of the armed men, Christian saw a man of
a very stout countenance come up to the man that sat there to write,
saying, {}``Set down my name, sir;''\ the which when he had done,
he saw the man draw his sword, and put a helmet on his head, and rush
towards the door upon the armed men, who laid upon him with deadly
force; but the man, not at all discouraged, fell to cutting and hacking
most fiercely. So after he had received and given many wounds to those
that attempted to keep him out,%
\footnote{Matt. 11:12; Acts 14:22%
} he cut his way through them all, and pressed forward into the palace;
at which there was a pleasant voice heard from those that were within,
even of those that walked upon the top of the palace, saying,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize

``Come in, come in, \\*

Eternal glory thou shalt win.''

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

{}

So he went in, and was clothed with such garments as they. Then Christian
smiled, and said, I think verily I know the meaning of this.

Now, said Christian, let me go hence. Nay, stay, said the Interpreter,
till I have showed thee a little more, and after that thou shalt go
on thy way. So he took him by the hand again, and led him into a very
dark room, where there sat a man in an iron cage.

Now the man, to look on, seemed very sad; he sat with his eyes looking
down to the ground, his hands folded together, and he sighed as if
he would break his heart. Then said Christian, What means this? At
which the Interpreter bid him talk with the man.

Then said Christian to the man, What art thou? The man answered, I
am what I was not once.

\textit{Chr}. What wast thou once?

\textit{Man}. The man said, I was once a fair and flourishing professor,%
\footnote{Luke 8:13%
} both in mine own eyes, and also in the eyes of others: I once was,
as I thought, fair for the celestial city, and had then even joy at
the thoughts that I should get thither.

\textit{Chr}. Well, but what art thou now?

\textit{Man}. I am now a man of despair, and am shut up in it, as
in this iron cage. I cannot get out; Oh now I cannot!

\textit{Chr}. But how camest thou into this condition?

\textit{Man}. I left off to watch and be sober: I laid the reins upon
the neck of my lusts; I sinned against the light of the word, and
the goodness of God; I have grieved the Spirit, and he is gone; I
tempted the devil, and he is come to me; I have provoked God to anger,
and he has left me: I have so hardened my heart, that I cannot repent.

Then said Christian to the Interpreter, But is there no hope for such
a man as this? Ask him, said the Interpreter.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian, Is there no hope, but you must
be kept in the iron cage of despair?

\textit{Man}. No, none at all.

\textit{Chr}. Why, the Son of the Blessed is very pitiful.

\textit{Man}. I have crucified him to myself afresh;%
\footnote{Heb. 6:6%
} I have despised his person;%
\footnote{Luke 19:14%
} I have despised his righteousness; I have counted his blood an unholy
thing; I have done despite to the spirit of grace:%
\footnote{Heb. 10:29%
} therefore I have shut myself out of all the promises and there now
remains to me nothing but threatenings, dreadful threatenings, faithful
threatenings of certain judgment and fiery indignation, which shall
devour me as an adversary.

\textit{Chr}. For what did you bring yourself into this condition?

\textit{Man}. For the lusts, pleasures, and profits of this world;
in the enjoyment of which I did then promise myself much delight:
but now every one of those things also bite me, and gnaw me like a
burning worm.

\textit{Chr}. But canst thou not now repent and turn?

\textit{Man}. God hath denied me repentance. His word gives me no
encouragement to believe; yea, himself hath shut me up in this iron
cage: nor can all the men in the world let me out. Oh eternity!\ 
eternity!\  how shall I grapple with the misery that I must meet
with in eternity?

\textit{Inter}. Then said the Interpreter to Christian, Let this man's
misery be remembered by thee, and be an everlasting caution to thee.

\textit{Chr}. Well, said Christian, this is fearful! God help me to
watch and to be sober, and to pray that I may shun the cause of this
man's misery. Sir, is it not time for me to go on my way now?

\textit{Inter}. Tarry till I shall show thee one thing more, and then
thou shalt go on thy way.

So he took Christian by the hand again and led him into a chamber
where there was one rising out of bed; and as he put on his raiment,
he shook and trembled. Then said Christian, Why doth this man thus
tremble? The Interpreter then bid him tell to Christian the reason
of his so doing.

So he began, and said, {}``This night, as I was in my sleep, I dreamed,
and behold the heavens grew exceeding black; also it thundered and
lightened in most fearful wise, that it put me into an agony. So I
looked up in my dream, and saw the clouds rack at an unusual rate;
upon which I heard a great sound of a trumpet, and saw also a man
sitting upon a cloud, attended with the thousands of heaven: they
were all in flaming fire; also the heavens were in a burning flame.
I heard then a voice, saying, `Arise, ye dead, and come to judgment.'
And with that the rocks rent, the graves opened, and the dead that
were therein came forth: some of them were exceeding glad, and looked
upward; and some sought to hide themselves under the mountains. Then
I saw the man that sat upon the cloud open the book, and bid the world
draw near. Yet there was, by reason of a fierce flame that issued
out and came from before him, a convenient distance between him and
them, as between the judge and the prisoners at the bar.%
\footnote{1 Cor. 15; 1 Thess. 4:16; Jude 15; John 5: 28,29; 2 Thess. 1:8-10;
Rev. 20:11-14; Isa. 26:21; Micah 7:16,17; Psa. 5:4; 50:1-3; Mal. 3:2,3;
Dan. 7:9,10.%
} I heard it also proclaimed to them that attended on the man that
sat on the cloud, `Gather together the tares, the chaff, and stubble,
and cast them into the burning lake.'%
\footnote{Matt. 3:12; 18:30; 24:30; Mal. 4:1.%
} And with that the bottomless pit opened, just whereabout I stood;
out of the mouth of which there came, in an abundant manner, smoke,
and coals of fire, with hideous noises. It was also said to the same
persons, `Gather my wheat into the garner.'%
\footnote{Luke 3:17.%
} And with that I saw many catched up and carried away into the clouds,
but I was left behind.%
\footnote{1 Thess. 4:16,17.%
} I also sought to hide myself, but I could not, for the man that sat
upon the cloud still kept his eye upon me; my sins also came into
my mind, and my conscience did accuse me on every side.%
\footnote{Rom. 2:14,15.%
} Upon this I awakened from my sleep.''

\textit{Chr}. But what was it that made you so afraid of this sight?

\textit{Man}. Why, I thought that the day of judgment was come, and
that I was not ready for it: but this frightened me most, that the
angels gathered up several, and left me behind; also the pit of hell
opened her mouth just where I stood. My conscience too afflicted me;
and, as I thought, the Judge had always his eye upon me, showing indignation
in his countenance.

Then said the Interpreter to Christian, {}``Hast thou considered
all these things?''

\textit{Chr}. Yes, and they put me in hope and fear.

\textit{Inter}. Well, keep all things so in thy mind, that they may
be as a goad in thy sides, to prick thee forward in the way thou must
go. Then Christian began to gird up his loins, and to address himself
to his journey. Then said the Interpreter, {}``The Comforter be always
with thee, good Christian, to guide thee in the way that leads to
the city.'' So Christian went on his way, saying,\begin{flushleft} \footnotesize 

\  \\

\mbox{``Here I have seen things rare and profitable,} \\*

\mbox{Things pleasant, dreadful, things to make me stable} \\*

In what I have begun to take in hand: \\*

\mbox{Then let me think on them, and understand} \\*

\mbox{Wherefore they showed me were, and let me be} \\*

Thankful, O good Interpreter, to thee.''

\end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE THIRD STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE THIRD STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE THIRD STAGE}

Now I saw in my dream, that the highway up which Christian was to
go, was fenced on either side with a wall, and that wall was called
Salvation.%
\footnote{Isaiah 26:1.%
} Up this way, therefore, did burdened Christian run, but not without
great difficulty, because of the load on his back.

He ran thus till he came at a place somewhat ascending; and upon that
place stood a cross, and a little below, in the bottom, a sepulchre.
So I saw in my dream, that just as Christian came up with the cross,
his burden loosed from off his shoulders, and fell from off his back,
and began to tumble, and so continued to do till it came to the mouth
of the sepulchre, where it fell in, and I saw it no more.

Then was Christian glad and lightsome, and said with a merry heart,
{}``He hath given me rest by his sorrow, and life by his death.''
Then he stood still a while, to look and wonder; for it was very surprising
to him that the sight of the cross should thus ease him of his burden.
He looked, therefore, and looked again, even till the springs that
were in his head sent the waters down his cheeks.%
\footnote{Zech. 12:10.%
} Now as he stood looking and weeping, behold, three Shining Ones came
to him, and saluted him with, {}``Peace be to thee.'' So the first
said to him, {}``Thy sins be forgiven thee'';%
\footnote{Mark 2:5%
} the second stripped him of his rags, and clothed him with change
of raiment;%
\footnote{Zech. 3:4%
} the third also set a mark on his forehead,%
\footnote{Eph. 1:13%
} and gave him a roll with a seal upon it, which he bid him look on
as he ran, and that he should give it in at the celestial gate: so
they went their way. Then Christian gave three leaps for joy, and
went on singing,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize

\ \\

\mbox{``Thus far did I come laden with my sin,} \\*

\mbox{Nor could aught ease the grief that I was in,} \\*

\mbox{Till I came hither. What a place is this!} \\*

\mbox{Must here be the beginning of my bliss?} \\*

\mbox{Must here the burden fall from off my back?} \\*

\mbox{Must here the strings that bound it to me crack?} \\*

\mbox{Blest cross!\ blest sepulchre!\ blest rather be} \\*

\mbox{The Man that there was put to shame for me!''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

\ 

I saw then in my dream, that he went on thus, even until he came at
the bottom, where he saw, a little out of the way, three men fast
asleep, with fetters upon their heels. The name of the one was Simple,
of another Sloth, and of the third Presumption.

Christian then seeing them lie in this case, went to them, if peradventure
he might awake them, and cried, you are like them that sleep on the
top of a mast,%
\footnote{Prov. 23:34%
} for the Dead Sea is under you, a gulf that hath no bottom: awake,
therefore, and come away; be willing also, and I will help you off
with your irons. He also told them, If he that goeth about like a
roaring lion,%
\footnote{1 Pet. 5:8%
} comes by, you will certainly become a prey to his teeth. With that
they looked upon him, and began to reply in this sort: Simple said,
I see no danger; Sloth said, Yet a little more sleep; and Presumption
said, Every tub must stand upon its own bottom. And so they lay down
to sleep again, and Christian went on his way.

Yet he was troubled to think that men in that danger should so little
esteem the kindness of him that so freely offered to help them, both
by awakening of them, counselling of them, and proffering to help
them off with their irons. And as he was troubled thereabout, he espied
two men come tumbling over the wall, on the left hand of the narrow
way; and they made up apace to him. The name of the one was Formalist,
and the name of the other Hypocrisy. So, as I said, they drew up unto
him, who thus entered with them into discourse.

\textit{Chr}. Gentlemen, whence came you, and whither do you go?

\textit{Form}.\textit{\ and Hyp.} We were born in the land of Vain-glory,
and are going, for praise, to Mount Zion.

\textit{Chr}. Why came you not in at the gate which standeth at the
beginning of the way? Know ye not that it is written, that {}``he
that cometh not in by the door, but climbeth up some other way, the
same is a thief and a robber?''%
\footnote{John 10:1.%
}

\textit{Form}.\textit{\ and Hyp.} They said, that to go to the gate
for entrance was by all their countrymen counted too far about; and
that therefore their usual way was to make a short cut of it, and
to climb over the wall, as they had done.

\textit{Chr}. But will it not be counted a trespass against the Lord
of the city whither we are bound, thus to violate his revealed will?

\textit{Form}.\textit{\ and Hyp.} They told him, that as for that,
he needed not to trouble his head thereabout: for what they did they
had custom for, and could produce, if need were, testimony that would
witness it for more than a thousand years.

\textit{Chr}. But, said Christian, will you stand a trial at law?

\textit{Form}.\textit{\ and Hyp.} They told him, that custom, it
being of so long standing as above a thousand years, would doubtless
now be admitted as a thing legal by an impartial judge: and besides,
said they, if we get into the way, what matter is it which way we
get in? If we are in, we are in: thou art but in the way, who, as
we perceive, came in at the gate; and we also are in the way, that
came tumbling over the wall: wherein now is thy condition better than
ours?

\textit{Chr}. I walk by the rule of my Master: you walk by the rude
working of your fancies. You are counted thieves already by the Lord
of the way: therefore I doubt you will not be found true men at the
end of the way. You come in by yourselves without his direction, and
shall go out by yourselves without his mercy.

To this they made him but little answer; only they bid him look to
himself. Then I saw that they went on, every man in his way, without
much conference one with another, save that these two men told Christian,
that as to laws and ordinances, they doubted not but that they should
as conscientiously do them as he. Therefore, said they, we see not
wherein thou differest from us, but by the coat that is on thy back,
which was, as we trow, given thee by some of thy neighbors, to hide
the shame of thy nakedness.

\textit{Chr}. By laws and ordinances you will not be saved, since
you came not in by the door.%
\footnote{Gal. 2:16.%
} And as for this coat that is on my back, it was given me by the Lord
of the place whither I go; and that, as you say, to cover my nakedness
with. And I take it as a token of kindness to me; for I had nothing
but rags before. And besides, thus I comfort myself as I go. Surely,
think I, when I come to the gate of the city, the Lord thereof will
know me for good, since I have his coat on my back; a coat that he
gave me freely in the day that he stripped me of my rags. I have,
moreover, a mark in my forehead, of which perhaps you have taken no
notice, which one of my Lord's most intimate associates fixed there
in the day that my burden fell off my shoulders. I will tell you,
moreover, that I had then given me a roll sealed, to comfort me by
reading as I go on the way; I was also bid to give it in at the celestial
gate, in token of my certain going in after it: all which things I
doubt you want, and want them because you came not in at the gate.

To these things they gave him no answer; only they looked upon each
other, and laughed. Then I saw that they went all on, save that Christian
kept before, who had no more talk but with himself, and that sometimes
sighingly, and sometimes comfortably: also he would be often reading
in the roll that one of the Shining Ones gave him, by which he was
refreshed.

I beheld then, that they all went on till they came to the foot of
the hill Difficulty, at the bottom of which there was a spring. There
were also in the same place two other ways besides that which came
straight from the gate: one turned to the left hand, and the other
to the right, at the bottom of the hill; but the narrow way lay right
up the hill, and the name of the going up the side of the hill is
called Difficulty. Christian now went to the spring,%
\footnote{Isa. 49:10%
} and drank thereof to refresh himself, and then began to go up the
hill, saying,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize

``The hill, though high, I covet to ascend; \\*

The difficulty will not me offend; \\*

For I perceive the way to life lies here: \\*

\mbox{Come, pluck up heart, let's neither faint nor fear.} \\*

\mbox{Better, though difficult, the right way to go,} \\*

\mbox{Than wrong, though easy, where the end is woe.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

{}

The other two also came to the foot of the hill. But when they saw
that the hill was steep and high, and that there were two other ways
to go; and supposing also that these two ways might meet again with
that up which Christian went, on the other side of the hill; therefore
they were resolved to go in those ways. Now the name of one of those
ways was Danger, and the name of the other Destruction. So the one
took the way which is called Danger, which led him into a great wood;
and the other took directly up the way to Destruction, which led him
into a wide field, full of dark mountains, where he stumbled and fell,
and rose no more.

I looked then after Christian, to see him go up the hill, where I
perceived he fell from running to going, and from going to clambering
upon his hands and his knees, because of the steepness of the place.
Now about the midway to the top of the hill was a pleasant Arbor,
made by the Lord of the hill for the refreshment of weary travellers.
Thither, therefore, Christian got, where also he sat down to rest
him: then he pulled his roll out of his bosom, and read therein to
his comfort; he also now began afresh to take a review of the coat
or garment that was given to him as he stood by the cross. Thus pleasing
himself awhile, he at last fell into a slumber, and thence into a
fast sleep, which detained him in that place until it was almost night;
and in his sleep his roll fell out of his hand. Now, as he was sleeping,
there came one to him, and awaked him, saying, {}``Go to the ant,
thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise.''%
\footnote{Prov. 6:6.%
} And with that, Christian suddenly started up, and sped him on his
way, and went apace till he came to the top of the hill.

Now when he was got up to the top of the hill, there came two men
running amain; the name of the one was Timorous, and of the other
Mistrust: to whom Christian said, Sirs, what's the matter?\ you run
the wrong way. Timorous answered, that they were going to the city
of Zion, and had got up that difficult place: but, said he, the farther
we go, the more danger we meet with; wherefore we turned, and are
going back again.

Yes, said Mistrust, for just before us lie a couple of lions in the
way, whether sleeping or waking we know not; and we could not think,
if we came within reach, but they would presently pull us in pieces.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian, You make me afraid; but whither
shall I fly to be safe? If I go back to mine own country, that is
prepared for fire and brimstone, and I shall certainly perish there;
if I can get to the celestial city, I am sure to be in safety there:
I must venture. To go back is nothing but death: to go forward is
fear of death, and life everlasting beyond it: I will yet go forward.
So Mistrust and Timorous ran down the hill, and Christian went on
his way. But thinking again of what he had heard from the men, he
felt in his bosom for his roll, that he might read therein and be
comforted; but he felt, and found it not. Then was Christian in great
distress, and knew not what to do; for he wanted that which used to
relieve him, and that which should have been his pass into the celestial
city. Here, therefore, he began to be much perplexed, and knew not
what to do. At last he bethought himself that he had slept in the
arbor that is on the side of the hill; and falling down upon his knees,
he asked God forgiveness for that foolish act, and then went back
to look for his roll. But all the way he went back, who can sufficiently
set forth the sorrow of Christian's heart? Sometimes he sighed, sometimes
he wept, and oftentimes he chid himself for being so foolish to fall
asleep in that place, which was erected only for a little refreshment
from his weariness. Thus, therefore, he went back, carefully looking
on this side and on that, all the way as he went, if happily he might
find his roll, that had been his comfort so many times in his journey.
He went thus till he came again in sight of the arbor where he sat
and slept; but that sight renewed his sorrow the more, by bringing
again, even afresh, his evil of sleeping unto his mind.%
\footnote{Rev. 2:4; 1 Thess. 5:6-8.%
} Thus, therefore, he now went on, bewailing his sinful sleep, saying,
O wretched man that I am, that I should sleep in the daytime!\ that
I should sleep in the midst of difficulty!\ that I should so indulge
the flesh as to use that rest for ease to my flesh which the Lord
of the hill hath erected only for the relief of the spirits of pilgrims!
How many steps have I taken in vain! Thus it happened to Israel; for
their sin they were sent back again by the way of the Red Sea; and
I am made to tread those steps with sorrow, which I might have trod
with delight, had it not been for this sinful sleep. How far might
I have been on my way by this time! I am made to tread those steps
thrice over, which I needed not to have trod but once: yea, now also
I am like to be benighted, for the day is almost spent. O that I had
not slept!

Now by this time he was come to the arbor again, where for a while
he sat down and wept; but at last, (as Providence would have it,)\ looking
sorrowfully down under the settle, there he espied his roll, the which
he with trembling and haste catched up, and put it into his bosom.
But who can tell how joyful this man was when he had gotten his roll
again? For this roll was the assurance of his life, and acceptance
at the desired haven. Therefore he laid it up in his bosom, gave thanks
to God for directing his eye to the place where it lay, and with joy
and tears betook himself again to his journey. But O how nimbly did
he go up the rest of the hill! Yet before he got up, the sun went
down upon Christian; and this made him again recall the vanity of
his sleeping to his remembrance; and thus he again began to condole
with himself: Oh thou sinful sleep!\ how for thy sake am I like to
be benighted in my journey! I must walk without the sun, darkness
must cover the path of my feet, and I must hear the noise of the doleful
creatures, because of my sinful sleep! Now also he remembered the
story that Mistrust and Timorous told him of, how they were frighted
with the sight of the lions. Then said Christian to himself again,
These beasts range in the night for their prey; and if they should
meet with me in the dark, how should I shift them?\ how should I
escape being by them torn in pieces? Thus he went on his way. But
while he was bewailing his unhappy miscarriage, he lift up his eyes,
and behold there was a very stately palace before him, the name of
which was Beautiful, and it stood by the highway-side.

So I saw in my dream that he made haste, and went forward, that if
possible he might get lodging there. Now before he had gone far, he
entered into a very narrow passage, which was about a furlong off
the Porter's lodge, and looking very narrowly before him as he went,
he espied two lions in the way. Now, thought he, I see the dangers
that Mistrust and Timorous were driven back by.\  (The lions were
chained, but he saw not the chains.)\  Then he was afraid, and thought
also himself to go back after them; for he thought nothing but death
was before him. But the Porter at the lodge, whose name is Watchful,
perceiving that Christian made a halt, as if he would go back, cried
unto him, saying, Is thy strength so small?%
\footnote{Mark 4:40.%
} Fear not the lions, for they are chained, and are placed there for
trial of faith where it is, and for discovery of those that have none:
keep in the midst of the path, and no hurt shall come unto thee.

Then I saw that he went on, trembling for fear of the lions, but taking
good heed to the directions of the Porter; he heard them roar, but
they did him no harm. Then he clapped his hands, and went on till
he came and stood before the gate where the Porter was. Then said
Christian to the Porter, Sir, what house is this?\ and may I lodge
here to-night? The Porter answered, This house was built by the Lord
of the hill, and he built it for the relief and security of pilgrims.
The Porter also asked whence he was, and whither he was going.

\textit{Chr}. I am come from the city of Destruction, and am going
to Mount Zion: but because the sun is now set, I desire, if I may,
to lodge here to-night.

\textit{Port}. What is your name?

\textit{Chr}. My name is now Christian, but my name at the first was
Graceless: I came of the race of Japheth, whom God will persuade to
dwell in the tents of Shem.%
\footnote{Gen. 9:27.%
}

\textit{Port}. But how does it happen that you come so late? The sun
is set.

\textit{Chr}. I had been here sooner, but that, wretched man that
I am, I slept in the arbor that stands on the hill-side! Nay, I had,
notwithstanding that, been here much sooner, but that in my sleep
I lost my evidence, and came without it to the brow of the hill; and
then feeling for it, and not finding it, I was forced with sorrow
of heart to go back to the place where I slept my sleep, where I found
it; and now I am come.

\textit{Port}. Well, I will call out one of the virgins of this place,
who will, if she likes your talk, bring you in to the rest of the
family, according to the rules of the house. So Watchful the Porter
rang a bell, at the sound of which came out of the door of the house
a grave and beautiful damsel, named Discretion, and asked why she
was called.

The Porter answered, This man is on a journey from the city of Destruction
to Mount Zion; but being weary and benighted, he asked me if he might
lodge here to-night: so I told him I would call for thee, who, after
discourse had with him, mayest do as seemeth thee good, even according
to the law of the house.

Then she asked him whence he was, and whither he was going; and he
told her. She asked him also how he got into the way; and he told
her. Then she asked him what he had seen and met with in the way,
and he told her. And at last she asked his name. So he said, It is
Christian; and I have so much the more a desire to lodge here to-night,
because, by what I perceive, this place was built by the Lord of the
hill for the relief and security of pilgrims. So she smiled, but the
water stood in her eyes; and after a little pause she said, I will
call forth two or three more of the family. So she ran to the door,
and called out Prudence, Piety, and Charity, who, after a little more
discourse with him, had him into the family; and many of them meeting
him at the threshold of the house, said, Come in, thou blessed of
the Lord; this house was built by the Lord of the hill on purpose
to entertain such pilgrims in. Then he bowed his head, and followed
them into the house. So when he was come in and sat down, they gave
him something to drink, and consented together that, until supper
was ready, some of them should have some particular discourse with
Christian, for the best improvement of time; and they appointed Piety,
Prudence, and Charity to discourse with him: and thus they began.

\textit{Piety}. Come, good Christian, since we have been so loving
to you as to receive you into our house this night, let us, if perhaps
we may better ourselves thereby, talk with you of all things that
have happened to you in your pilgrimage.

\textit{Chr}. With a very good will; and I am glad that you are so
well disposed.

\textit{Piety}. What moved you at first to betake yourself to a pilgrim's
life?

\textit{Chr}. I was driven out of my native country by a dreadful
sound that was in mine ears; to wit, that unavoidable destruction
did attend me, if I abode in that place where I was.

\textit{Piety}. But how did it happen that you came out of your country
this way?

\textit{Chr}. It was as God would have it; for when I was under the
fears of destruction, I did not know whither to go; but by chance
there came a man, even to me, as I was trembling and weeping, whose
name is Evangelist, and he directed me to the Wicket-gate, which else
I should never have found, and so set me into the way that hath led
me directly to this house.

\textit{Piety}. But did you not come by the house of the Interpreter?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, and did see such things there, the remembrance
of which will stick by me as long as I live, especially three things:
to wit, how Christ, in despite of Satan, maintains his work of grace
in the heart; how the man had sinned himself quite out of hopes of
God's mercy; and also the dream of him that thought in his sleep the
day of judgment was come.

\textit{Piety}. Why, did you hear him tell his dream?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, and a dreadful one it was, I thought; it made my
heart ache as he was telling of it, but yet I am glad I heard it.

\textit{Piety}. Was this all you saw at the house of the Interpreter?

\textit{Chr}. No; he took me, and had me where he showed me a stately
palace, and how the people were clad in gold that were in it; and
how there came a venturous man, and cut his way through the armed
men that stood in the door to keep him out; and how he was bid to
come in, and win eternal glory. Methought those things did ravish
my heart. I would have stayed at that good man's house a twelvemonth,
but that I knew I had farther to go.

\textit{Piety}. And what saw you else in the way?

\textit{Chr}. Saw? Why, I went but a little farther, and I saw One,
as I thought in my mind, hang bleeding upon a tree; and the very sight
of him made my burden fall off my back; for I groaned under a very
heavy burden, but then it fell down from off me. It was a strange
thing to me, for I never saw such a thing before: yea, and while I
stood looking up, (for then I could not forbear looking,)\ three
Shining Ones came to me. One of them testified that my sins were forgiven
me; another stripped me of my rags, and gave me this broidered coat
which you see; and the third set the mark which you see in my forehead,
and gave me this sealed roll, (and with that he plucked it out of
his bosom.)

\textit{Piety}. But you saw more than this, did you not?

\textit{Chr}. The things that I have told you were the best: yet some
other I saw, as, namely, I saw three men, Simple, Sloth, and Presumption,
lie asleep, a little out of the way, as I came, with irons upon their
heels; but do you think I could awake them? I also saw Formality and
Hypocrisy come tumbling over the wall, to go, as they pretended, to
Zion; but they were quickly lost, even as I myself did tell them,
but they would not believe. But, above all, I found it hard work to
get up this hill, and as hard to come by the lions'\ mouths; and,
truly, if it had not been for the good man, the porter that stands
at the gate, I do not know but that, after all, I might have gone
back again; but I thank God I am here, and thank you for receiving
me.

Then Prudence thought good to ask him a few questions, and desired
his answer to them.

\emph{Pru}. Do you not think sometimes of the country from whence
you came?

\textit{Chr}. Yea, but with much shame and detestation. Truly, if
I had been mindful of that country from whence I came out, I might
have had opportunity to have returned; but now I desire a better country,
that is, a heavenly one.%
\footnote{Heb. 11:15,16.%
}

\emph{Pru}. Do you not yet bear away with you some of the things that
then you were conversant withal?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, but greatly against my will; especially my inward
and carnal cogitations, with which all my countrymen, as well as myself,
were delighted. But now all those things are my grief; and might I
but choose mine own things, I would choose never to think of those
things more: but when I would be a doing that which is best, that
which is worst is with me.%
\footnote{Rom. 7:15, 21.%
}

\emph{Pru}. Do you not find sometimes as if those things were vanquished,
which at other times are your perplexity?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, but that is but seldom; but they are to me golden
hours in which such things happen to me.

\emph{Pru}. Can you remember by what means you find your annoyances
at times as if they were vanquished?

\textit{Chr}. Yes: when I think what I saw at the cross, that will
do it; and when I look upon my broidered coat, that will do it; and
when I look into the roll that I carry in my bosom, that will do it;
and when my thoughts wax warm about whither I am going, that will
do it.

\emph{Pru}. And what is it that makes you so desirous to go to Mount
Zion?

\textit{Chr}. Why, there I hope to see Him alive that did hang dead
on the cross; and there I hope to be rid of all those things that
to this day are in me an annoyance to me: there they say there is
no death;%
\footnote{Isa. 25:8; Rev. 21:4%
} and there I shall dwell with such company as I like best. For, to
tell you the truth, I love Him because I was by Him eased of my burden;
and I am weary of my inward sickness. I would fain be where I shall
die no more, and with the company that shall continually cry, Holy,
holy, holy.

Then said Charity to Christian, Have you a family; Are you a married
man?

\textit{Chr}. I have a wife and four small children.

\textit{Char}. And why did you not bring them along with you?

\textit{Chr}. Then Christian wept, and said, Oh, how willingly would
I have done it!\ but they were all of them utterly averse to my going
on pilgrimage.

\textit{Char}. But you should have talked to them, and have endeavored
to show them the danger of staying behind.

\textit{Chr}. So I did; and told them also what God had shown to me
of the destruction of our city; but I seemed to them as one that mocked,
and they believed me not.%
\footnote{Gen. 19:14.%
}

\textit{Char}. And did you pray to God that he would bless your counsel
to them?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, and that with much affection; for you must think
that my wife and poor children were very dear to me.

\textit{Char}. But did you tell them of your own sorrow, and fear
of destruction? for I suppose that destruction was visible enough
to you.

\textit{Chr}. Yes, over, and over, and over. They might also see my
fears in my countenance, in my tears, and also in my trembling under
the apprehension of the judgment that did hang over our heads; but
all was not sufficient to prevail with them to come with me.

\textit{Char}. But what could they say for themselves, why they came
not?

\textit{Chr}. Why, my wife was afraid of losing this world, and my
children were given to the foolish delights of youth; so, what by
one thing, and what by another, they left me to wander in this manner
alone.

\textit{Char}. But did you not, with your vain life, damp all that
you, by words, used by way of persuasion to bring them away with you?

\textit{Chr}. Indeed, I cannot commend my life, for I am conscious
to myself of many failings therein. I know also, that a man, by his
conversation, may soon overthrow what, by argument or persuasion,
he doth labor to fasten upon others for their good. Yet this I can
say, I was very wary of giving them occasion, by any unseemly action,
to make them averse to going on pilgrimage. Yea, for this very thing,
they would tell me I was too precise, and that I denied myself of
things (for their sakes)\ in which they saw no evil. Nay, I think
I may say, that if what they saw in me did hinder them, it was my
great tenderness in sinning against God, or of doing any wrong to
my neighbor.

\textit{Char}. Indeed, Cain hated his brother, because his own works
were evil, and his brother's righteous;%
\footnote{1 John, 3:12%
} and if thy wife and children have been offended with thee for this,
they thereby show themselves to be implacable to good; thou hast delivered
thy soul from their blood.%
\footnote{Ezek. 3:19.%
}

Now I saw in my dream, that thus they sat talking together until supper
was ready. So when they had made ready, they sat down to meat. Now
the table was furnished with fat things, and with wine that was well
refined; and all their talk at the table was about the Lord of the
hill; as, namely, about what he had done, and wherefore he did what
he did, and why he had builded that house; and by what they said,
I perceived that he had been a great warrior, and had fought with
and slain him that had the power of death;%
\footnote{Heb. 2:14,15%
} but not without great danger to himself, which made me love him the
more.

For, as they said, and as I believe, said Christian, he did it with
the loss of much blood. But that which put the glory of grace into
all he did, was, that he did it out of pure love to his country. And
besides, there were some of them of the household that said they had
been and spoke with him since he did die on the cross; and they have
attested that they had it from his own lips, that he is such a lover
of poor pilgrims, that the like is not to be found from the east to
the west. They, moreover, gave an instance of what they affirmed;
and that was, he had stripped himself of his glory that he might do
this for the poor; and that they heard him say and affirm, that he
would not dwell in the mountain of Zion alone. They said, moreover,
that he had made many pilgrims princes, though by nature they were
beggars born, and their original had been the dunghill.%
\footnote{1 Sam. 2:8; Psa. 113:7.%
}

Thus they discoursed together till late at night; and after they had
committed themselves to their Lord for protection, they betook themselves
to rest. The pilgrim they laid in a large upper chamber, whose window
opened towards the sun-rising. The name of the chamber was Peace,
where he slept till break of day, and then he awoke and sang,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize

\ \\

\mbox{``Where am I now? Is this the love and care} \\*

Of Jesus, for the men that pilgrims are, \\*

Thus to provide that I should be forgiven, \\*

\mbox{And dwell already the next door to heaven!''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

{}

So in the morning they all got up; and, after some more discourse,
they told him that he should not depart till they had shown him the
rarities of that place. And first they had him into the study, where
they showed him records of the greatest antiquity; in which, as I
remember my dream, they showed him the pedigree of the Lord of the
hill, that he was the Son of the Ancient of Days, and came by eternal
generation. Here also was more fully recorded the acts that he had
done, and the names of many hundreds that he had taken into his service;
and how he had placed them in such habitations that could neither
by length of days, nor decays of nature, be dissolved.

Then they read to him some of the worthy acts that some of his servants
had done; as how they had subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness,
obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions, quenched the violence
of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made
strong, waxed valiant in fight, and turned to flight the armies of
the aliens.%
\footnote{Heb. 11:33,34.%
}

Then they read again another part of the records of the house, where
it was shown how willing their Lord was to receive into his favor
any, even any, though they in time past had offered great affronts
to his person and proceedings. Here also were several other histories
of many other famous things, of all which Christian had a view; as
of things both ancient and modern, together with prophecies and predictions
of things that have their certain accomplishment, both to the dread
and amazement of enemies, and the comfort and solace of pilgrims.

The next day they took him, and had him into the armory, where they
showed him all manner of furniture which their Lord had provided for
pilgrims, as sword, shield, helmet, breastplate, all-prayer, and shoes
that would not wear out. And there was here enough of this to harness
out as many men for the service of their Lord as there be stars in
the heaven for multitude.

They also showed him some of the engines with which some of his servants
had done wonderful things. They showed him Moses'\ rod; the hammer
and nail with which Jael slew Sisera; the pitchers, trumpets, and
lamps too, with which Gideon put to flight the armies of Midian. Then
they showed him the ox-goad wherewith Shamgar slew six hundred men.
They showed him also the jawbone with which Samson did such mighty
feats. They showed him moreover the sling and stone with which David
slew Goliath of Gath; and the sword also with which their Lord will
kill the man of sin, in the day that he shall rise up to the prey.
They showed him besides many excellent things, with which Christian
was much delighted. This done, they went to their rest again.

Then I saw in my dream, that on the morrow he got up to go forward,
but they desired him to stay till the next day also; and then, said
they, we will, if the day be clear, show you the Delectable Mountains;
which, they said, would yet farther add to his comfort, because they
were nearer the desired haven than the place where at present he was;
so he consented and stayed. When the morning was up, they had him
to the top of the house, and bid him look south. So he did, and behold,
at a great distance, he saw a most pleasant mountainous country, beautified
with woods, vineyards, fruits of all sorts, flowers also, with springs
and fountains, very delectable to behold.%
\footnote{Isa. 33:16,17.%
} Then he asked the name of the country. They said it was Immanuel's
Land; and it is as common, said they, as this hill is, to and for
all the pilgrims. And when thou comest there, from thence thou mayest
see to the gate of the celestial city, as the shepherds that live
there will make appear.

Now he bethought himself of setting forward, and they were willing
he should. But first, said they, let us go again into the armory.
So they did; and when he came there, they harnessed him from head
to foot with what was of proof, lest perhaps he should meet with assaults
in the way. He being therefore thus accoutred, walked out with his
friends to the gate; and there he asked the Porter if he saw any pilgrim
pass by. Then the Porter answered, Yes.

\textit{Chr}. Pray, did you know him?\ said he.

\textit{Port}. I asked his name, and he told me it was Faithful.

\textit{Chr}. O, said Christian, I know him; he is my townsman, my
near neighbor; he comes from the place where I was born. How far do
you think he may be before?

\textit{Port}. He is got by this time below the hill.

\textit{Chr}. Well, said Christian, good Porter, the Lord be with
thee, and add to all thy plain blessings much increase for the kindness
that thou hast showed me.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE FOURTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE FOURTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE FOURTH STAGE}

Then he began to go forward; but Discretion, Piety, Charity, and Prudence
would accompany him down to the foot of the hill. So they went on
together, reiterating their former discourses, till they came to go
down the hill. Then said Christian, As it was difficult coming up,
so, so far as I can see, it is dangerous going down. Yes, said Prudence,
so it is; for it is a hard matter for a man to go down into the valley
of Humiliation, as thou art now, and to catch no slip by the way;
therefore, said they, we are come out to accompany thee down the hill.
So he began to go down, but very warily; yet he caught a slip or two.

Then I saw in my dream, that these good companions, when Christian
was got down to the bottom of the hill, gave him a loaf of bread,
a bottle of wine, and a cluster of raisins; and then he went on his
way,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize

\ \\

\mbox{``Whilst Christian is among his godly friends,}\\*

\mbox{Their golden mouths make him sufficient mends}\\*

\mbox{For all his griefs; and when they let him go,}\\*

\mbox{He's clad with northern steel from top to toe.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

{}

But now, in this valley of Humiliation, poor Christian was hard put
to it; for he had gone but a little way before he espied a foul fiend
coming over the field to meet him: his name is Apollyon. Then did
Christian begin to be afraid, and to cast in his mind whether to go
back, or to stand his ground. But he considered again, that he had
no armor for his back, and therefore thought that to turn the back
to him might give him greater advantage with ease to pierce him with
his darts; therefore he resolved to venture and stand his ground:
for, thought he, had I no more in mine eye than the saving of my life,
it would be the best way to stand.

So he went on, and Apollyon met him. Now the monster was hideous to
behold: he was clothed with scales like a fish, and they are his pride;
he had wings like a dragon, and feet like a bear, and out of his belly
came fire and smoke; and his mouth was as the mouth of a lion. When
he was come up to Christian, he beheld him with a disdainful countenance,
and thus began to question him.

\emph{Apol}. Whence came you, and whither are you bound?

\textit{Chr}. I am come from the city of Destruction, which is the
place of all evil, and I am going to the city of Zion.

\emph{Apol}. By this I perceive thou art one of my subjects; for all
that country is mine, and I am the prince and god of it. How is it,
then, that thou hast run away from thy king? Were it not that I hope
thou mayest do me more service, I would strike thee now at one blow
to the ground.

\textit{Chr}. I was, indeed, born in your dominions, but your service
was hard, and your wages such as a man could not live on; for the
wages of sin is death;%
\footnote{Rom. 6:23%
} therefore, when I was come to years, I did, as other considerate
persons do, look out if perhaps I might mend myself.

\emph{Apol}. There is no prince that will thus lightly lose his subjects,
neither will I as yet lose thee; but since thou complainest of thy
service and wages, be content to go back, and what our country will
afford I do here promise to give thee.

\textit{Chr}. But I have let myself to another, even to the King of
princes; and how can I with fairness go back with thee?

\emph{Apol}. Thou hast done in this according to the proverb, {}``changed
a bad for a worse;''\ but it is ordinary for those that have professed
themselves his servants, after a while to give him the slip, and return
again to me. Do thou so to, and all shall be well.

\textit{Chr}. I have given him my faith, and sworn my allegiance to
him; how then can I go back from this, and not be hanged as a traitor.

\emph{Apol}. Thou didst the same by me, and yet I am willing to pass
by all, if now thou wilt yet turn again and go back.

\textit{Chr}. What I promised thee was in my non-age: and besides,
I count that the Prince, under whose banner I now stand, is able to
absolve me, yea, and to pardon also what I did as to my compliance
with thee. And besides, O thou destroying Apollyon, to speak truth,
I like his service, his wages, his servants, his government, his company,
and country, better than thine; therefore leave off to persuade me
farther: I am his servant, and I will follow him.

\emph{Apol}. Consider again, when thou art in cool blood, what thou
art like to meet with in the way that thou goest. Thou knowest that
for the most part his servants come to an ill end, because they are
transgressors against me and my ways. How many of them have been put
to shameful deaths! And besides, thou countest his service better
than mine; whereas he never yet came from the place where he is, to
deliver any that served him out of their enemies'\ hands: but as
for me, how many times, as all the world very well knows, have I delivered,
either by power or fraud, those that have faithfully served me, from
him and his, though taken by them! And so will I deliver thee.

\textit{Chr}. His forbearing at present to deliver them, is on purpose
to try their love, whether they will cleave to him to the end: and
as for the ill end thou sayest they come to, that is most glorious
in their account. For, for present deliverance, they do not much expect
it; for they stay for their glory; and then they shall have it, when
their Prince comes in his and the glory of the angels.

\emph{Apol}. Thou hast already been unfaithful in thy service to him;
and how dost thou think to receive wages of him?

\textit{Chr}. Wherein, O Apollyon, have I been unfaithful to him?

\emph{Apol}. Thou didst faint at first setting out, when thou wast
almost choked in the gulf of Despond. Thou didst attempt wrong ways
to be rid of thy burden, whereas thou shouldst have stayed till thy
Prince had taken it off. Thou didst sinfully sleep, and lose thy choice
things. Thou wast almost persuaded also to go back at the sight of
the lions. And when thou talkest of thy journey, and of what thou
hast seen and heard, thou art inwardly desirous of vainglory in all
that thou sayest or doest.

\textit{Chr}. All this is true, and much more which thou hast left
out; but the Prince whom I serve and honor is merciful, and ready
to forgive. But besides, these infirmities possessed me in thy country,
for there I sucked them in, and I have groaned under them, been sorry
for them, and have obtained pardon of my Prince.

\emph{Apol}. Then Apollyon broke out into a grievous rage, saying,
I am an enemy to this Prince; I hate his person, his laws, and people:
I am come out on purpose to withstand thee.

\textit{Chr}. Apollyon, beware what you do, for I am in the King's
highway, the way of holiness; therefore take heed to yourself.

\emph{Apol.} Then Apollyon straddled quite over the whole breadth
of the way, and said, I am void of fear in this matter. Prepare thyself
to die; for I swear by my infernal den, that thou shalt go no farther:
here will I spill thy soul. And with that he threw a flaming dart
at his breast; but Christian had a shield in his hand, with which
he caught it, and so prevented the danger of that.

Then did Christian draw, for he saw it was time to bestir him; and
Apollyon as fast made at him, throwing darts as thick as hail; by
the which, notwithstanding all that Christian could do to avoid it,
Apollyon wounded him in his head, his hand, and foot. This made Christian
give a little back: Apollyon, therefore, followed his work amain,
and Christian again took courage, and resisted as manfully as he could.
This sore combat lasted for above half a day, even till Christian
was almost quite spent: for you must know, that Christian, by reason
of his wounds, must needs grow weaker and weaker.

Then Apollyon, espying his opportunity, began to gather up close to
Christian, and wrestling with him, gave him a dreadful fall; and with
that Christian's sword flew out of his hand. Then said Apollyon, I
am sure of thee now: and with that he had almost pressed him to death,
so that Christian began to despair of life. But, as God would have
it, while Apollyon was fetching his last blow, thereby to make a full
end of this good man, Christian nimbly reached out his hand for his
sword, and caught it, saying, Rejoice not against me, O mine enemy:
when I fall, I shall arise;%
\footnote{Mic. 7:8%
} and with that gave him a deadly thrust, which made him give back,
as one that had received his mortal wound. Christian perceiving that,
made at him again, saying, Nay, in all these things we are more than
conquerors, through Him that loved us.%
\footnote{Rom. 8:37.%
} And with that Apollyon spread forth his dragon wings, and sped him
away, that Christian saw him no more.%
\footnote{James 4:7.%
}

In this combat no man can imagine, unless he had seen and heard, as
I did, what yelling and hideous roaring Apollyon made all the time
of the fight; he spake like a dragon: and on the other side, what
sighs and groans burst from Christian's heart. I never saw him all
the while give so much as one pleasant look, till he perceived he
had wounded Apollyon with his two-edged sword; then, indeed, he did
smile, and look upward! But it was the dreadfullest sight that ever
I saw.

So when the battle was over, Christian said, I will here give thanks
to him that hath delivered me out of the mouth of the lion, to him
that did help me against Apollyon. And so he did, saying,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize \ \\

\mbox{``Great Beelzebub, the captain of this fiend,}\\*

Designed my ruin; therefore to this end\\*

\mbox{He sent him harness'd out; and he, with rage}\\*

That hellish was, did fiercely me engage:\\*

But blessed Michael helped me, and I,\\*

\mbox{By dint of sword, did quickly make him fly:}\\*

\mbox{Therefore to Him let me give lasting praise,}\\*

\mbox{And thank and bless his holy name always.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}{}

Then there came to him a hand with some of the leaves of the tree
of life, the which Christian took and applied to the wounds that he
had received in the battle, and was healed immediately. He also sat
down in that place to eat bread, and to drink of the bottle that was
given him a little before: so, being refreshed, he addressed himself
to his journey with his sword drawn in his hand; for he said, I know
not but some other enemy may be at hand. But he met with no other
affront from Apollyon quite through this valley.

Now at the end of this valley was another, called the Valley of the
Shadow of Death; and Christian must needs go through it, because the
way to the Celestial City lay through the midst of it. Now, this valley
is a very solitary place. The prophet Jeremiah thus describes it:
{}``A wilderness, a land of deserts and pits, a land of drought,
and of the Shadow of Death, a land that no man''\ (but a Christian)\ {}``passeth
through, and where no man dwelt.''%
\footnote{Jer. 2:6.%
}

Now here Christian was worse put to it than in his fight with Apollyon,
as by the sequel you shall see.

I saw then in my dream, that when Christian was got to the borders
of the Shadow of Death, there met him two men, children of them that
brought up an evil report of the good land,%
\footnote{Num. 13:32%
} making haste to go back; to whom Christian spake as follows.

\textit{Chr}. Whither are you going?

\textit{Men}. They said, Back, back; and we would have you do so too,
if either life or peace is prized by you.

\textit{Chr}. Why, what's the matter?\ said Christian.

\textit{Men}. Matter!\  said they; we were going that way as you
are going, and went as far as we durst: and indeed we were almost
past coming back; for had we gone a little further, we had not been
here to bring the news to thee.

\textit{Chr}. But what have you met with?\ said Christian.

\textit{Men}. Why, we were almost in the Valley of the Shadow of Death,
but that by good hap we looked before us, and saw the danger before
we came to it.%
\footnote{Psa. 44:19; 107:19.%
}

\textit{Chr}. But what have you seen?\ said Christian.

\textit{Men}. Seen!\ why the valley itself, which is as dark as pitch:
we also saw there the hobgoblins, satyrs, and dragons of the pit:
we heard also in that valley a continual howling and yelling, as of
a people under unutterable misery, who there sat bound in affliction
and irons: and over that valley hang the discouraging clouds of confusion:
Death also doth always spread his wings over it. In a word, it is
every whit dreadful, being utterly without order.%
\footnote{Job 3:5; 10:22.%
}

\textit{Chr}. Then, said Christian, I perceive not yet, by what you
have said, but that this is my way to the desired haven.%
\footnote{Psalm 44:18,19; Jer. 2:6.%
}

\textit{Men}. Be it thy way; we will not choose it for ours.

So they parted, and Christian went on his way, but still with his
sword drawn in his hand, for fear lest he should be assaulted.

I saw then in my dream, so far as this valley reached, there was on
the right hand a very deep ditch; that ditch is it into which the
blind have led the blind in all ages, and have both there miserably
perished. Again, behold, on the left hand there was a very dangerous
quag, into which, if even a good man falls, he finds no bottom for
his foot to stand on: into that quag king David once did fall, and
had no doubt therein been smothered, had not He that is able plucked
him out.%
\footnote{Psa. 69:14.%
}

The pathway was here also exceeding narrow, and therefore good Christian
was the more put to it; for when he sought, in the dark, to shun the
ditch on the one hand, he was ready to tip over into the mire on the
other; also, when he sought to escape the mire, without great carefulness
he would be ready to fall into the ditch. Thus he went on, and I heard
him here sigh bitterly; for besides the danger mentioned above, the
pathway was here so dark, that ofttimes when he lifted up his foot
to go forward, he knew not where, or upon what he should set it next.

About the midst of this valley I perceived the mouth of hell to be,
and it stood also hard by the wayside. Now, thought Christian, what
shall I do? And ever and anon the flame and smoke would come out in
such abundance, with sparks and hideous noises, (things that cared
not for Christian's sword, as did Apollyon before,)\ that he was
forced to put up his sword, and betake himself to another weapon,
called All-prayer;%
\footnote{Eph. 6:18%
} so he cried, in my hearing, O Lord, I beseech thee, deliver my soul.%
\footnote{Psa. 116:4.%
} Thus he went on a great while, yet still the flames would be reaching
towards him; also he heard doleful voices, and rushings to and fro,
so that sometimes he thought he should be torn in pieces, or trodden
down like mire in the streets. This frightful sight was seen, and
these dreadful noises were heard by him for several miles together;
and coming to a place where he thought he heard a company of fiends
coming forward to meet him, he stopped, and began to muse what he
had best to do. Sometimes he had half a thought to go back; then again
he thought he might be half-way through the valley. He remembered
also, how he had already vanquished many a danger; and that the danger
of going back might be much more than for to go forward. So he resolved
to go on; yet the fiends seemed to come nearer and nearer. But when
they were come even almost at him, he cried out with a most vehement
voice, I will walk in the strength of the Lord God. So they gave back,
and came no farther.

One thing I would not let slip. I took notice that now poor Christian
was so confounded that he did not know his own voice; and thus I perceived
it. Just when he was come over against the mouth of the burning pit,
one of the wicked ones got behind him, and stepped up softly to him,
and whisperingly suggested many grievous blasphemies to him, which
he verily thought had proceeded from his own mind. This put Christian
more to it than any thing that he met with before, even to think that
he should now blaspheme Him that he loved so much before. Yet if he
could have helped it, he would not have done it; but he had not the
discretion either to stop his ears, or to know from whence these blasphemies
came.

When Christian had travelled in this disconsolate condition some considerable
time, he thought he heard the voice of a man, as going before him,
saying, Though I walk through the Valley of the Shadow of Death, I
will fear no evil, for thou art with me.%
\footnote{Psa. 23:4.%
}

Then was he glad, and that for these reasons:\ 

First, Because he gathered from thence, that some who feared God were
in this valley as well as himself.

Secondly, For that he perceived God was with them, though in that
dark and dismal state. And why not, thought he, with me?\ though
by reason of the impediment that attends this place, I cannot perceive
it.%
\footnote{Job 9:11.%
}

Thirdly, For that he hoped (could he overtake them)\ to have company
by and by.

So he went on, and called to him that was before; but he knew not
what to answer, for that he also thought himself to be alone. And
by and by the day broke: then said Christian, {}``He hath turned
the shadow of death into the morning.''%
\footnote{Amos 5:8.%
}

Now morning being come, he looked back, not out of desire to return,
but to see, by the light of the day, what hazards he had gone through
in the dark. So he saw more perfectly the ditch that was on the one
hand, and the quag that was on the other; also how narrow the way
was which led betwixt them both. Also now he saw the hobgoblins, and
satyrs, and dragons of the pit, but all afar off; for after break
of day they came not nigh; yet they were discovered to him, according
to that which is written, {}``He discovereth deep things out of darkness,
and bringeth out to light the shadow of death.''%
\footnote{Job 12:22.%
}

Now was Christian much affected with this deliverance from all the
dangers of his solitary way; which dangers, though he feared them
much before, yet he saw them more clearly now, because the light of
the day made them conspicuous to him. And about this time the sun
was rising, and this was another mercy to Christian; for you must
note, that though the first part of the Valley of the Shadow of Death
was dangerous, yet this second part, which he was yet to go, was,
if possible, far more dangerous; for, from the place where he now
stood, even to the end of the valley, the way was all along set so
full of snares, traps, gins, and nets here, and so full of pits, pitfalls,
deep holes, and shelvings-down there, that had it now been dark, as
it was when he came the first part of the way, had he had a thousand
souls, they had in reason been cast away; but, as I said, just now
the sun was rising. Then said he, {}``His Candle shineth on my head,
and by his light I go through darkness.''%
\footnote{Job 29:3.%
}

In this light, therefore, he came to the end of the valley. Now I
saw in my dream, that at the end of the valley lay blood, bones, ashes,
and mangled bodies of men, even of pilgrims that had gone this way
formerly; and while I was musing what should be the reason, I espied
a little before me a cave, where two giants, Pope and Pagan, dwelt
in old times; by whose power and tyranny the men whose bones, blood,
ashes, \textit{etc}., lay there, were cruelly put to death. But by
this place Christian went without much danger, whereat I somewhat
wondered; but I have learnt since, that Pagan has been dead many a
day; and as for the other, though he be yet alive, he is, by reason
of age, and also of the many shrewd brushes that he met with in his
younger days, grown so crazy and stiff in his joints that he can now
do little more than sit in his cave's mouth, grinning at pilgrims
as they go by, and biting his nails because he cannot come at them.

So I saw that Christian went on his way; yet, at the sight of the
old man that sat at the mouth of the cave, he could not tell what
to think, especially because he spoke to him, though he could not
go after him, saying, You will never mend, till more of you be burned.
But he held his peace, and set a good face on it; and so went by,
and catched no hurt. Then sang Christian,

\begin{flushleft} \footnotesize

``O world of wonders, (I can say no less,)\\*

That I should be preserved in that distress\\*

That I have met with here! O blessed be\\*

That hand that from it hath delivered me! \\*

Dangers in darkness, devils, hell, and sin,\\*

Did compass me, while I this vale was in;\\*

\mbox{Yea, snares, and pits, and traps, and nets did lie}\\*

My path about, that worthless, silly I\\*

\mbox{Might have been catch'd, entangled, and cast down;}\\*

But since I live, let Jesus wear the crown.''

\end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE FIFTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE FIFTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE FIFTH STAGE}

Now, as Christian went on his way, he came to a little ascent, which
was cast up on purpose that pilgrims might see before them: up there,
therefore, Christian went; and looking forward, he saw Faithful before
him upon his journey: Then said Christian aloud, Ho, ho; so-ho; stay,
and I will be your companion. At that Faithful looked behind him;
to whom Christian cried again, Stay, stay, till I come up to you.
But Faithful answered, No, I am upon my life, and the avenger of blood
is behind me.

At this Christian was somewhat moved, and putting to all his strength,
he quickly got up with Faithful, and did also overrun him; so the
last was first. Then did Christian vaingloriously smile, because he
had gotten the start of his brother; but not taking good heed to his
feet, he suddenly stumbled and fell, and could not rise again until
Faithful came up to help him.

Then I saw in my dream, they went very lovingly on together, and had
sweet discourse of all things that had happened to them in their pilgrimage;
and thus Christian began.

\textit{Chr}. My honored and well-beloved brother Faithful, I am glad
that I have overtaken you, and that God has so tempered our spirits
that we can walk as companions in this so pleasant a path.

\textit{Faith}. I had thought, my dear friend, to have had your company
quite from our town, but you did get the start of me; wherefore I
was forced to come thus much of the way alone.

\textit{Chr}. How long did you stay in the city of Destruction before
you set out after me on your pilgrimage?

\textit{Faith}. Till I could stay no longer; for there was a great
talk presently after you were gone out, that our city would, in a
short time, with fire from heaven, be burnt down to the ground.

\textit{Chr}. What, did your neighbors talk so?

\textit{Faith}. Yes, it was for a while in every body's mouth.

\textit{Chr}. What, and did no more of them but you come out to escape
the danger?

\textit{Faith}. Though there was, as I said, a great talk thereabout,
yet I do not think they did firmly believe it; for, in the heat of
the discourse, I heard some of them deridingly speak of you and of
your desperate journey, for so they called this your pilgrimage. But
I did believe, and do still, that the end of our city will be with
fire and brimstone from above; and therefore I have made my escape.

\textit{Chr}. Did you hear no talk of neighbor Pliable?

\textit{Faith}. Yes, Christian, I heard that he followed you till
he came to the Slough of Despond, where, as some said, he fell in;
but he would not be known to have so done: but I am sure he was soundly
bedabbled with that kind of dirt.

\textit{Chr}. And what said the neighbors to him?

\textit{Faith}. He hath, since his going back, been had greatly in
derision, and that among all sorts of people: some do mock and despise
him, and scarce will any set him on work. He is now seven times worse
than if he had never gone out of the city.

\textit{Chr}. But why should they be so set against him, since they
also despise the way that he forsook?

\textit{Faith}. O, they say, Hang him; he is a turncoat; he was not
true to his profession! I think God has stirred up even His enemies
to hiss at him, and make him a proverb, because he hath forsaken the
way.%
\footnote{Jer. 29:18,19.%
}

\textit{Chr}. Had you no talk with him before you came out?

\textit{Faith}. I met him once in the streets, but he leered away
on the other side, as one ashamed of what he had done; So I spake
not to him.

\textit{Chr}. Well, at my first setting out I had hopes of that man;
but now I fear he will perish in the overthrow of the city. For it
has happened to him according to the true proverb, The dog is turned
to his vomit again, and the sow that was washed to her wallowing in
the mire.%
\footnote{2 Pet. 2:22.%
}

\textit{Faith}. These are my fears of him too; but who can hinder
that which will be?

\textit{Chr}. Well, neighbor Faithful, said Christian, let us leave
him, and talk of things that more immediately concern ourselves. Tell
me now what you have met with in the way as you came; for I know you
have met with some things, or else it may be writ for a wonder.

\textit{Faith}. I escaped the slough that I perceive you fell into,
and got up to the gate without that danger; only I met with one whose
name was Wanton, that had like to have done me mischief.

\textit{Chr}. It was well you escaped her net: Joseph was hard put
to it by her, and he escaped her as you did; but it had like to have
cost him his life.%
\footnote{Gen. 39:11-13.%
} But what did she do to you?

\textit{Faith}. You cannot think (but that you know something)\ what
a flattering tongue she had; she lay at me hard to turn aside with
her, promising me all manner of content.

\textit{Chr}. Nay, she did not promise you the content of a good conscience.

\textit{Faith}. You know what I mean; all carnal and fleshly content.

\textit{Chr}. Thank God that you escaped her: the abhorred of the
Lord shall fall into her pit.%
\footnote{Prov. 22:14.%
}

\textit{Faith}. Nay, I know not whether I did wholly escape her or
no.

\textit{Chr}. Why, I trow you did not consent to her desires?

\textit{Faith}. No, not to defile myself; for I remembered an old
writing that I had seen, which said, {}``Her steps take hold on Hell.''%
\footnote{Prov. 5:5.%
} So I shut mine eyes, because I would not be bewitched with her looks.%
\footnote{Job 31:1.%
} Then she railed on me, and I went my way.

\textit{Chr}. Did you meet with no other assault as you came?

\textit{Faith}. When I came to the foot of the hill called Difficulty,
I met with a very aged man, who asked me what I was, and whither bound.
I told him that I was a pilgrim, going to the Celestial City. Then
said the old man, Thou lookest like an honest fellow; wilt thou be
content to dwell with me for the wages that I shall give thee? Then
I asked his name, and where he dwelt? He said his name was Adam the
First, and that he dwelt in the town of Deceit.%
\footnote{Eph. 4:22.%
} I asked him then what was his work, and what the wages that he would
give. He told me that his work was many delights; and his wages, that
I should be his heir at last. I further asked him, what house he kept,
and what other servants he had. So he told me that his house was maintained
with all the dainties of the world, and that his servants were those
of his own begetting. Then I asked how many children he had. He said
that he had but three daughters, the Lust of the Flesh, the Lust of
the Eyes, and the Pride of Life,%
\footnote{1 John, 2:16%
} and that I should marry them if I would. Then I asked, how long time
he would have me live with him; And he told me, as long as he lived
himself.

\textit{Chr}. Well, and what conclusion came the old man and you to
at last?

\textit{Faith}. Why, at first I found myself somewhat inclinable to
go with the man, for I thought he spake very fair; but looking in
his forehead, as I talked with him, I saw there written, {}``Put
off the old man with his deeds.''

\textit{Chr}. And how then?

\textit{Faith}. Then it came burning hot into my mind, that, whatever
he said, and however he flattered, when he got me home to his house
he would sell me for a slave. So I bid him forbear to talk, for I
would not come near the door of his house. Then he reviled me, and
told me that he would send such a one after me that should make my
way bitter to my soul. So I turned to go away from him; but just as
I turned myself to go thence, I felt him take hold of my flesh, and
give me such a deadly twitch back, that I thought he had pulled part
of me after himself: this made me cry, {}``O wretched man.''%
\footnote{Rom. 7:24.%
} So I went on my way up the hill.

Now, when I had got above half-way up, I looked behind me, and saw
one coming after me, swift as the wind; so he overtook me just about
the place where the settle stands.

\textit{Chr}. Just there, said Christian, did I sit down to rest me;
but being overcome with sleep, I there lost this roll out of my bosom.

\textit{Faith}. But, good brother, hear me out. So soon as the man
overtook me, it was but a word and a blow; for down he knocked me,
and laid me for dead. But when I was a little come to myself again
I asked him wherefore he served me so. He said because of my secret
inclining to Adam the First. And with that he struck me another deadly
blow on the breast, and beat me down backward; so I lay at his foot
as dead as before. So when I came to myself again I cried him mercy:
but he said, I know not how to show mercy; and with that he knocked
me down again. He had doubtless made an end of me, but that one came
by and bid him forbear.

\textit{Chr}. Who was that that bid him forbear?

\textit{Faith}. I did not know him at first: but as he went by, I
perceived the holes in his hands and in his side: Then I concluded
that he was our Lord. So I went up the hill.

\textit{Chr}. That man that overtook you was Moses. He spareth none;
neither knoweth he how to shew mercy to those that transgress the
law.

\textit{Faith}. I know it very well; it was not the first time that
he has met with me. 'Twas he that came to me when I dwelt securely
at home, and that told me he would burn my house over my head if I
stayed there.

\textit{Chr}. But did you not see the house that stood there on the
top of the hill, on the side of which Moses met you?

\textit{Faith}. Yes, and the lions too, before I came at it. But,
for the lions, I think they were asleep, for it was about noon; and
because I had so much of the day before me, I passed by the Porter,
and came down the hill.

\textit{Chr}. He told me, indeed, that he saw you go by; but I wish
you had called at the house, for they would have showed you so many
rarities that you would scarce have forgot them to the day of your
death. But pray tell me, Did you meet nobody in the Valley of Humility?

\textit{Faith}. Yes, I met with one Discontent, who would willingly
have persuaded me to go back again with him: his reason was, for that
the valley was altogether without honor. He told me, moreover, that
to go there was the way to disoblige all my friends, as Pride, Arrogancy,
Self -Conceit, Worldly Glory, with others, who he knew, as he said,
would be very much offended if I made such a fool of myself as to
wade through this valley.

\textit{Chr}. Well, and how did you answer him?

\textit{Faith}. I told him, that although all these that he named,
might claim a kindred of me, and that rightly, (for indeed they were
my relations according to the flesh,)\ yet since I became a pilgrim
they have disowned me, and I also have rejected them; and therefore
they were to me now no more than if they had never been of my lineage.
I told him, moreover, that as to this valley, he had quite misrepresented
the thing; for before honor is humility, and a haughty spirit before
a fall. Therefore, said I, I had rather go through this valley to
the honor that was so accounted by the wisest, than choose that which
he esteemed most worthy of our affections.

\textit{Chr}. Met you with nothing else in that valley?

\textit{Faith}. Yes, I met with Shame; but of all the men that I met
with on my pilgrimage, he, I think, bears the wrong name. The other
would be said nay, after a little argumentation, and somewhat else;
but this bold-faced Shame would never have done.

\textit{Chr}. Why, what did he say to you?

\textit{Faith}. What?\  why, he objected against religion itself.
He said it was a pitiful, low, sneaking business for a man to mind
religion. He said, that a tender conscience was an unmanly thing;
and that for a man to watch over his words and ways, so as to tie
up himself from that hectoring liberty that the brave spirits of the
times accustomed themselves unto, would make him the ridicule of the
times. He objected also, that but few of the mighty, rich, or wise,
were ever of my opinion; nor any of them neither, before they were
persuaded to be fools, and to be of a voluntary fondness to venture
the loss of all for nobody knows what.%
\footnote{1 Cor. 1:26; 3:18; Phil. 3:7-9; John 7:48.%
} He, moreover, objected the base and low estate and condition of those
that were chiefly the pilgrims of the times in which they lived; also
their ignorance and want of understanding in all natural science.
Yea, he did hold me to it at that rate also, about a great many more
things than here I relate; as, that it was a shame to sit whining
and mourning under a sermon, and a shame to come sighing and groaning
home; that it was a shame to ask my neighbor forgiveness for petty
faults, or to make restitution where I have taken from any. He said
also, that religion made a man grow strange to the great, because
of a few vices, which he called by finer names, and made him own and
respect the base, because of the same religious fraternity: And is
not this, said he, a shame?

\textit{Chr}. And what did you say to him?

\textit{Faith}. Say? I could not tell what to say at first. Yea, he
put me so to it, that my blood came up in my face; even this Shame
fetched it up, and had almost beat me quite off. But at last I began
to consider, that that which is highly esteemed among men, is had
in abomination with God.%
\footnote{Luke 16:15.%
} And I thought again, this Shame tells me what men are; but he tells
me nothing what God, or the word of God is. And I thought, moreover,
that at the day of doom we shall not be doomed to death or life according
to the hectoring spirits of the world, but according to the wisdom
and law of the Highest. Therefore, thought I, what God says is best,
is indeed best, though all the men in the world are against it. Seeing,
then, that God prefers his religion; seeing God prefers a tender Conscience;
seeing they that make themselves fools for the kingdom of heaven are
wisest, and that the poor man that loveth Christ is richer than the
greatest man in the world that hates him; Shame, depart, thou art
an enemy to my salvation. Shall I entertain thee against my sovereign
Lord? How then shall I look him in the face at his coming?%
\footnote{Mark 8:38.%
} Should I now be ashamed of his ways and servants, how can I expect
the blessing? But indeed this Shame was a bold villain; I could scarcely
shake him out of my company; yea, he would be haunting of me, and
continually whispering me in the ear, with some one or other of the
infirmities that attend religion. But at last I told him, that it
was but in vain to attempt farther in this business; for those things
that he disdained, in those did I see most glory: and so at last I
got past this importunate one. And when I had shaken him off, then
I began to sing,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize\ \\

\mbox{``The trials that those men do meet withal,}\\*

That are obedient to the heavenly call,\\*

Are manifold, and suited to the flesh,\\*

\mbox{And come, and come, and come again afresh;}\\*

\mbox{That now, or some time else, we by them may}\\*

Be taken, overcome, and cast away.\\*

O let the pilgrims, let the pilgrims then,\\*

\mbox{Be vigilant, and quit themselves like men.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

{}

\textit{Chr}. I am glad, my brother, that thou didst withstand this
villain so bravely; for of all, as thou sayest, I think he has the
wrong name; for he is so bold as to follow us in the streets, and
to attempt to put us to shame before all men; that is, to make us
ashamed of that which is good. But if he was not himself audacious,
he would never attempt to do as he does. But let us still resist him;
for, notwithstanding all his bravadoes, he promoteth the fool, and
none else. {}``The wise shall inherit glory,''\ said Solomon; {}``but
shame shall be the promotion of fools.''%
\footnote{Prov. 3:35.%
}

\textit{Faith}. I think we must cry to Him for help against Shame,
that would have us to be valiant for truth upon the earth.

\textit{Chr}. You say true; but did you meet nobody else in that valley?

\textit{Faith}. No, not I; for I had sunshine all the rest of the
way through that, and also through the Valley of the Shadow of Death.

\textit{Chr}. 'Twas well for you; I am sure it fared far otherwise
with me. I had for a long season, as soon almost as I entered into
that valley, a dreadful combat with that foul fiend Apollyon; yea,
I thought verily he would have killed me, especially when he got me
down, and crushed me under him, as if he would have crushed me to
pieces; for as he threw me, my sword flew out of my hand: nay, he
told me he was sure of me; but I cried to God, and he heard me, and
delivered me out of all my troubles. Then I entered into the Valley
of the Shadow of Death, and had no light for almost half the way through
it. I thought I should have been killed there over and over; but at
last day brake, and the sun rose, and I went through that which was
behind with far more ease and quiet.

Moreover, I saw in my dream, that as they went on, Faithful, as he
chanced to look on one side, saw a man whose name was Talkative, walking
at a distance beside them; for in this place there was room enough
for them all to walk. He was a tall man, and something more comely
at a distance than at hand. To this man Faithful addressed himself
in this manner.

\textit{Faith}. Friend, whither away? Are you going to the heavenly
country?

\textit{Talk}. I am going to the same place.

\textit{Faith}. That is well; then I hope we shall have your good
company?

\textit{Talk}. With a very good will, will I be your companion.

\textit{Faith}. Come on, then, and let us go together, and let us
spend our time in discoursing of things that are profitable.

\textit{Talk}. To talk of things that are good, to me is very acceptable,
with you or with any other; and I am glad that I have met with those
that incline to so good a work; for, to speak the truth, there are
but few who care thus to spend their time as they are in their travels,
but choose much rather to be speaking of things to no profit; and
this hath been a trouble to me.

\textit{Faith}. That is, indeed, a thing to be lamented; for what
thing so worthy of the use of the tongue and mouth of men on earth,
as are the things of the God of heaven?

\textit{Talk}. I like you wonderful well, for your saying is full
of conviction; and I will add, What thing is so pleasant, and what
so profitable, as to talk of the things of God? What things so pleasant?\ 
that is, if a man hath any delight in things that are wonderful. For
instance, if a man doth delight to talk of the history, or the mystery
of things; or if a man doth love to talk of miracles, wonders, or
signs, where shall he find things recorded so delightful, and so sweetly
penned, as in the holy Scripture?

\textit{Faith}. That is true; but to be profited by such things in
our talk, should be our chief design.

\textit{Talk}. That's it that I said; for to talk of such things is
most profitable; for by so doing a man may get knowledge of many things;
as of the vanity of earthly things, and the benefit of things above.
Thus in general; but more particularly, by this a man may learn the
necessity of the new birth, the insufficiency of our works, the need
of Christ's righteousness, \textit{etc}. Besides, by this a man may
learn what it is to repent, to believe, to pray, to suffer, or the
like: by this, also, a man may learn what are the great promises and
consolations of the Gospel, to his own comfort. Farther, by this a
man may learn to refute false opinions, to vindicate the truth, and
also to instruct the ignorant.

\textit{Faith}. All this is true; and glad am I to hear these things
from you.

\textit{Talk}. Alas!\ the want of this is the cause that so few understand
the need of faith, and the necessity of a work of grace in their soul,
in order to eternal life; but ignorantly live in the works of the
law, by which a man can by no means obtain the kingdom of heaven.

\textit{Faith}. But, by your leave, heavenly knowledge of these is
the gift of God; no man attaineth to them by human industry, or only
by the talk of them.

\textit{Talk}. All this I know very well; for a man can receive nothing,
except it be given him from heaven: all is of grace, not of works.
I could give you a hundred scriptures for the confirmation of this.

\textit{Faith}. Well, then, said Faithful, what is that one thing
that we shall at this time found our discourse upon?

\textit{Talk}. What you will. I will talk of things heavenly, or things
earthly; things moral, or things evangelical; things sacred, or things
profane; things past, or things to come; things foreign, or things
at home; things more essential, or things circumstantial: provided
that all be done to our profit.

\textit{Faith}. Now did Faithful begin to wonder; and stepping to
Christian, (for he walked all this while by himself,)\ he said to
him, but softly, What a brave companion have we got! Surely, this
man will make a very excellent pilgrim.

\textit{Chr}. At this Christian modestly smiled, and said, This man,
with whom you are so taken, will beguile with this tongue of his,
twenty of them that know him not.

\textit{Faith}. Do you know him, then?

\textit{Chr}. Know him? Yes, better than he knows himself.

\textit{Faith}. Pray what is he?

\textit{Chr}. His name is Talkative: he dwelleth in our town. I wonder
that you should be a stranger to him, only I consider that our town
is large.

\textit{Faith}. Whose son is he? And whereabout doth he dwell?

\textit{Chr}. He is the son of one Say-well. He dwelt in Prating-Row;
and he is known to all that are acquainted with him by the name of
Talkative of Prating-Row; and, notwithstanding his fine tongue, he
is but a sorry fellow.

\textit{Faith}. Well, he seems to be a very pretty man.

\textit{Chr}. That is, to them that have not a thorough acquaintance
with him, for he is best abroad; near home he is ugly enough. Your
saying that he is a pretty man, brings to my mind what I have observed
in the work of a painter, whose pictures show best at a distance;
but very near, more unpleasing.

\textit{Faith}. But I am ready to think you do but jest, because you
smiled.

\textit{Chr}. God forbid that I should jest (though I smiled)\ in
this matter, or that I should accuse any falsely. I will give you
a further discovery of him. This man is for any company, and for any
talk; as he talketh now with you, so will he talk when he is on the
ale-bench; and the more drink he hath in his crown, the more of these
things he hath in his mouth. Religion hath no place in his heart,
or house, or conversation; all he hath lieth in his tongue, and his
religion is to make a noise therewith.

\textit{Faith}. Say you so? Then am I in this man greatly deceived.

\textit{Chr}. Deceived!\ you may be sure of it. Remember the proverb,
{}``They say, and do not;''\ but the kingdom of God is not in word,
but in power.%
\footnote{Matt. 23:3; 1 Cor. 4:20.%
} He talketh of prayer, of repentance, of faith, and of the new birth;
but he knows but only to talk of them. I have been in his family,
and have observed him both at home and abroad; and I know what I say
of him is the truth. His house is as empty of religion as the white
of an egg is of savor. There is there neither prayer, nor sign of
repentance for sin; yea, the brute, in his kind, serves God far better
than he. He is the very stain, reproach, and shame of religion to
all that know him;%
\footnote{Rom. 2:24,25%
} it can hardly have a good word in all that end of the town where
he dwells, through him. Thus say the common people that know him,
{}``A saint abroad, and a devil at home.'' His poor family finds
it so; he is such a churl, such a railer at, and so unreasonable with
his servants, that they neither know how to do for or speak to him.
Men that have any dealings with him say, It is better to deal with
a Turk than with him, for fairer dealings they shall have at their
hands. This Talkative (if it be possible)\ will go beyond them, defraud,
beguile, and overreach them. Besides, he brings up his sons to follow
his steps; and if he finds in any of them a foolish timorousness,
(for so he calls the first appearance of a tender conscience,)\ he
calls them fools and blockheads, and by no means will employ them
in much, or speak to their commendation before others. For my part,
I am of opinion that he has, by his wicked life, caused many to stumble
and fall; and will be, if God prevents not, the ruin of many more.

\textit{Faith}. Well, my brother, I am bound to believe you, not only
because you say you know him, but also because, like a Christian,
you make your reports of men. For I cannot think that you speak these
things of ill-will, but because it is even so as you say.

\textit{Chr}. Had I known him no more than you, I might, perhaps,
have thought of him as at the first you did; yea, had I received this
report at their hands only that are enemies to religion, I should
have thought it had been a slander\mbox{---}a lot that often falls
from bad men's mouths upon good men's names and professions. But all
these things, yea, and a great many more as bad, of my own knowledge,
I can prove him guilty of. Besides, good men are ashamed of him; they
can neither call him brother nor friend; the very naming of him among
them makes them blush, if they know him.

\textit{Faith}. Well, I see that saying and doing are two things,
and hereafter I shall better observe this distinction.

\textit{Chr}. They are two things indeed, and are as diverse as are
the soul and the body; for, as the body without the soul is but a
dead carcass, so saying, if it be alone, is but a dead carcass also.
The soul of religion is the practical part. {}``Pure religion and
undefiled before God and the Father is this, to visit the fatherless
and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted from
the world.''%
\footnote{James 1:27; see also verses 22-26.%
} This, Talkative is not aware of; he thinks that hearing and saying
will make a good Christian; and thus he deceiveth his own soul. Hearing
is but as the sowing of the seed; talking is not sufficient to prove
that fruit is indeed in the heart and life. And let us assure ourselves,
that at the day of doom men shall be judged according to their fruits.%
\footnote{Matt. 13:23.%
} It will not be said then, Did you believe?\ but, Were you doers,
or talkers only?\ and accordingly shall they be judged. The end of
the world is compared to our harvest,%
\footnote{Matt. 13:30%
} and you know men at harvest regard nothing but fruit. Not that any
thing can be accepted that is not of faith; but I speak this to show
you how insignificant the profession of Talkative will be at that
day.

\textit{Faith}. This brings to my mind that of Moses, by which he
describeth the beast that is clean.%
\footnote{Lev. 11; Deut. 14.%
} He is such an one that parteth the hoof, and cheweth the cud; not
that parteth the hoof only, or that cheweth the cud only. The hare
cheweth the cud, but yet is unclean, because he parteth not the hoof.
And this truly resembleth Talkative: he cheweth the cud, he seeketh
knowledge; he cheweth upon the word, but he divideth not the hoof.
He parteth not with the way of sinners; but, as the hare, he retaineth
the foot of the dog or bear, and therefore he is unclean.

\textit{Chr}. You have spoken, for aught I know, the true gospel sense
of these texts. And I will add another thing: Paul calleth some men,
yea, and those great talkers too, sounding brass, and tinkling cymbals;%
\footnote{1 Cor. 13:1, 3%
} that is, as he expounds them in another place, things without life
giving sound.%
\footnote{1 Cor. 14:7.%
} Things without life; that is, without the true faith and grace of
the gospel; and consequently, things that shall never be placed in
the kingdom of heaven among those that are the children of life; though
their sound, by their talk, be as if it were the tongue or voice of
an angel.

\textit{Faith}. Well, I was not so fond of his company at first, but
I am as sick of it now. What shall we do to be rid of him?

\textit{Chr}. Take my advice, and do as I bid you, and you shall find
that he will soon be sick of your company too, except God shall touch
his heart, and turn it.

\textit{Faith}. What would you have me to do?

\textit{Chr}. Why, go to him, and enter into some serious discourse
about the power of religion; and ask him plainly, (when he has approved
of it, for that he will,)\ whether this thing be set up in his heart,
house, or conversation.

\textit{Faith}. Then Faithful stepped forward again, and said to Talkative,
Come, what cheer? How is it now?

\textit{Talk}. Thank you, well: I thought we should have had a great
deal of talk by this time.

\textit{Faith}. Well, if you will, we will fall to it now; and since
you left it with me to state the question, let it be this: How doth
the saving grace of God discover itself when it is in the heart of
man?

\textit{Talk}. I perceive, then, that our talk must be about the power
of things. Well, it is a very good question, and I shall be willing
to answer you. And take my answer in brief, thus: First, where the
grace of God is in the heart, it causeth there a great outcry against
sin. Secondly\mbox{---}

\textit{Faith}. Nay, hold; let us consider of one at once. I think
you should rather say, it shows itself by inclining the soul to abhor
its sin.

\textit{Talk}. Why, what difference is there between crying out against,
and abhorring of sin?

\textit{Faith}. Oh!\ a great deal. A man may cry out against sin,
of policy; but he cannot abhor it but by virtue of a godly antipathy
against it. I have heard many cry out against sin in the pulpit, who
yet can abide it well enough in the heart, house, and conversation.%
\footnote{Gen. 39:15.%
} Joseph's mistress cried out with a loud voice, as if she had been
very holy; but she would willingly, notwithstanding that, have committed
uncleanness with him. Some cry out against sin, even as the mother
cries out against her child in her lap, when she calleth it slut and
naughty girl, and then falls to hugging and kissing it.

\textit{Talk}. You lie at the catch, I perceive.

\textit{Faith}. No, not I; I am only for setting things right. But
what is the second thing whereby you would prove a discovery of a
work of grace in the heart?

\textit{Talk}. Great knowledge of gospel mysteries.

\textit{Faith}. This sign should have been first: but, first or last,
it is also false; for knowledge, great knowledge, may be obtained
in the mysteries of the Gospel, and yet no work of grace in the soul.
Yea, if a man have all knowledge, he may yet be nothing, and so, consequently,
be no child of God.%
\footnote{1 Cor. 13:2.%
} When Christ said, {}``Do you know all these things?''\ and the
disciples answered, Yes, he added, {}``Blessed are ye if ye do them.''
He doth not lay the blessing in the knowing of them, but in the doing
of them. For there is a knowledge that is not attended with doing:
{}``He that knoweth his Master's will, and doeth it not.'' A man
may know like an angel, and yet be no Christian: therefore your sign
of it is not true. Indeed, to know is a thing that pleaseth talkers
and boasters; but to do is that which pleaseth God. Not that the heart
can be good without knowledge, for without that the heart is naught.
There are, therefore, two sorts of knowledge, knowledge that resteth
in the bare speculation of things, and knowledge that is accompanied
with the grace of faith and love, which puts a man upon doing even
the will of God from the heart: the first of these will serve the
talker; but without the other, the true Christian is not content.
{}``Give me understanding, and I shall keep thy law; yea, I shall
observe it with my whole heart.''%
\footnote{Psa. 119:34.%
}

\textit{Talk}. You lie at the catch again: this is not for edification.

\textit{Faith}. Well, if you please, propound another sign how this
work of grace discovereth itself where it is.

\textit{Talk}. Not I, for I see we shall not agree.

\textit{Faith}. Well, if you will not, will you give me leave to do
it?

\textit{Talk}. You may use your liberty.

\textit{Faith}. A work of grace in the soul discovereth itself, either
to him that hath it, or to standers-by.

To him that hath it, thus: It gives him conviction of sin, especially
the defilement of his nature, and the sin of unbelief, for the sake
of which he is sure to be damned, if he findeth not mercy at God's
hand, by faith in Jesus Christ. This sight and sense of things worketh
in him sorrow and shame for sin.%
\footnote{Psa. 38:18; Jer. 31:19; John 16:8; Rom. 7:24; Mark 16:16; Gal. 2:16;
Rev. 1:6.%
} He findeth, moreover, revealed in him the Saviour of the world, and
the absolute necessity of closing with him for life; at the which
he findeth hungerings and thirstings after him; to which hungerings,
\textit{etc}., the promise is made. Now, according to the strength
or weakness of his faith in his Saviour, so is his joy and peace,
so is his love to holiness, so are his desires to know him more, and
also to serve him in this world. But though, I say, it discovereth
itself thus unto him, yet it is but seldom that he is able to conclude
that this is a work of grace; because his corruptions now, and his
abused reason, make his mind to misjudge in this matter: therefore
in him that hath this work there is required a very sound judgment,
before he can with steadiness conclude that this is a work of grace.%
\footnote{John 16:9; Gal. 2:15,16; Acts 4:12; Matt. 5:6; Rev. 21:6.%
}

To others it is thus discovered:

1. By an experimental confession of his faith in Christ.\  2. By
a life answerable to that confession; to wit, a life of holiness\mbox{---}heart-holiness,
family-holiness, (if he hath a family,)\ and by conversation-holiness
in the world; which in the general teacheth him inwardly to abhor
his sin, and himself for that, in secret; to suppress it in his family,
and to promote holiness in the world: not by talk only, as a hypocrite
or talkative person may do, but by a practical subjection in faith
and love to the power of the word.%
\footnote{Job 42:5,6; Psa. 50:23; Ezek. 20:43; Matt. 5:8; John 14:15; Rom. 10:10;
Ezek. 36:25; Phil. 1:27; 3:17-20.%
} And now, sir, as to this brief description of the work of grace,
and also the discovery of it, if you have aught to object, object;
if not, then give me leave to propound to you a second question.

\textit{Talk}. Nay, my part is not now to object, but to hear; let
me, therefore, have your second question.

\textit{Faith}. It is this: Do you experience this first part of the
description of it; and doth your life and conversation testify the
same? Or standeth your religion in word or tongue, and not in deed
and truth? Pray, if you incline to answer me in this, say no more
than you know the God above will say Amen to, and also nothing but
what your conscience can justify you in; for not he that commendeth
himself is approved, but whom the Lord commendeth. Besides, to say
I am thus and thus, when my conversation, and all my neighbors, tell
me I lie, is great wickedness.

Then Talkative at first began to blush; but, recovering himself, thus
he replied: You come now to experience, to conscience, and to God;
and to appeal to him for justification of what is spoken. This kind
of discourse I did not expect; nor am I disposed to give an answer
to such questions, because I count not myself bound thereto, unless
you take upon you to be a catechiser; and though you should so do,
yet I may refuse to make you my judge. But I pray, will you tell me
why you ask me such questions?

\textit{Faith}. Because I saw you forward to talk, and because I knew
not that you had aught else but notion. Besides, to tell you all the
truth, I have heard of you that you are a man whose religion lies
in talk, and that your conversation gives this your mouth-profession
the lie. They say you are a spot among Christians, and that religion
fareth the worse for your ungodly conversation; that some have already
stumbled at your wicked ways, and that more are in danger of being
destroyed thereby: your religion, and an ale-house, and covetousness,
and uncleanness, and swearing, and lying, and vain company-keeping,
\textit{etc}., will stand together. The proverb is true of you which
is said of a harlot, to wit, {}``That she is a shame to all women:''
so are you a shame to all professors.

\textit{Talk}. Since you are so ready to take up reports, and to judge
so rashly as you do, I cannot but conclude you are some peevish or
melancholy man, not fit to be discoursed with; and so \emph{adieu}.

Then up came Christian, and said to his brother, I told you how it
would happen; your words and his lusts could not agree. He had rather
leave your company than reform his life. But he is gone, as I said:
let him go; the loss is no man's but his own. He has saved us the
trouble of going from him; for he continuing (as I suppose he will
do)\ as he is, would have been but a blot in our company: besides,
the apostle says, {}``From such withdraw thyself.''

\textit{Faith}. But I am glad we had this little discourse with him;
it may happen that he will think of it again: however, I have dealt
plainly with him, and so am clear of his blood if he perisheth.

\textit{Chr}. You did well to talk so plainly to him as you did. There
is but little of this faithful dealing with men now-a-days, and that
makes religion to stink so in the nostrils of many as it doth; for
they are these talkative fools, whose religion is only in word, and
who are debauched and vain in their conversation, that (being so much
admitted into the fellowship of the godly)\ do puzzle the world,
blemish Christianity, and grieve the sincere. I wish that all men
would deal with such as you have done; then should they either be
made more conformable to religion, or the company of saints would
be too hot for them. Then did Faithful say,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize \ \\

\mbox{``How Talkative at first lifts up his plumes!}\\*

\mbox{How bravely doth he speak! How he presumes}\\*

\mbox{To drive down all before him! But so soon}\\*

\mbox{As Faithful talks of heart-work, like the moon}\\*

\mbox{That's past the full, into the wane he goes;}\\*

\mbox{And so will all but he that heart-work know.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}

{}

Thus they went on, talking of what they had seen by the way, and so
made that way easy, which would otherwise no doubt have been tedious
to them, for now they went through a wilderness.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE SIXTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE SIXTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE SIXTH STAGE}

Now when they were got almost quite out of this wilderness, Faithful
chanced to cast his eye back, and espied one coming after them, and
he knew him. Oh!\ said Faithful to his brother, who comes yonder?
Then Christian looked, and said, It is my good friend Evangelist.
Aye, and my good friend too, said Faithful, for 'twas he that set
me on the way to the gate. Now was Evangelist come up unto them, and
thus saluted them.

\textit{Evan}. Peace be with you, dearly beloved, and peace be to
your helpers.

\textit{Chr}. Welcome, welcome, my good Evangelist: the sight of thy
countenance brings to my remembrance thy ancient kindness and unwearied
labors for my eternal good.

\textit{Faith}. And a thousand times welcome, said good Faithful,
thy company, O sweet Evangelist; how desirable is it to us poor pilgrims!

\textit{Evan}. Then said Evangelist, How hath it fared with you, my
friends, since the time of our last parting? What have you met with,
and how have you behaved yourselves?

Then Christian and Faithful told him of all things that had happened
to them in the way; and how, and with what difficulty, they had arrived
to that place.

Right glad am I, said Evangelist, not that you have met with trials,
but that you have been victors, and for that you have, notwithstanding
many weaknesses, continued in the way to this very day.

I say, right glad am I of this thing, and that for mine own sake and
yours: I have sowed, and you have reaped; and the day is coming, when
{}``both he that soweth, and they that reap, shall rejoice together;''%
\footnote{John 4:36%
} that is, if you hold out: {}``for in due season ye shall reap, if
ye faint not.''%
\footnote{Gal. 6:9.%
} The crown is before you, and it is an incorruptible one; {}``so
run that ye may obtain it.''%
\footnote{1 Cor. 9:24-27.%
} Some there be that set out for this crown, and after they have gone
far for it, another comes in and takes it from them: {}``hold fast,
therefore, that you have; let no man take your crown.''%
\footnote{Rev. 3:11.%
} You are not yet out of the gunshot of the devil; {}``you have not
resisted unto blood, striving against sin.'' Let the kingdom be always
before you, and believe steadfastly concerning the things that are
invisible. Let nothing that is on this side the other world get within
you. And, above all, look well to your own hearts and to the lusts
thereof; for they are {}``deceitful above all things, and desperately
wicked.'' Set your faces like a flint; you have all power in heaven
and earth on your side.

\textit{Chr}. Then Christian thanked him for his exhortations; but
told him withal, that they would have him speak farther to them for
their help the rest of the way; and the rather, for that they well
knew that he was a prophet, and could tell them of things that might
happen unto them, and also how they might resist and overcome them.
To which request Faithful also consented. So Evangelist began as followeth.

\textit{Evan}. My sons, you have heard in the word of the truth of
the Gospel, that you must {}``through many tribulations enter into
the kingdom of heaven;''\ and again, that {}``in every city, bonds
and afflictions abide you;''\ and therefore you cannot expect that
you should go long on your pilgrimage without them, in some sort or
other. You have found something of the truth of these testimonies
upon you already, and more will immediately follow: for now, as you
see, you are almost out of this wilderness, and therefore you will
soon come into a town that you will by and by see before you; and
in that town you will be hardly beset with enemies, who will strain
hard but they will kill you; and be you sure that one or both of you
must seal the testimony which you hold, with blood; but {}``be you
faithful unto death, and the King will give you a crown of life.''
He that shall die there, although his death will be unnatural, and
his pain, perhaps, great, he will yet have the better of his fellow;
not only because he will be arrived at the Celestial City soonest,
but because he will escape many miseries that the other will meet
with in the rest of his journey. But when you are come to the town,
and shall find fulfilled what I have here related, then remember your
friend, and quit yourselves like men, and {}``commit the keeping
of your souls to God in well doing, as unto a faithful Creator.''

Then I saw in my dream, that when they were got out of the wilderness,
they presently saw a town before them, and the name of that town is
Vanity; and at the town there is a fair kept, called Vanity Fair.
It is kept all the year long. It beareth the name of Vanity Fair,
because the town where it is kept is lighter than vanity;%
\footnote{Psa. 62:9%
} and also because all that is there sold, or that cometh thither,
is vanity; as is the saying of the wise, {}``All that cometh is vanity.''%
\footnote{Eccl. 11:8; see also 1:2-14; 2:11-17; Isa. 40:17.%
}

This fair is no new-erected business but a thing of ancient standing.
I will show you the original of it.

Almost five thousand years ago there were pilgrims walking to the
Celestial City, as these two honest persons are: and Beelzebub, Apollyon,
and Legion, with their companions, perceiving by the path that the
pilgrims made, that their way to the city lay through this town of
Vanity, they contrived here to set up a fair; a fair wherein should
be sold all sorts of vanity, and that it should last all the year
long. Therefore, at this fair are all such merchandise sold as houses,
lands, trades, places, honors, preferments, titles, countries, kingdoms,
lusts, pleasures; and delights of all sorts, as harlots, wives, husbands,
children, masters, servants, lives, blood, bodies, souls, silver,
gold, pearls, precious stones, and what not.

And moreover, at this fair there is at all times to be seen jugglings,
cheats, games, plays, fools, apes, knaves, and rogues, and that of
every kind.

Here are to be seen, too, and that for nothing, thefts, murders, adulteries,
false-swearers, and that of a blood-red color.

And, as in other fairs of less moment, there are the several rows
and streets under their proper names, where such and such wares are
vended; so here, likewise, you have the proper places, rows, streets,
(namely, countries and kingdoms,)\ where the wares of this fair are
soonest to be found. Here is the Britain Row, the French Row, the
Italian Row, the Spanish Row, the German Row, where several sorts
of vanities are to be sold. But, as in other fairs, some one commodity
is as the chief of all the fair; so the ware of Rome and her merchandise
is greatly promoted in this fair; only our English nation, with some
others, have taken a dislike thereat.

Now, as I said, the way to the Celestial City lies just through this
town, where this lusty fair is kept; and he that will go to the city,
and yet not go through this town, {}``must needs go out of the world.''%
\footnote{1 Cor. 4:10.%
} The Prince of princes himself, when here, went through this town
to his own country, and that upon a fair-day too; yea, and, as I think,
it was Beelzebub, the chief lord of this fair, that invited him to
buy of his vanities, yea, would have made him lord of the fair, would
he but have done him reverence as he went through the town. Yea, because
he was such a person of honor, Beelzebub had him from street to street,
and showed him all the kingdoms of the world in a little time, that
he might, if possible, allure that blessed One to cheapen and buy
some of his vanities; but he had no mind to the merchandise, and therefore
left the town, without laying out so much as one farthing upon these
vanities.%
\footnote{Matt. 4:8,9; Luke 4:5-7.%
} This fair, therefore, is an ancient thing, of long standing, and
a very great fair.

Now, these pilgrims, as I said, must needs go through this fair. Well,
so they did; but behold, even as they entered into the fair, all the
people in the fair were moved; and the town itself, as it were, in
a hubbub about them, and that for several reasons: for,

First, The Pilgrims were clothed with such kind of raiment as was
diverse from the raiment of any that traded in that fair. The people,
therefore, of the fair made a great gazing upon them: some said they
were fools;%
\footnote{1 Cor. 4:9,10%
} some, they were bedlams; and some, they were outlandish men.

Secondly, And as they wondered at their apparel, so they did likewise
at their speech; for few could understand what they said. They naturally
spoke the language of Canaan; but they that kept the fair were the
men of this world: so that from one end of the fair to the other,
they seemed barbarians each to the other.%
\footnote{1 Cor. 2:7,8.%
}

Thirdly, But that which did not a little amuse the merchandisers was,
that these pilgrims set very light by all their wares. They cared
not so much as to look upon them; and if they called upon them to
buy, they would put their fingers in their ears, and cry, {}``Turn
away mine eyes from beholding vanity,''%
\footnote{Psa. 119:37%
} and look upward, signifying that their trade and traffic was in heaven.%
\footnote{Phil. 3: 20,21.%
}

One chanced, mockingly, beholding the carriage of the men, to say
unto them, {}``What will ye buy?''\  But they, looking gravely
upon him, said, {}``We buy the truth.''%
\footnote{Prov. 23:23.%
} At that there was an occasion taken to despise the men the more;
some mocking, some taunting, some speaking reproachfully, and some
calling upon others to smite them. At last, things came to an hubbub
and great stir in the fair, insomuch that all order was confounded.
Now was word presently brought to the great one of the fair, who quickly
came down, and deputed some of his most trusty friends to take those
men into examination about whom the fair was almost overturned. So
the men were brought to examination; and they that sat upon them asked
them whence they came, whither they went, and what they did there
in such an unusual garb. The men told them they were pilgrims and
strangers in the world, and that they were going to their own country,
which was the heavenly Jerusalem;%
\footnote{Heb. 11:13-16%
} and that they had given no occasion to the men of the town, nor yet
to the merchandisrs, thus to abuse them, and to let them in their
journey, except it was for that, when one asked them what they would
buy, they said they would buy the truth. But they that were appointed
to examine them did not believe them to be any other than bedlams
and mad, or else such as came to put all things into a confusion in
the fair. Therefore they took them and beat them, and besmeared them
with dirt, and then put them into the cage, that they might be made
a spectacle to all the men of the fair. There, therefore, they lay
for some time, and were made the objects of any man's sport, or malice,
or revenge; the great one of the fair laughing still at all that befell
them. But the men being patient, and {}``not rendering railing for
railing, but contrariwise blessing,''\ and giving good words for
bad, and kindness for injuries done, some men in the fair, that were
more observing and less prejudiced than the rest, began to check and
blame the baser sort for their continual abuses done by them to the
men. They, therefore, in an angry manner let fly at them again, counting
them as bad as the men in the cage, and telling them that they seemed
confederates, and should be made partakers of their misfortunes. The
others replied that, for aught they could see, the men were quiet
and sober, and intended nobody any harm; and that there were many
that traded in their fair that were more worthy to be put into the
cage, yea, and pillory too, than were the men that they had abused.
Thus, after divers words had passed on both sides, (the men behaving
themselves all the while very wisely and soberly before them,)\ they
fell to some blows among themselves, and did harm one to another.
Then were these two poor men brought before their examiners again,
and were charged as being guilty of the late hubbub that had been
in the fair. So they beat them pitifully, and hanged irons upon them,
and led them in chains up and down the fair, for an example and terror
to others, lest any should speak in their behalf, or join themselves
unto them. But Christian and Faithful behaved themselves yet more
wisely, and received the ignominy and shame that was cast upon them
with so much meekness and patience, that it won to their side (though
but few in comparison of the rest)\ several of the men in the fair.
This put the other party yet into a greater rage, insomuch that they
concluded the death of these two men. Wherefore they threatened that
neither cage nor irons should serve their turn, but that they should
die for the abuse they had done, and for deluding the men of the fair.

Then were they remanded to the cage again, until further order should
be taken with them. So they put them in, and made their feet fast
in the stocks.

Here, also, they called again to mind what they had heard from their
faithful friend Evangelist, and were the more confirmed in their way
and sufferings by what he told them would happen to them. They also
now comforted each other, that whose lot it was to suffer, even he
should have the best of it: therefore each man secretly wished that
he might have that preferment. But committing themselves to the all-wise
disposal of Him that ruleth all things, with much content they abode
in the condition in which they were, until they should be otherwise
disposed of.

Then a convenient time being appointed, they brought them forth to
their trial, in order to their condemnation. When the time was come,
they were brought before their enemies and arraigned. The judge's
name was Lord Hate-good; their indictment was one and the same in
substance, though somewhat varying in form; the contents whereof was
this: {}``That they were enemies to, and disturbers of, the trade;
that they had made commotions and divisions in the town, and had won
a party to their own most dangerous opinions, in contempt of the law
of their prince.''

Then Faithful began to answer, that he had only set himself against
that which had set itself against Him that is higher than the highest.
And, said he, as for disturbance, I make none, being myself a man
of peace: the parties that were won to us, were won by beholding our
truth and innocence, and they are only turned from the worse to the
better. And as to the king you talk of, since he is Beelzebub, the
enemy of our Lord, I defy him and all his angels.

Then proclamation was made, that they that had ought to say for their
lord the king against the prisoner at the bar, should forthwith appear,
and give in their evidence. So there came in three witnesses, to wit,
Envy, Superstition, and Pickthank. They were then asked if they knew
the prisoner at the bar; and what they had to say for their lord the
king against him.

Then stood forth Envy, and said to this effect: My lord, I have known
this man a long time, and will attest upon my oath before this honorable
bench, that he is\mbox{---}

\textit{Judge}. Hold; give him his oath.

So they sware him. Then he said, My lord, this man, notwithstanding
his plausible name, is one of the vilest men in our country; he neither
regardeth prince nor people, law nor custom, but doeth all that he
can to possess all men with certain of his disloyal notions, which
he in the general calls principles of faith and holiness. And in particular,
I heard him once myself affirm, that Christianity and the customs
of our town of Vanity were diametrically opposite, and could not be
reconciled. By which saying, my lord, he doth at once not only condemn
all our laudable doings, but us in the doing of them.

Then did the judge say to him, Hast thou any more to say?

\textit{Envy}. My lord, I could say much more, only I would not be
tedious to the court. Yet if need be, when the other gentlemen have
given in their evidence, rather than any thing shall be wanting that
will dispatch him, I will enlarge my testimony against him. So he
was bid to stand by.

Then they called Superstition, and bid him look upon the prisoner.
They also asked, what he could say for their lord the king against
him. Then they sware him; so he began.

\textit{Super}. My lord, I have no great acquaintance with this man,
nor do I desire to have further knowledge of him. However, this I
know, that he is a very pestilent fellow, from some discourse that
I had with him the other day, in this town; for then, talking with
him, I heard him say, that our religion was naught, and such by which
a man could by no means please God. Which saying of his, my lord,
your lordship very well knows what necessarily thence will follow,
to wit, that we still do worship in vain, are yet in our sins, and
finally shall be damned: and this is that which I have to say.

Then was Pickthank sworn, and bid say what he knew in the behalf of
their lord the king against the prisoner at the bar.

\textit{Pick}. My lord, and you gentlemen all, this fellow I have
known of a long time, and have heard him speak things that ought not
to be spoken; for he hath railed on our noble prince Beelzebub, and
hath spoken contemptibly of his honorable friends, whose names are,
the Lord Old Man, the Lord Carnal Delight, the Lord Luxurious, the
Lord Desire of Vain Glory, my old Lord Lechery, Sir Having Greedy,
with all the rest of our nobility: and he hath said, moreover, that
if all men were of his mind, if possible, there is not one of these
noblemen should have any longer a being in this town. Besides, he
hath not been afraid to rail on you, my lord, who are now appointed
to be his judge, calling you an ungodly villain, with many other such
like vilifying terms, with which he hath bespattered most of the gentry
of our town.

When this Pickthank had told his tale, the judge directed his speech
to the prisoner at the bar, saying, Thou runagate, heretic, and traitor,
hast thou heard what these honest gentlemen have witnessed against
thee?

\textit{Faith}. May I speak a few words in my own defence?

\textit{Judge}. Sirrah, sirrah, thou deservest to live no longer,
but to be slain immediately upon the place; yet, that all men may
see our gentleness towards thee, let us hear what thou, vile runagate,
hast to say.

\textit{Faith}.\ 1. I say, then, in answer to what Mr.\ Envy hath
spoken, I never said aught but this, that what rule, or laws, or custom,
or people, were flat against the word of God, are diametrically opposite
to Christianity. If I have said amiss in this, convince me of my error,
and I am ready here before you to make my recantation.

2. As to the second, to wit, Mr.\ Superstition, and his charge against
me, I said only this, that in the worship of God there is required
a divine faith; but there can be no divine faith without a divine
revelation of the will of God. Therefore, whatever is thrust into
the worship of God that is not agreeable to divine revelation, cannot
be done but by a human faith; which faith will not be profitable to
eternal life.

3. As to what Mr.\ Pickthank hath said, I say, (avoiding terms, as
that I am said to rail, and the like,)\ that the prince of this town,
with all the rabblement, his attendants, by this gentleman named,
are more fit for a being in hell than in this town and country. And
so the Lord have mercy upon me.

Then the judge called to the jury, (who all this while stood by to
hear and observe,)\ Gentlemen of the jury, you see this man about
whom so great an uproar hath been made in this town; you have also
heard what these worthy gentlemen have witnessed against him; also,
you have heard his reply and confession: it lieth now in your breasts
to hang him, or save his life; but yet I think meet to instruct you
in our law.

There was an act made in the days of Pharaoh the Great, servant to
our prince, that, lest those of a contrary religion should multiply
and grow too strong for him, their males should be thrown into the
river.%
\footnote{Exod. 1:22.%
} There was also an act made in the days of Nebuchadnezzar the Great,
another of his servants, that whoever would not fall down and worship
his golden image, should be thrown into a fiery furnace.%
\footnote{Dan. 3:6.%
} There was also an act made in the days of Darius, that whoso for
some time called upon any god but him, should be cast into the lion's
den.%
\footnote{Dan. 6:7.%
} Now, the substance of these laws this rebel has broken, not only
in thought, (which is not to be borne,)\ but also in word and deed;
which must, therefore, needs be intolerable.

For that of Pharaoh, his law was made upon a supposition to prevent
mischief, no crime being yet apparent; but here is a crime apparent.
For the second and third, you see he disputeth against our religion;
and for the treason that he hath already confessed, he deserveth to
die the death.

Then went the jury out, whose names were Mr.\ Blindman, Mr.\ No-good,
Mr.\ Malice, Mr.\ Love-lust, Mr.\ Live-loose, Mr.\ Heady, Mr.\ High-mind,
Mr.\ Enmity, Mr.\ Liar, Mr.\ Cruelty, Mr.\ Hate-light, and Mr.\ Implacable;
who every one gave in his private verdict against him among themselves,
and afterwards unanimously concluded to bring him in guilty before
the judge. And first among themselves, Mr.\ Blindman, the foreman,
said, I see clearly that this man is a heretic. Then said Mr.\ No-good,
Away with such a fellow from the earth. Aye, said Mr.\ Malice, for
I hate the very looks of him. Then said Mr.\ Love-lust, I could never
endure him. Nor I, said Mr.\ Live-loose, for he would always be condemning
my way. Hang him, hang him, said Mr.\ Heady. A sorry scrub, said
Mr.\ High-mind. My heart riseth against him, said Mr.\ Enmity. He
is a rogue, said Mr.\ Liar. Hanging is too good for him, said Mr.\ Cruelty.
Let us dispatch him out of the way, said Mr.\ Hate-light. Then said
Mr.\ Implacable, Might I have all the world given me, I could not
be reconciled to him; therefore let us forthwith bring him in guilty
of death.

And so they did; therefore he was presently condemned to be had from
the place where he was, to the place from whence he came, and there
to be put to the most cruel death that could be invented.

They therefore brought him out, to do with him according to their
law; and first they scourged him, then they buffeted him, then they
lanced his flesh with knives; after that, they stoned him with stones,
then pricked him with their swords; and last of all, they burned him
to ashes at the stake. Thus came Faithful to his end.

Now I saw, that there stood behind the multitude a chariot and a couple
of horses waiting for Faithful, who (so soon as his adversaries had
dispatched him)\ was taken up into it, and straightway was carried
up through the clouds with sound of trumpet, the nearest way to the
celestial gate. But as for Christian, he had some respite, and was
remanded back to prison: so he there remained for a space. But he
who overrules all things, having the power of their rage in his own
hand, so wrought it about, that Christian for that time escaped them,
and went his way.

And as he went, he sang, saying,

\begin{flushleft} \begin{verse} \footnotesize \ \\

\mbox{``Well, Faithful, thou hast faithfully profest}\\*

\mbox{Unto thy Lord, with whom thou shalt be blest,}\\*

\mbox{When faithless ones, with all their vain delights,}\\*

Are crying out under their hellish plights:\\*

\mbox{Sing, Faithful, sing, and let thy name survive;}\\*

\mbox{For though they killed thee, thou art yet alive.''}

\end{verse} \end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE SEVENTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE SEVENTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE SEVENTH STAGE}

Now I saw in my dream, that Christian went not forth alone; for there
was one whose name was Hopeful, (being so made by the beholding of
Christian and Faithful in their words and behavior, in their sufferings
at the fair,)\ who joined himself unto him, and entering into a brotherly
covenant, told him that he would be his companion. Thus one died to
bear testimony to the truth, and another rises out of his ashes to
be a companion with Christian in his pilgrimage. This Hopeful also
told Christian, that there were many more of the men in the fair that
would take their time, and follow after.

So I saw, that quickly after they were got out of the fair, they overtook
one that was going before them, whose name was By-ends; so they said
to him, What countryman, sir?\ and how far go you this way? He told
them, that he came from the town of Fair-speech, and he was going
to the Celestial City; but told them not his name.

From Fair-speech?\ said Christian; is there any good that lives there?%
\footnote{Prov. 26:25.%
}

\textit{By}. Yes, said By-ends, I hope so.

\textit{Chr}. Pray, sir, what may I call you?\ said Christian.

\textit{By}. I am a stranger to you, and you to me: if you be going
this way, I shall be glad of your company; if not, I must be content.

\textit{Chr}. This town of Fair-speech, said Christian, I have heard
of; and, as I remember, they say it's a wealthy place.

\textit{By}. Yes, I will assure you that it is; and I have very many
rich kindred there.

\textit{Chr}. Pray, who are your kindred there, if a man may be so
bold?

\textit{By}. Almost the whole town; and in particular my Lord Turn-about,
my Lord Time-server, my Lord Fair-speech, from whose ancestors that
town first took its name; also, Mr.\ Smooth-man, Mr.\ Facing-both-ways,
Mr.\ Any-thing; and the parson of our parish, Mr.\ Two-tongues,
was my mother's own brother, by father's side; and, to tell you the
truth, I am become a gentleman of good quality; yet my great-grandfather
was but a waterman, looking one way and rowing another, and I got
most of my estate by the same occupation.

\textit{Chr}. Are you a married man.

\textit{By}. Yes, and my wife is a very virtuous woman, the daughter
of a virtuous woman; she was my Lady Feigning's daughter; therefore
she came of a very honorable family, and is arrived to such a pitch
of breeding, that she knows how to carry it to all, even to prince
and peasant. 'Tis true, we somewhat differ in religion from those
of the stricter sort, yet but in two small points: First, we never
strive against wind and tide. Secondly, we are always most zealous
when religion goes in his silver slippers; we love much to walk with
him in the street, if the sun shines and the people applaud him.

Then Christian stepped a little aside to his fellow Hopeful, saying,
it runs in my mind that this is one By-ends, of Fair-speech; and if
it be he, we have as very a knave in our company as dwelleth in all
these parts. Then said Hopeful, Ask him; methinks he should not be
ashamed of his name. So Christian came up with him again, and said,
Sir, you talk as if you knew something more than all the world doth;
and, if I take not my mark amiss, I deem I have half a guess of you.
Is not your name Mr.\ By-ends of Fair-speech?

\textit{By}. This is not my name, but indeed it is a nickname that
is given me by some that cannot abide me, and I must be content to
bear it as a reproach, as other good men have borne theirs before
me.

\textit{Chr}. But did you never give an occasion to men to call you
by this name?

\textit{By}. Never, never! The worst that ever I did to give them
an occasion to give me this name was, that I had always the luck to
jump in my judgment with the present way of the times, whatever it
was, and my chance was to get thereby: but if things are thus cast
upon me, let me count them a blessing; but let not the malicious load
me therefore with reproach.

\textit{Chr}. I thought, indeed, that you were the man that I heard
of; and to tell you what I think, I fear this name belongs to you
more properly than you are willing we should think it doth.

\textit{By}. Well if you will thus imagine, I cannot help it; you
shall find me a fair company-keeper, if you will still admit me your
associate.

\textit{Chr}. If you will go with us, you must go against wind and
tide; the which, I perceive, is against your opinion: you must also
own Religion in his rags, as well as when in his silver slippers;
and stand by him, too, when bound in irons, as well as when he walketh
the streets with applause.

\textit{By}. You must not impose, nor lord it over my faith; leave
me to my liberty, and let me go with you.

\textit{Chr}. Not a step farther, unless you will do, in what I propound,
as we.

Then said By-ends, I shall never desert my old principles, since they
are harmless and profitable. If I may not go with you, I must do as
I did before you overtook me, even go by myself, until some overtake
me that will be glad of my company.

Now I saw in my dream, that Christian and Hopeful forsook him, and
kept their distance before him; but one of them, looking back, saw
three men following Mr.\ By-ends; and, behold, as they came up with
him, he made them a very low congee; and they also gave him a compliment.
The men's names were, Mr.\ Hold-the-world, Mr.\ Money-love, and
Mr.\ Save-all, men that Mr.\ By-ends had formerly been acquainted
with; for in their minority they were schoolfellows, and taught by
one Mr.\ Gripeman, a schoolmaster in Lovegain, which is a market-town
in the county of Coveting, in the North. This Schoolmaster taught
them the art of getting, either by violence, cozenage, flattering,
lying, or by putting on a guise of religion; and these four gentlemen
had attained much of the art of their master, so that they could each
of them have kept such a school themselves.

Well, when they had, as I said, thus saluted each other, Mr.\ Money-love
said to Mr.\ By-ends, Who are they upon the road before us? For Christian
and Hopeful were yet within view.

\textit{By}. They are a couple of far country-men, that, after their
mode, are going on pilgrimage.

\textit{Money}. Alas!\ why did they not stay, that we might have
had their good company?\ for they, and we, and you, sir, I hope,
are all going on pilgrimage.

\textit{By}. We are so, indeed; but the men before us are so rigid,
and love so much their own notions, and do also so lightly esteem
the opinions of others, that let a man be ever so godly, yet if he
jumps not with them in all things, they thrust him quite out of their
company.

\textit{Save}. That is bad; but we read of some that are righteous
overmuch, and such men's rigidness prevails with them to judge and
condemn all but themselves. But I pray, what, and how many, were the
things wherein you differed?

\textit{By}. Why, they, after their headstrong manner, conclude that
it is their duty to rush on their journey all weathers, and I am for
waiting for wind and tide. They are for hazarding all for God at a
clap; and I am for taking all advantages to secure my life and estate.
They are for holding their notions, though all other men be against
them; but I am for religion in what, and so far as the times and my
safety will bear it. They are for religion when in rags and contempt;
but I am for him when he walks in his silver slippers, in the sunshine,
and with applause.

\textit{Hold}-\textit{the}-\textit{world}. Aye, and hold you there
still, good Mr.\ By-ends; for, for my part, I can count him but a
fool, that having the liberty to keep what he has, shall be so unwise
as to lose it. Let us be wise as serpents. It is best to make hay
while the sun shines. You see how the bee lieth still in winter, and
bestirs her only when she can have profit with pleasure. God sends
sometimes rain, and sometimes sunshine: if they be such fools to go
through the first, yet let us be content to take fair weather along
with us. For my part, I like that religion best that will stand with
the security of God's good blessings unto us; for who can imagine,
that is ruled by his reason, since God has bestowed upon us the good
things of this life, but that he would have us keep them for his sake?
Abraham and Solomon grew rich in religion; and Job says, that a good
man shall lay up gold as dust; but he must not be such as the men
before us, if they be as you have described them.

\textit{Save}. I think that we are all agreed in this matter; and
therefore there needs no more words about it.

\textit{Money}. No, there needs no more words about this matter, indeed;
for he that believes neither Scripture nor reason, (and you see we
have both on our side,)\ neither knows his own liberty nor seeks
his own safety.

\textit{By}. My brethren, we are, as you see, going all on pilgrimage;
and for our better diversion from things that are bad, give me leave
to propound unto you this question.

Suppose a man, a minister, or a tradesman, \textit{etc}., should have
an advantage lie before him to get the good blessings of this life,
yet so as that he can by no means come by them, except, in appearance
at least, he becomes extraordinary zealous in some points of religion
that he meddled not with before; may he not use this means to attain
his end, and yet be a right honest man?

\textit{Money}. I see the bottom of your question; and with these
gentlemen's good leave, I will endeavor to shape you an answer. And
first, to speak to your question as it concerneth a minister himself:
suppose a minister, a worthy man, possessed but of a very small benefice,
and has in his eye a greater, more fat and plump by far; he has also
now an opportunity of getting it, yet so as by being more studious,
by preaching more frequently and zealously, and, because the temper
of the people requires it, by altering of some of his principles;
for my part, I see no reason why a man may not do this, provided he
has a call, aye, and more a great deal besides, and yet be an honest
man. For why?

\begin{enumerate}
\item His desire of a greater benefice is lawful, (this cannot be contradicted,)\ since
it is set before him by Providence; so then he may get it if he can,
making no question for conscience'\ sake.
\item Besides, his desire after that benefice makes him more studious, a
more zealous preacher, \textit{etc}., and so makes him a better man,
yea, makes him better improve his parts, which is according to the
mind of God.
\item Now, as for his complying with the temper of his people, by deserting,
to serve them, some of his principles, this argueth, 1. That he is
of a self-denying temper.\  2. Of a sweet and winning deportment.
And, 3. So more fit for the ministerial function.
\item I conclude, then, that a minister that changes a small for a great,
should not, for so doing, be judged as covetous; but rather, since
he is improved in his parts and industry thereby, be counted as one
that pursues his call, and the opportunity put into his hand to do
good.
\end{enumerate}
{}

And now to the second part of the question, which concerns the tradesman
you mentioned. Suppose such an one to have but a poor employ in the
world, but by becoming religious he may mend his market, perhaps get
a rich wife, or more and far better customers to his shop; for my
part, I see no reason but this may be lawfully done. For why?

\begin{enumerate}
\item To become religious is a virtue, by what means soever a man becomes
so.
\item Nor is it unlawful to get a rich wife, or more custom to my shop.
\item Besides, the man that gets these by becoming religious, gets that
which is good of them that are good, by becoming good himself; so
then here is a good wife, and good customers, and good gain, and all
these by becoming religious, which is good: therefore, to become religious
to get all these is a good and profitable design.
\end{enumerate}
{}

This answer, thus made by Mr.\ Money-love to Mr.\ By-ends'\ question,
was highly applauded by them all; wherefore they concluded, upon the
whole, that it was most wholesome and advantageous. And because, as
they thought, no man was able to contradict it; and because Christian
and Hopeful were yet within call, they jointly agreed to assault them
with the question as soon as they overtook them; and the rather, because
they had opposed Mr.\ By-ends before. So they called after them,
and they stopped and stood still till they came up to them; but they
concluded, as they went, that not Mr.\ By-ends, but old Mr.\ Hold-the-world
should propound the question to them, because, as they supposed, their
answer to him would be without the remainder of that heat that was
kindled betwixt Mr.\ By-ends and them at their parting a little before.

So they came up to each other, and after a short salutation, Mr.\ Hold-the-world
propounded the question to Christian and his fellow, and then bid
them to answer if they could.

Then said Christian, Even a babe in religion may answer ten thousand
such questions. For if it be unlawful to follow Christ for loaves,
as it is;%
\footnote{John 6:26%
} how much more abominable is it to make of him and religion a stalking-horse
to get and enjoy the world! Nor do we find any other than heathens,
hypocrites, devils, and wizards, that are of this opinion.\pagebreak[4]

\begin{enumerate}
\item Heathens: for when Hamor and Shechem had a mind to the daughter and
cattle of Jacob, and saw that there was no way for them to come at
them but by being circumcised, they said to their companions, If every
male of us be circumcised, as they are circumcised, shall not their
cattle, and their substance, and every beast of theirs be ours? Their
daughters and their cattle were that which they sought to obtain,
and their religion the stalking-horse they made use of to come at
them. Read the whole story.%
\footnote{Gen. 34:20-24%
}
\item The hypocritical Pharisees were also of this religion: long prayers
were their pretence, but to get widows'\ houses was their intent;
and greater damnation was from God their judgment.%
\footnote{Luke 20:46,47.%
}
\item Judas the devil was also of this religion: he was religious for the
bag, that he might be possessed of what was put therein; but he was
lost, cast away, and the very son of perdition.
\item Simon the wizard was of this religion too; for he would have had the
Holy Ghost, that he might have got money therewith: and his sentence
from Peter's mouth was according.%
\footnote{Acts 8:19-22.%
}
\item Neither will it go out of my mind, but that that man who takes up
religion for the world, will throw away religion for the world; for
so surely as Judas designed the world in becoming religious, so surely
did he also sell religion and his Master for the same. To answer the
question, therefore, affirmatively, as I perceive you have done, and
to accept of, as authentic, such answer, is heathenish, hypocritical,
and devilish; and your reward will be according to your works.
\end{enumerate}
{}

Then they stood staring one upon another, but had not wherewith to
answer Christian. Hopeful also approved of the soundness of Christian's
answer; so there was a great silence among them. Mr.\ By-ends and
his company also staggered and kept behind, that Christian and Hopeful
might outgo them. Then said Christian to his fellow, If these men
cannot stand before the sentence of men, what will they do with the
sentence of God? And if they are mute when dealt with by vessels of
clay, what will they do when they shall be rebuked by the flames of
a devouring fire?

Then Christian and Hopeful outwent them again, and went till they
came at a delicate plain, called Ease, where they went with much content;
but that plain was but narrow, so they were quickly got over it. Now
at the farther side of that plain was a little hill, called Lucre,
and in that hill a silver-mine, which some of them that had formerly
gone that way, because of the rarity of it, had turned aside to see;
but going too near the brim of the pit, the ground, being deceitful
under them, broke, and they were slain: some also had been maimed
there, and could not, to their dying day, be their own men again.

Then I saw in my dream, that a little off the road, over against the
silver-mine, stood Demas (gentleman-like)\ to call passengers to
come and see; who said to Christian and his fellow, Ho!\  turn aside
hither, and I will show you a thing.

\textit{Chr}. What thing so deserving as to turn us out of the way
to see it?

\textit{Demas}. Here is a silver-mine, and some digging in it for
treasure; if you will come, with a little pains you may richly provide
for yourselves.

\textit{Hope}. Then said Hopeful, let us go see.

\textit{Chr}. Not I, said Christian: I have heard of this place before
now, and how many there have been slain; and besides, that treasure
is a snare to those that seek it, for it hindereth them in their pilgrimage.

Then Christian called to Demas, saying, Is not the place dangerous?
Hath it not hindered many in their pilgrimage?%
\footnote{Hosea 9:6.%
}

\textit{Demas}. Not very dangerous, except to those that are careless;
but withal he blushed as he spake.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian to Hopeful, Let us not stir a step,
but still keep on our way.

\textit{Hope}. I will warrant you, when By-ends comes up, if he hath
the same invitation as we, he will turn in thither to see.

\textit{Chr}. No doubt thereof, for his principles lead him that way,
and a hundred to one but he dies there.

\textit{Demas}. Then Demas called again, saying, But will you not
come over and see?

\textit{Chr}. Then Christian roundly answered, saying, Demas, thou
art an enemy to the right ways of the Lord of this way, and hast been
already condemned for thine own turning aside, by one of his Majesty's
judges;%
\footnote{2 Tim. 4:10%
} and why seekest thou to bring us into the like condemnation? Besides,
if we at all turn aside, our Lord the King will certainly hear thereof,
and will there put us to shame, where we would stand with boldness
before him.

Demas cried again, that he also was one of their fraternity; and that
if they would tarry a little, he also himself would walk with them.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian, What is thy name? Is it not the
same by which I have called thee?

\textit{Demas}. Yes, my name is Demas; I am the son of Abraham.

\textit{Chr}. I know you; Gehazi was your great-grandfather, and Judas
your father, and you have trod in their steps; it is but a devilish
prank that thou usest: thy father was hanged for a traitor, and thou
deservest no better reward.%
\footnote{2 Kings 5:20-27; Matt.26:14,15; 27:3-5.%
} Assure thyself, that when we come to the King, we will tell him of
this thy behavior. Thus they went their way.

By this time By-ends and his companions were come again within sight,
and they at the first beck went over to Demas. Now, whether they fell
into the pit by looking over the brink thereof, or whether they went
down to dig, or whether they were smothered in the bottom by the damps
that commonly arise, of these things I am not certain; but this I
observed, that they were never seen again in the way. Then sang Christian,

\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``By-ends and silver Demas both agree;\\*

One calls, the other runs, that he may be\\*

A sharer in his lucre: so these two\\*

Take up in this world, and no farther go.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Now I saw that, just on the other side of this plain, the pilgrims
came to a place where stood an old monument, hard by the highway-side,
at the sight of which they were both concerned, because of the strangeness
of the form thereof; for it seemed to them as if it had been a woman
transformed into the shape of a pillar. Here, therefore, they stood
looking and looking upon it, but could not for a time tell what they
should make thereof. At last Hopeful espied, written above upon the
head thereof, a writing in an unusual hand; but he being no scholar,
called to Christian (for he was learned)\ to see if he could pick
out the meaning: so he came, and after a little laying of letters
together, he found the same to be this, {}``\noun{Remember Lot's
wife}.'' So he read it to his fellow; after which they both concluded
that that was the pillar of salt into which Lot's wife was turned,
for her looking back with a covetous heart when she was going from
Sodom for safety.%
\footnote{Gen. 19:26.%
} Which sudden and amazing sight gave them occasion for this discourse.

\textit{Chr}. Ah, my brother, this is a seasonable sight: it came
opportunely to us after the invitation which Demas gave us to come
over to view the hill Lucre; and had we gone over, as he desired us,
and as thou wast inclined to do, my brother, we had, for aught I know,
been made, like this woman, a spectacle for those that shall come
after to behold.

\textit{Hope}. I am sorry that I was so foolish, and am made to wonder
that I am not now as Lot's wife; for wherein was the difference betwixt
her sin and mine? She only looked back, and I had a desire to go see.
Let grace be adored; and let me be ashamed that ever such a thing
should be in mine heart.

\textit{Chr}. Let us take notice of what we see here, for our help
from time to come. This woman escaped one judgment, for she fell not
by the destruction of Sodom; yet she was destroyed by another, as
we see: she is turned into a pillar of salt.

\textit{Hope}. True, and she may be to us both caution and example;
caution, that we should shun her sin; or a sign of what judgment will
overtake such as shall not be prevented by this caution: so Korah,
Dathan, and Abiram, with the two hundred and fifty men that perished
in their sin, did also become a sign or example to others to beware.%
\footnote{Numb. 16:31,32; 26:9,10.%
} But above all, I muse at one thing, to wit, how Demas and his fellows
can stand so confidently yonder to look for that treasure, which this
woman but for looking behind her after, (for we read not that she
stepped one foot out of the way,)\ was turned into a pillar of salt;
especially since the judgment which overtook her did make her an example
within sight of where they are; for they cannot choose but see her,
did they but lift up their eyes.

\textit{Chr}. It is a thing to be wondered at, and it argueth that
their hearts are grown desperate in the case; and I cannot tell who
to compare them to so fitly, as to them that pick pockets in the presence
of the judge, or that will cut purses under the gallows. It is said
of the men of Sodom, that they were {}``sinners exceedingly,''\ because
they were sinners {}``before the Lord,''\ that is, in his eyesight,
and notwithstanding the kindnesses that he had shown them; for the
land of Sodom was now like the garden of Eden as heretofore.%
\footnote{Gen. 13:10-13.%
} This, therefore, provoked him the more to jealousy, and made their
plague as hot as the fire of the Lord out of heaven could make it.
And it is most rationally to be concluded, that such, even such as
these are, that shall sin in the sight, yea, and that too in despite
of such examples that are set continually before them, to caution
them to the contrary, must be partakers of severest judgments.

\textit{Hope}. Doubtless thou hast said the truth; but what a mercy
is it, that neither thou, but especially I, am not made myself this
example! This ministereth occasion to us to thank God, to fear before
him, and always to remember Lot's wife.

I saw then that they went on their way to a pleasant river, which
David the king called {}``the river of God;''\ but John, {}``the
river of the water of life.''%
\footnote{Psa. 65:9; Rev. 22:1; Ezek. 47:1-9.%
} Now their way lay just upon the bank of this river: here, therefore,
Christian and his companion walked with great delight; they drank
also of the water of the river, which was pleasant and enlivening
to their weary spirits. Besides, on the banks of this river, on either
side, were green trees with all manner of fruit; and the leaves they
ate to prevent surfeits, and other diseases that are incident to those
that heat their blood by travel. On either side of the river was also
a meadow, curiously beautified with lilies; and it was green all the
year long. In this meadow they lay down and slept, for here they might
lie down safely.%
\footnote{Psa. 23:2; Isa. 14:30.%
} When they awoke they gathered again of the fruit of the trees, and
drank again of the water of the river, and then lay down again to
sleep. Thus they did several days and nights. Then they sang;

\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize\ \\

\mbox{``Behold ye, how these Crystal Streams do glide,}\\*

\mbox{To comfort pilgrims by the highway-side.}\\*

\mbox{The meadows green, besides their fragrant smell,}\\*

\mbox{Yield dainties for them; And he that can tell}\\*

\mbox{What pleasant fruit, yea, leaves these trees do yield,}\\*

\mbox{Will soon sell all, that he may buy this field.''}

\end{flushleft}

{}

So when they were disposed to go on, (for they were not as yet at
their journey's end,)\ they ate, and drank, and departed.

Now I beheld in my dream, that they had not journeyed far, but the
river and the way for a time parted, at which they were not a little
sorry; yet they durst not go out of the way. Now the way from the
river was rough, and their feet tender by reason of their travels;
so the souls of the pilgrims were much discouraged because of the
way.%
\footnote{Numb. 21:4.%
} Wherefore, still as they went on, they wished for a better way. Now,
a little before them, there was on the left hand of the road a meadow,
and a stile to go over into it, and that meadow is called By-path
meadow. Then said Christian to his fellow, If this meadow lieth along
by our wayside, let's go over into it. Then he went to the stile to
see, and behold a path lay along by the way on the other side of the
fence. It is according to my wish, said Christian; here is the easiest
going; come, good Hopeful, and let us go over.

\textit{Hope}. But how if this path should lead us out of the way?

\textit{Chr}. That is not likely, said the other. Look, doth it not
go along by the wayside? So Hopeful, being persuaded by his fellow,
went after him over the stile. When they were gone over, and were
got into the path, they found it very easy for their feet; and withal,
they, looking before them, espied a man walking as they did, and his
name was Vain-Confidence: so they called after him, and asked him
whither that way led. He said, To the Celestial Gate. Look, said Christian,
did not I tell you so?\  by this you may see we are right. So they
followed, and he went before them. But behold the night came on, and
it grew very dark; so that they that went behind lost the sight of
him that went before.

He therefore that went before, (Vain-Confidence by name,)\ not seeing
the way before him, fell into a deep pit, which was on purpose there
made, by the prince of those grounds, to catch vain-glorious fools
withal, and was dashed in pieces with his fall.%
\footnote{Isa. 9:16.%
}

Now, Christian and his fellow heard him fall. So they called to know
the matter, but there was none to answer, only they heard a groaning.
Then said Hopeful, Where are we now? Then was his fellow silent, as
mistrusting that he had led him out of the way; and now it began to
rain, and thunder, and lighten in a most dreadful manner, and the
water rose amain.

Then Hopeful groaned in himself, saying, Oh that I had kept on my
way!

\textit{Chr}. Who could have thought that this path should have led
us out of the way?

\textit{Hope}. I was afraid on't at the very first, and therefore
gave you that gentle caution. I would have spoke plainer, but that
you are older than I.

\textit{Chr}. Good brother, be not offended; I am sorry I have brought
thee out of the way, and that I have put thee into such imminent danger.
Pray, my brother, forgive me; I did not do it of an evil intent.

\textit{Hope}. Be comforted, my brother, for I forgive thee; and believe,
too, that this shall be for our good.

\textit{Chr}. I am glad I have with me a merciful brother: but we
must not stand here; let us try to go back again.

\textit{Hope}. But, good brother, let me go before.

\textit{Chr}. No, if you please, let me go first, that if there be
any danger, I may be first therein, because by my means we are both
gone out of the way.

\textit{Hope}. No, said Hopeful, you shall not go first, for your
mind being troubled may lead you out of the way again. Then for their
encouragement they heard the voice of one saying, {}``Let thine heart
be toward the highway, even the way that thou wentest: turn again.''%
\footnote{Jer. 31:21.%
} But by this time the waters were greatly risen, by reason of which
the way of going back was very dangerous.\  (Then I thought that
it is easier going out of the way when we are in, than going in when
we are out.)\  Yet they adventured to go back; but it was so dark,
and the flood was so high, that in their going back they had like
to have been drowned nine or ten times.

Neither could they, with all the skill they had, get again to the
stile that night. Wherefore at last, lighting under a little shelter,
they sat down there till the day brake; but being weary, they fell
asleep. Now there was, not far from the place where they lay, a castle,
called Doubting Castle, the owner whereof was Giant Despair, and it
was in his grounds they now were sleeping: wherefore he, getting up
in the morning early, and walking up and down in his fields, caught
Christian and Hopeful asleep in his grounds. Then with a grim and
surly voice, he bid them awake, and asked them whence they were, and
what they did in his grounds. They told him they were pilgrims, and
that they had lost their way. Then said the giant, You have this night
trespassed on me by trampling in and lying on my grounds, and therefore
you must go along with me. So they were forced to go, because he was
stronger than they. They also had but little to say, for they knew
themselves in a fault. The giant, therefore, drove them before him,
and put them into his castle, into a very dark dungeon, nasty and
stinking to the spirits of these two men. Here, then, they lay from
Wednesday morning till Saturday night, without one bit of bread, or
drop of drink, or light, or any to ask how they did; they were, therefore,
here in evil case, and were far from friends and acquaintance.%
\footnote{Psa. 88:18.%
} Now in this place Christian had double sorrow, because it was through
his unadvised counsel that they were brought into this distress.

Now Giant Despair had a wife, and her name was Diffidence: so when
he was gone to bed he told his wife what he had done, to wit, that
he had taken a couple of prisoners, and cast them into his dungeon
for trespassing on his grounds. Then he asked her also what he had
best do further to them. So she asked him what they were, whence they
came, and whither they were bound, and he told her. Then she counseled
him, that when he arose in the morning he should beat them without
mercy. So when he arose, he getteth him a grievous crab-tree cudgel,
and goes down into the dungeon to them, and there first falls to rating
of them as if they were dogs, although they gave him never a word
of distaste. Then he falls upon them, and beats them fearfully, in
such sort that they were not able to help themselves, or to turn them
upon the floor. This done, he withdraws and leaves them there to condole
their misery, and to mourn under their distress: so all that day they
spent the time in nothing but sighs and bitter lamentations. The next
night, she, talking with her husband further about them, and understanding
that they were yet alive, did advise him to counsel them to make away
with themselves. So when morning was come, he goes to them in a surly
manner, as before, and perceiving them to be very sore with the stripes
that he had given them the day before, he told them, that since they
were never like to come out of that place, their only way would be
forthwith to make an end of themselves, either with knife, halter,
or poison; for why, said he, should you choose to live, seeing it
is attended with so much bitterness? But they desired him to let them
go. With that he looked ugly upon them, and rushing to them, had doubtless
made an end of them himself, but that he fell into one of his fits,
(for he sometimes in sunshiny weather fell into fits,)\ and lost
for a time the use of his hands; wherefore he withdrew, and left them
as before to consider what to do. Then did the prisoners consult between
themselves whether it was best to take his counsel or no; and thus
they began to discourse:

\textit{Chr}. Brother, said Christian, what shall we do? The life
that we now live is miserable. For my part, I know not whether it
is best to live thus, or to die out of hand. My soul chooseth strangling
rather than life, and the grave is more easy for me than this dungeon.%
\footnote{Job. 7:15.%
} Shall we be ruled by the giant?

\textit{Hope}. Indeed our present condition is dreadful, and death
would be far more welcome to me than thus for ever to abide; but yet,
let us consider, the Lord of the country to which we are going hath
said, {}``Thou shalt do no murder,''\ no, not to another man's
person; much more, then, are we forbidden to take his counsel to kill
ourselves. Besides, he that kills another, can but commit murder upon
his body; but for one to kill himself, is to kill body and soul at
once. And moreover, my brother, thou talkest of ease in the grave;
but hast thou forgotten the hell whither for certain the murderers
go?\ for {}``no murderer hath eternal life,''\ \textit{etc}. And
let us consider again, that all the law is not in the hand of Giant
Despair: others, so far as I can understand, have been taken by him
as well as we, and yet have escaped out of his hands. Who knows but
that God, who made the world, may cause that Giant Despair may die;
or that, at some time or other, he may forget to lock us in; or that
he may, in a short time, have another of his fits before us, and may
lose the use of his limbs? And if ever that should come to pass again,
for my part, I am resolved to pluck up the heart of a man, and to
try my utmost to get from under his hand. I was a fool that I did
not try to do it before. But, however, my brother, let us be patient,
and endure a while: the time may come that may give us a happy release;
but let us not be our own murderers. With these words Hopeful at present
did moderate the mind of his brother; so they continued together in
the dark that day, in their sad and doleful condition.

Well, towards evening the giant goes down into the dungeon again,
to see if his prisoners had taken his counsel. But when he came there
he found them alive; and truly, alive was all; for now, what for want
of bread and water, and by reason of the wounds they received when
he beat them, they could do little but breathe. But I say, he found
them alive; at which he fell into a grievous rage, and told them,
that seeing they had disobeyed his counsel, it should be worse with
them than if they had never been born.

At this they trembled greatly, and I think that Christian fell into
a swoon; but coming a little to himself again, they renewed their
discourse about the giant's counsel, and whether yet they had best
take it or no. Now Christian again seemed for doing it; but Hopeful
made his second reply as followeth:

\textit{Hope}. My brother, said he, rememberest thou not how valiant
thou hast been heretofore? Apollyon could not crush thee, nor could
all that thou didst hear, or see, or feel, in the Valley of the Shadow
of Death. What hardship, terror, and amazement hast thou already gone
through; and art thou now nothing but fears! Thou seest that I am
in the dungeon with thee, a far weaker man by nature than thou art.
Also this giant hath wounded me as well as thee, and hath also cut
off the bread and water from my mouth, and with thee I mourn without
the light. But let us exercise a little more patience. Remember how
thou playedst the man at Vanity Fair, and wast neither afraid of the
chain nor cage, nor yet of bloody death: wherefore let us (at least
to avoid the shame that it becomes not a Christian to be found in)\ bear
up with patience as well as we can.

Now night being come again, and the giant and his wife being in bed,
she asked him concerning the prisoners, and if they had taken his
counsel: to which he replied, They are sturdy rogues; they choose
rather to bear all hardships than to make away with themselves. Then
said she, Take them into the castle-yard to-morrow, and show them
the bones and skulls of those that thou hast already dispatched, and
make them believe, ere a week comes to an end, thou wilt tear them
in pieces, as thou hast done their fellows before them.

So when the morning was come, the giant goes to them again, and takes
them into the castle-yard, and shows them as his wife had bidden him.
These, said he, were pilgrims, as you are, once, and they trespassed
on my grounds, as you have done; and when I thought fit I tore them
in pieces; and so within ten days I will do you: get you down to your
den again. And with that he beat them all the way thither. They lay,
therefore, all day on Saturday in a lamentable case, as before. Now,
when night was come, and when Mrs.\ Diffidence and her husband the
giant was got to bed, they began to renew their discourse of their
prisoners; and withal, the old giant wondered that he could neither
by his blows nor counsel bring them to an end. And with that his wife
replied, I fear, said she, that they live in hopes that some will
come to relieve them; or that they have picklocks about them, by the
means of which they hope to escape. And sayest thou so, my dear?\ said
the giant; I will therefore search them in the morning.

Well, on Saturday, about midnight they began to pray, and continued
in prayer till almost break of day.

Now, a little before it was day, good Christian, as one half amazed,
brake out into this passionate speech: What a fool, quoth he, am I,
thus to lie in a stinking dungeon, when I may as well walk at liberty!
I have a key in my bosom, called Promise, that will, I am persuaded,
open any lock in Doubting Castle. Then said Hopeful, That is good
news; good brother, pluck it out of thy bosom, and try.

Then Christian pulled it out of his bosom, and began to try at the
dungeon-door, whose bolt, as he turned the key, gave back, and the
door flew open with ease, and Christian and Hopeful both came out.
Then he went to the outward door that leads into the castle-yard,
and with his key opened that door also. After he went to the iron
gate, for that must be opened too; but that lock went desperately
hard, yet the key did open it. They then thrust open the gate to make
their escape with speed; but that gate, as it opened, made such a
creaking, that it waked Giant Despair, who hastily rising to pursue
his prisoners, felt his limbs to fail, for his fits took him again,
so that he could by no means go after them. Then they went on, and
came to the King's highway, and so were safe, because they were out
of his jurisdiction.

Now, when they were gone over the stile, they began to contrive with
themselves what they should do at that stile, to prevent those that
shall come after from falling into the hands of Giant Despair. So
they consented to erect there a pillar, and to engrave upon the side
thereof this sentence: {}``\noun{Over this stile is the way to
Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant Despair, who despiseth the
King of the Celestial country, and seeks to destroy his holy pilgrims}.''
Many, therefore, that followed after, read what was written, and escaped
the danger. This done, they sang as follows:

\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``Out of the way we went, and then we found\\*

What 'twas to tread upon forbidden ground:\\*

And let them that come after have a care,\\*

Lest heedlessness makes them as we to fare;\\*

Lest they, for trespassing, his prisoners are,\\*

\mbox{Whose castle's Doubting, and whose name's Despair.''}

\end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE EIGHTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE EIGHTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE EIGHTH STAGE}

They went then till they came to the Delectable Mountains, which mountains
belong to the Lord of that hill of which we have spoken before. So
they went up to the mountains, to behold the gardens and orchards,
the vineyards and fountains of water; where also they drank and washed
themselves, and did freely eat of the vineyards. Now, there were on
the tops of these mountains shepherds feeding their flocks, and they
stood by the highway-side. The pilgrims, therefore, went to them,
and leaning upon their staffs, (as is common with weary pilgrims when
they stand to talk with any by the way,)\ they asked, Whose Delectable
Mountains are these; and whose be the sheep that feed upon them?

\textit{Shep}. These mountains are Emmanuel's Land, and they are within
sight of his city; and the sheep also are his, and he laid down his
life for them.%
\footnote{John 10:11,15.%
}

\textit{Chr}. Is this the way to the Celestial City?

\textit{Shep}. You are just in your way.

\textit{Chr}. How far is it thither?

\textit{Shep}. Too far for any but those who shall get thither indeed.

\textit{Chr}. Is the way safe or dangerous?

\textit{Shep}. Safe for those for whom it is to be safe; but transgressors
shall fall therein.%
\footnote{Hos. 14:9.%
}

\textit{Chr}. Is there in this place any relief for pilgrims that
are weary and faint in the way?

\textit{Shep}. The Lord of these mountains hath given us a charge
not to be forgetful to entertain strangers;%
\footnote{Heb. 13:2%
} therefore the good of the place is before you .

I saw also in my dream, that when the shepherds perceived that they
were wayfaring men, they also put questions to them, (to which they
made answer as in other places,)\ as, Whence came you?\ and, How
got you into the way?\ and, By what means have you so persevered
therein?\ for but few of them that begin to come hither, do show
their face on these mountains. But when the shepherds heard their
answers, being pleased therewith, they looked very lovingly upon them,
and said, Welcome to the Delectable Mountains.

The shepherds, I say, whose names were Knowledge, Experience, Watchful,
and Sincere, took them by the hand, and had them to their tents, and
made them partake of that which was ready at present. They said moreover,
We would that you should stay here a while, to be acquainted with
us, and yet more to solace yourselves with the good of these Delectable
Mountains. Then they told them that they were content to stay. So
they went to their rest that night, because it was very late.

Then I saw in my dream, that in the morning the shepherds called up
Christian and Hopeful to walk with them upon the mountains. So they
went forth with them, and walked a while, having a pleasant prospect
on every side. Then said the shepherds one to another, Shall we show
these pilgrims some wonders? So when they had concluded to do it,
they had them first to the top of a hill called Error, which was very
steep on the farthest side, and bid them look down to the bottom.
So Christian and Hopeful looked down, and saw at the bottom several
men dashed all to pieces by a fall that they had had from the top.
Then said Christian, What meaneth this? The shepherds answered, Have
you not heard of them that were made to err, by hearkening to Hymenius
and Philetus, as concerning the faith of the resurrection of the body?%
\footnote{2 Tim. 2:17,18.%
} They answered, Yes. Then said the shepherds, Those that you see lie
dashed in pieces at the bottom of this mountain are they; and they
have continued to this day unburied, as you see, for an example to
others to take heed how they clamber too high, or how they come too
near the brink of this mountain.

Then I saw that they had them to the top of another mountain, and
the name of that is Caution, and bid them look afar off; which, when
they did, they perceived, as they thought, several men walking up
and down among the tombs that were there; and they perceived that
the men were blind, because they stumbled sometimes upon the tombs,
and because they could not get out from among them. Then said Christian,
What means this?

The shepherds then answered, Did you not see, a little below these
mountains, a stile that led into a meadow, on the left hand of this
way? They answered, Yes. Then said the shepherds, From that stile
there goes a path that leads directly to Doubting Castle, which is
kept by Giant Despair; and these men (pointing to them among the tombs)\ came
once on pilgrimage, as you do now, even until they came to that same
stile. And because the right way was rough in that place, they chose
to go out of it into that meadow, and there were taken by Giant Despair,
and cast into Doubting Castle; where after they had a while been kept
in the dungeon, he at last did put out their eyes, and led them among
those tombs, where he has left them to wander to this very day, that
the saying of the wise man might be fulfilled, {}``He that wandereth
out of the way of understanding shall remain in the congregation of
the dead.''%
\footnote{Prov. 21:16.%
} Then Christian and Hopeful looked upon one another, with tears gushing
out, but yet said nothing to the shepherds.

Then I saw in my dream, that the shepherds had them to another place
in a bottom, where was a door on the side of a hill; and they opened
the door, and bid them look in. They looked in, therefore, and saw
that within it was very dark and smoky; they also thought that they
heard there a rumbling noise, as of fire, and a cry of some tormented,
and that they smelt the scent of brimstone. Then said Christian, What
means this? The shepherds told them, This is a by-way to hell, a way
that hypocrites go in at; namely, such as sell their birthright, with
Esau; such as sell their Master, with Judas; such as blaspheme the
Gospel, with Alexander; and that lie and dissemble, with Ananias and
Sapphira his wife.

Then said Hopeful to the shepherds, I perceive that these had on them,
even every one, a show of pilgrimage, as we have now; had they not?

\textit{Shep}. Yes, and held it a long time, too.

\textit{Hope}. How far might they go on in pilgrimage in their day,
since they, notwithstanding, were miserably cast away?

\textit{Shep}. Some farther, and some not so far as these mountains.

Then said the pilgrims one to the other, We had need to cry to the
Strong for strength.

\textit{Shep}. Aye, and you will have need to use it, when you have
it, too.

By this time the pilgrims had a desire to go forward, and the shepherds
a desire they should; so they walked together towards the end of the
mountains. Then said the shepherds one to another, Let us here show
the pilgrims the gates of the Celestial City, if they have skill to
look through our perspective glass. The pilgrims lovingly accepted
the motion: so they had them to the top of a high hill, called Clear,
and gave them the glass to look.

Then they tried to look; but the remembrance of that last thing that
the shepherds had shown them made their hands shake, by means of which
impediment they could not look steadily through the glass; yet they
thought they saw something like the gate, and also some of the glory
of the place. Then they went away, and sang,

\begin{flushleft} \footnotesize

``Thus by the shepherds secrets are reveal'd,\\*

Which from all other men are kept concealed:\\*

Come to the shepherds then, if you would see\\*

Things deep, things hid, and that mysterious be.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

When they were about to depart, one of the shepherds gave them a note
of the way. Another of them bid them beware of the Flatterer. The
third bid them take heed that they slept not upon Enchanted Ground.
And the fourth bid them God speed. So I awoke from my dream.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE NINTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE NINTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE NINTH STAGE}

And I slept, and dreamed again, and saw the same two pilgrims going
down the mountains along the highway towards the city. Now, a little
below these mountains, on the left hand, lieth the country of Conceit,
from which country there comes into the way in which the pilgrims
walked, a little crooked lane. Here, therefore, they met with a very
brisk lad that came out of that country, and his name was Ignorance.
So Christian asked him from what parts he came, and whither he was
going.

\emph{Ignor.} Sir, I was born in the country that lieth off there,
a little on the left hand, and I am going to the Celestial City.

\textit{Chr}. But how do you think to get in at the gate, for you
may find some difficulty there?

\emph{Ignor.} As other good people do, said he.

\textit{Chr}. But what have you to show at that gate, that the gate
should be opened to you?

\emph{Ignor.} I know my Lord's will, and have been a good liver; I
pay every man his own; I pray, fast, pay tithes, and give alms, and
have left my country for whither I am going.

\textit{Chr}. But thou camest not in at the wicket-gate, that is at
the head of this way; thou camest in hither through that same crooked
lane, and therefore I fear, however thou mayest think of thyself,
when the reckoning-day shall come, thou wilt have laid to thy charge,
that thou art a thief and a robber, instead of getting admittance
into the city.

\emph{Ignor.} Gentlemen, ye be utter strangers to me; I know you not:
be content to follow the religion of your country, and I will follow
the religion of mine. I hope all will be well. And as for the gate
that you talk of, all the world knows that is a great way off of our
country. I cannot think that any man in all our parts doth so much
as know the way to it; nor need they matter whether they do or no,
since we have, as you see, a fine, pleasant, green lane, that comes
down from our country, the next way into the way.

When Christian saw that the man was wise in his own conceit, he said
to Hopeful whisperingly, {}``There is more hope of a fool than of
him.''%
\footnote{Prov. 26:12.%
} And said, moreover, {}``When he that is a fool walketh by the way,
his wisdom faileth him, and he saith to every one that he is a fool.%
\footnote{Eccles. 10:3.%
} What, shall we talk farther with him, or outgo him at present, and
so leave him to think of what he hath heard already, and then stop
again for him afterwards, and see if by degrees we can do any good
to him? Then said Hopeful,

\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Let Ignorance a little while now muse\\*

On what is said, and let him not refuse\\*

Good counsel to embrace, lest he remain\\*

Still ignorant of what's the chiefest gain.\\*

\mbox{God saith, those that no understanding have,}\\*

\mbox{(Although he made them,) them he will not save.''}

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

\textit{Hope}. He further added, It is not good, I think, to say so
to him all at once; let us pass him by, if you will, and talk to him
anon, even as he is able to bear it.

So they both went on, and Ignorance he came after. Now, when they
had passed him a little way, they entered into a very dark lane, where
they met a man whom seven devils had bound with seven strong cords,
and were carrying him back to the door that they saw on the side of
the hill.%
\footnote{Matt. 12:45; Prov. 5:22.%
} Now good Christian began to tremble, and so did Hopeful, his companion;
yet, as the devils led away the man, Christian looked to see if he
knew him; and he thought it might be one Turn-away, that dwelt in
the town of Apostacy. But he did not perfectly see his face, for he
did hang his head like a thief that is found; but being gone past,
Hopeful looked after him, and espied on his back a paper with this
inscription, {}``\noun{Wanton professor, and damnable apostate}.''

Then said Christian to his fellow, Now I call to remembrance that
which was told me of a thing that happened to a good man hereabout.
The name of the man was Little-Faith; but a good man, and he dwelt
in the town of Sincere. The thing was this. At the entering in at
this passage, there comes down from Broadway-gate, a lane, called
Dead-Man's lane; so called because of the murders that are commonly
done there; and this Little-Faith going on pilgrimage, as we do now,
chanced to sit down there and sleep. Now there happened at that time
to come down the lane from Broadway-gate, three sturdy rogues, and
their names were Faint-Heart, Mistrust, and Guilt, three brothers;
and they, espying Little-Faith where he was, came galloping up with
speed. Now the good man was just awaked from his sleep, and was getting
up to go on his journey. So they came up all to him, and with threatening
language bid him stand. At this, Little-Faith looked as white as a
sheet, and had neither power to fight nor fly. Then said Faint-Heart,
Deliver thy purse; but he making no haste to do it, (for he was loth
to lose his money,)\ Mistrust ran up to him, and thrusting his hand
into his pocket, pulled out thence a bag of silver. Then he cried
out, Thieves, thieves! With that, Guilt, with a great club that was
in his hand, struck Little-Faith on the head, and with that blow felled
him flat to the ground, where he lay bleeding as one that would bleed
to death. All this while the thieves stood by. But at last, they hearing
that some were upon the road, and fearing lest it should be one Great-Grace,
that dwells in the town of Good-Confidence, they betook themselves
to their heels, and left this good man to shift for himself. Now,
after a while, Little-Faith came to himself, and getting up, made
shift to scramble on his way. This was the story.

\textit{Hope}. But did they take from him all that ever he had?

\textit{Chr}. No; the place where his jewels were they never ransacked;
so those he kept still. But, as I was told, the good man was much
afflicted for his loss; for the thieves got most of his spending-money.
That which they got not, as I said, were jewels; also, he had a little
odd money left, but scarce enough to bring him to his journey's end.
Nay, (if I was not misinformed,)\ he was forced to beg as he went,
to keep himself alive, for his jewels he might not sell; but beg and
do what he could, he went, as we say, with many a hungry belly the
most part of the rest of the way.%
\footnote{1 Pet. 4:18.%
}

\textit{Hope}. But is it not a wonder they got not from him his certificate,
by which he was to receive his admittance at the Celestial Gate?

\textit{Chr}. It is a wonder; but they got not that, though they missed
it not through any good cunning of his; for he, being dismayed by
their coming upon him, had neither power nor skill to hide any thing;
so it was more by good providence than by his endeavor that they missed
of that good thing.%
\footnote{2 Tim. 1:12-14; 2 Pet. 2:9.%
}

\textit{Hope}. But it must needs be a comfort to him they got not
this jewel from him.

\textit{Chr}. It might have been great comfort to him, had he used
it as he should; but they that told me the story said that he made
but little use of it all the rest of the way, and that because of
the dismay that he had in their taking away his money. Indeed, he
forgot it a great part of the rest of his journey; and besides, when
at any time it came into his mind, and he began to be comforted therewith,
then would fresh thoughts of his loss come again upon him, and these
thoughts would swallow up all.

\textit{Hope}. Alas, poor man, this could not but be a great grief
to him.

\textit{Chr}. Grief? Aye, a grief indeed! Would it not have been so
to any of us, had we been used as he, to be robbed and wounded too,
and that in a strange place, as he was? It is a wonder he did not
die with grief, poor heart. I was told that he scattered almost all
the rest of the way with nothing but doleful and bitter complaints;
telling, also, to all that overtook him, or that he overtook in the
way as he went, where he was robbed, and how; who they were that did
it, and what he had lost; how he was wounded, and that he hardly escaped
with life.

\textit{Hope}. But it is a wonder that his necessity did not put him
upon selling or pawning some of his jewels, that he might have wherewith
to relieve himself in his journey.

\textit{Chr}. Thou talkest like one upon whose head is the shell to
this very day. For what should he pawn them?\ or to whom should he
sell them? In all that country where he was robbed, his jewels were
not accounted of; nor did he want that relief which could from thence
be administered to him. Besides, had his jewels been missing at the
gate of the Celestial City, he had (and that he knew well enough)\ been
excluded from an inheritance there, and that would have been worse
to him than the appearance and villany of ten thousand thieves.

\textit{Hope}. Why art thou so tart, my brother? Esau sold his birthright,
and that for a mess of pottage;%
\footnote{Heb. 12:16%
} and that birthright was his greatest jewel: and if he, why might
not Little-Faith do so too?

\textit{Chr}. Esau did sell his birthright indeed, and so do many
besides, and by so doing exclude themselves from the chief blessing,
as also that caitiff did; but you must put a difference betwixt Esau
and Little-Faith, and also betwixt their estates. Esau's birthright
was typical; but Little-Faith's jewels were not so. Esau's belly was
his god; but Little-Faith's belly was not so. Esau's want lay in his
fleshy appetite; Little-Faith's did not so. Besides, Esau could see
no further than to the fulfilling of his lusts: For I am at the point
to die, said he: and what good will this birthright do me?%
\footnote{Gen. 25:32.%
} But Little-Faith, though it was his lot to have but a little faith,
was by his little faith kept from such extravagances, and made to
see and prize his jewels more than to sell them, as Esau did his birthright.
You read not any where that Esau had faith, no, not so much as a little;
therefore no marvel, where the flesh only bears sway, (as it will
in that man where no faith is to resist,)\ if he sells his birthright
and his soul and all, and that to the devil of hell; for it is with
such as it is with the ass, who in her occasion cannot be turned away:%
\footnote{Jer. 2:24%
} when their minds are set upon their lusts, they will have them, whatever
they cost. But Little-Faith was of another temper; his mind was on
things divine; his livelihood was upon things that were spiritual,
and from above: therefore, to what end should he that is of such a
temper sell his jewels (had there been any that would have bought
them)\ to fill his mind with empty things? Will a man give a penny
to fill his belly with hay? or can you persuade the turtle-dove to
live upon carrion, like the crow? Though faithless ones can, for carnal
lusts, pawn, or mortgage, or sell what they have, and themselves outright
to boot; yet they that have faith, saving faith, though but a little
of it, cannot do so. Here, therefore, my brother, is thy mistake.

\textit{Hope}. I acknowledge it; but yet your severe reflection had
almost made me angry.

\textit{Chr}. Why, I did but compare thee to some of the birds that
are of the brisker sort, who will run to and fro in untrodden paths
with the shell upon their heads: but pass by that, and consider the
matter under debate, and all shall be well betwixt thee and me.

\textit{Hope}. But, Christian, these three fellows, I am persuaded
in my heart, are but a company of cowards: would they have run else,
think you, as they did, at the noise of one that was coming on the
road? Why did not Little-Faith pluck up a greater heart? He might,
methinks, have stood one brush with them, and have yielded when there
had been no remedy.

\textit{Chr}. That they are cowards, many have said, but few have
found it so in the time of trial. As for a great heart, Little-Faith
had none; and I perceive by thee, my brother, hadst thou been the
man concerned, thou art but for a brush, and then to yield. And verily,
since this is the height of thy stomach now they are at a distance
from us, should they appear to thee as they did to him, they might
put thee to second thoughts.

But consider again, that they are but journeymen thieves; They serve
under the king of the bottomless pit, who, if need be, will come to
their aid himself, and his voice is as the roaring of a lion.%
\footnote{1 Pet. 5:8.%
} I myself have been engaged as this Little-Faith was, and I found
it a terrible thing. These three villains set upon me, and I beginning
like a Christian to resist, they gave but a call, and in came their
master. I would, as the saying is, have given my life for a penny,
but that, as God would have it, I was clothed with armor of proof.
Aye, and yet, though I was so harnessed, I found it hard work to quit
myself like a man: no man can tell what in that combat attends us,
but he that hath been in the battle himself.

\textit{Hope}. Well, but they ran, you see, when they did but suppose
that one Great-Grace was in the way.

\textit{Chr}. True, they have often fled, both they and their master,
when Great-Grace hath but appeared; and no marvel, for he is the King's
champion. But I trow you will put some difference between Little-Faith
and the King's champion. All the King's subjects are not his champions;
nor can they, when tried, do such feats of war as he. Is it meet to
think that a little child should handle Goliath as David did?\  or
that there should be the strength of an ox in a wren? Some are strong,
some are weak; some have great faith, some have little: this man was
one of the weak, and therefore he went to the wall.

\textit{Hope}. I would it had been Great-Grace, for their sakes.

\textit{Chr}. If it had been he, he might have had his hands full:
for I must tell you, that though Great-Grace is excellent good at
his weapons, and has, and can, so long as he keeps them at sword's
point, do well enough with them; yet if they get within him, even
Faint-Heart, Mistrust, or the other, it shall go hard but they will
throw up his heels. And when a man is down, you know, what can he
do?

Whoso looks well upon Great-Grace's face, will see those scars and
cuts there that shall easily give demonstration of what I say. Yea,
once I heard that he should say, (and that when he was in the combat,)\ We
despaired even of life. How did these sturdy rogues and their fellows
make David groan, mourn, and roar! Yea, Heman,%
\footnote{Psa. 88%
} and Hezekiah too, though champions in their days, were forced to
bestir them when by these assaulted; and yet, notwithstanding, they
had their coats soundly brushed by them. Peter, upon a time, would
go try what he could do; but though some do say of him that he is
the prince of the apostles, they handled him so that they made him
at last afraid of a sorry girl.

Besides, their king is at their whistle; he is never out of hearing;
and if at any time they be put to the worst, he, if possible, comes
in to help them; and of him it is said, {}``The sword of him that
layeth at him cannot hold; the spear, the dart, nor the habergeon.
He esteemeth iron as straw, and brass as rotten wood. The arrow cannot
make him fly; sling-stones are turned with him into stubble. Darts
are counted as stubble; he laugheth at the shaking of a spear.''%
\footnote{Job 41:26-29.%
} What can a man do in this case? It is true, if a man could at every
turn have Job's horse, and had skill and courage to ride him, he might
do notable things. {}``For his neck is clothed with thunder. He will
not be afraid as a grasshopper: the glory of his nostrils is terrible.
He paweth in the valley, and rejoiceth in his strength; he goeth on
to meet the armed men. He mocketh at fear, and is not affrighted;
neither turneth he back from the sword. The quiver rattleth against
him, the glittering spear and the shield. He swalloweth the ground
with fierceness and rage; neither believeth he that it is the sound
of the trumpet. He saith among the trumpets, Ha, ha!\ and he smelleth
the battle afar off, the thunder of the captains, and the shoutings.''%
\footnote{Job 39:19-25.%
}

But for such footmen as thee and I are, let us never desire to meet
with an enemy, nor vaunt as if we could do better, when we hear of
others that have been foiled, nor be tickled at the thoughts of our
own manhood; for such commonly come by the worst when tried. Witness
Peter, of whom I made mention before: he would swagger, aye, he would;
he would, as his vain mind prompted him to say, do better and stand
more for his Master than all men: but who so foiled and run down by
those villains as he?

When, therefore, we hear that such robberies are done on the King's
highway, two things become us to do.

\begin{enumerate}
\item To go out harnessed, and be sure to take a shield with us: for it
was for want of that, that he who laid so lustily at Leviathan could
not make him yield; for, indeed, if that be wanting, he fears us not
at all. Therefore, he that had skill hath said, {}``Above all, take
the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the
fiery darts of the wicked.''%
\footnote{Eph. 6:16.%
}
\item It is good, also, that we desire of the King a convoy, yea, that he
will go with us himself. This made David rejoice when in the Valley
of the Shadow of Death; and Moses was rather for dying where he stood,
than to go one step without his God.%
\footnote{Exod. 33:15.%
}
\end{enumerate}
O, my brother, if he will but go along with us, what need we be afraid
of ten thousands that shall set themselves against us?%
\footnote{Psa. 3:5-8; 27:1-3.%
} But without him, the proud helpers fall under the slain.%
\footnote{Isa. 10:4.%
}

I, for my part, have been in the fray before now; and though (through
the goodness of Him that is best)\ I am, as you see, alive, yet I
cannot boast of any manhood. Glad shall I be if I meet with no more
such brunts; though I fear we are not got beyond all danger. However,
since the lion and the bear have not as yet devoured me, I hope God
will also deliver us from the next uncircumcised Philistine. Then
sang Christian,

\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize\ \\

\mbox{``Poor Little-Faith! hast been among the thieves?}\\*

\mbox{Wast robb'd? Remember this, whoso believes,}\\*

\mbox{And get more faith; then shall you victors be}\\*

\mbox{Over ten thousand-else scarce over three.''}

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

So they went on, and Ignorance followed. They went then till they
came at a place where they saw a way put itself into their way, and
seemed withal to lie as strait as the way which they should go; and
here they knew not which of the two to take, for both seemed strait
before them: therefore here they stood still to consider. And as they
were thinking about the way, behold a man black of flesh, but covered
with a very light robe, come to them, and asked them why they stood
there. They answered, they were going to the Celestial City, but knew
not which of these ways to take. {}``Follow me,''\ said the man,
{}``it is thither that I am going.'' So they followed him in the
way that but now came into the road, which by degrees turned, and
turned them so far from the city that they desired to go to, that
in a little time their faces were turned away from it; yet they follow
him. But by and by, before they were aware, he led them both within
the compass of a net, in which they were both so entangled that they
knew not what to do; and with that the white robe fell off the black
man's back. Then they saw where they were. Wherefore there they lay
crying some time, for they could not get themselves out.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian to his fellow, Now do I see myself
in an error. Did not the shepherds bid us beware of the Flatterer?
As is the saying of the wise man, so we have found it this day: {}``A
man that flattereth his neighbor, spreadeth a net for his feet.''%
\footnote{Prov. 29:5.%
}

\textit{Hope}. They also gave us a note of directions about the way,
for our more sure finding thereof; but therein we have also forgotten
to read, and have not kept ourselves from the paths of the destroyer.
Here David was wiser than we; for saith he, {}``Concerning the works
of men, by the word of thy lips I have kept me from the paths of the
Destroyer.''%
\footnote{Psa. 17:4.%
} Thus they lay bewailing themselves in the net. At last they espied
a Shining One coming towards them with a whip of small cords in his
hand. When he was come to the place where they were, he asked them
whence they came, and what they did there. They told him that they
were poor pilgrims going to Zion, but were led out of their way by
a black man clothed in white, who bid us, said they, follow him, for
he was going thither too. Then said he with the whip, It is Flatterer,
a false apostle, that hath transformed himself into an angel of light.%
\footnote{Dan. 11:32; 2 Cor. 11:13,14.%
} So he rent the net, and let the men out. Then said he to them, Follow
me, that I may set you in your way again. So he led them back to the
way which they had left to follow the Flatterer. Then he asked them,
saying, Where did you lie the last night? They said, With the shepherds
upon the Delectable Mountains. He asked them then if they had not
of the shepherds a note of direction for the way. They answered, Yes.
But did you not, said he, when you were at a stand, pluck out and
read your note? They answered, No. He asked them, Why? They said they
forgot. He asked, moreover, if the shepherds did not bid them beware
of the Flatterer. They answered, Yes; but we did not imagine, said
they, that this fine-spoken man had been he.%
\footnote{Rom. 16:17,18.%
}

Then I saw in my dream, that he commanded them to lie down; which
when they did, he chastised them sore, to teach them the good way
wherein they should walk;%
\footnote{Deut. 25:2; 2 Chron. 6:27%
} and as he chastised them, he said, {}``As many as I love, I rebuke
and chasten; be zealous, therefore, and repent.''%
\footnote{Rev. 3:19.%
} This done, he bids them to go on their way, and take good heed to
the other directions of the shepherds. So they thanked him for all
his kindness, and went softly along the right way, singing,

\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize\ \\

\mbox{``Come hither, you that walk along the way,}\\*

See how the pilgrims fare that go astray:\\*

They catched are in an entangling net,\\*

\mbox{Cause they good counsel lightly did forget:}\\*

\mbox{'Tis true, they rescued were; but yet, you see,}\\*

\mbox{They're scourged to boot; let this your caution be.''}

\end{flushleft}

{}

Now, after awhile, they perceived afar off, one coming softly, and
alone, all along the highway, to meet them. Then said Christian to
his fellow, Yonder is a man with his back towards Zion, and he is
coming to meet us.

\textit{Hope}. I see him; let us take heed to ourselves now, lest
he should prove a Flatterer also. So he drew nearer and nearer, and
at last came up to them. His name was Atheist, and he asked them whither
they were going.

\textit{Chr}. We are going to Mount Zion.

Then Atheist fell into a very great laughter.

\textit{Chr}. What's the meaning of your laughter?

\textit{Atheist}.\ I laugh to see what ignorant persons you are,
to take upon you so tedious a journey, and yet are like to have nothing
but your travel for your pains.

\textit{Chr}. Why, man, do you think we shall not be received?

\textit{Atheist}.\ Received! There is not such a place as you dream
of in all this world.

\textit{Chr}. But there is in the world to come.

\textit{Atheist}.\ When I was at home in mine own country I heard
as you now affirm, and from that hearing went out to see, and have
been seeking this city these twenty years, but find no more of it
than I did the first day I set out.%
\footnote{Eccles. 10:15; Jer. 17:15.%
}

\textit{Chr}. We have both heard, and believe, that there is such
a place to be found.

\textit{Atheist}.\ Had not I, when at home, believed, I had not come
thus far to seek; but finding none, (and yet I should, had there been
such a place to be found, for I have gone to seek it farther than
you,)\ I am going back again, and will seek to refresh myself with
the things that I then cast away for hopes of that which I now see
is not.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christian to Hopeful his companion, Is it
true which this man hath said?

\textit{Hope}. Take heed, he is one of the Flatterers. Remember what
it cost us once already for our hearkening to such kind of fellows.
What!\  no Mount Zion? Did we not see from the Delectable Mountains
the gate of the city? Also, are we not now to walk by faith?%
\footnote{2 Cor. 5:7.%
}

Let us go on, lest the man with the whip overtake us again. You should
have taught me that lesson, which I will sound you in the ears withal:
{}``Cease, my son, to hear the instruction that causeth to err from
the words of knowledge.''%
\footnote{Prov. 19:27.%
} I say, my brother, cease to hear him, and let us believe to the saving
of the soul.

\textit{Chr}. My brother, I did not put the question to thee, for
that I doubted of the truth of our belief myself, but to prove thee,
and to fetch from thee a fruit of the honesty of thy heart. As for
this man, I know that he is blinded by the God of this world. Let
thee and me go on, knowing that we have belief of the truth; and no
lie is of the truth.%
\footnote{1 John, 5:21.%
}

\textit{Hope}. Now do I rejoice in hope of the glory of God. So they
turned away from the man; and he, laughing at them, went his way.

I then saw in my dream, that they went on until they came into a certain
country whose air naturally tended to make one drowsy, if he came
a stranger into it. And here Hopeful began to be very dull, and heavy
to sleep: wherefore he said unto Christian, I do now begin to grow
so drowsy that I can scarcely hold open mine eyes; let us lie down
here, and take one nap.

\textit{Chr}. By no means, said the other; lest, sleeping, we never
awake more.

\textit{Hope}. Why, my brother?\ sleep is sweet to the laboring man;
we may be refreshed, if we take a nap.

\textit{Chr}. Do you not remember that one of the shepherds bid us
beware of the Enchanted Ground? He meant by that, that we should beware
of sleeping; wherefore {}``let us not sleep, as do others; but let
us watch and be sober.''%
\footnote{1 Thess. 5:6.%
}

\textit{Hope}. I acknowledge myself in a fault; and had I been here
alone, I had by sleeping run the danger of death. I see it is true
that the wise man saith, {}``Two are better than one.''%
\footnote{Eccl. 4:9.%
} Hitherto hath thy company been my mercy; and thou shalt have a good
reward for thy labor.

\textit{Chr}. Now, then, said Christian, to prevent drowsiness in
this place, let us fall into good discourse.

\textit{Hope}. With all my heart, said the other.

\textit{Chr}. Where shall we begin?

\textit{Hope}. Where God began with us. But do you begin, if you please.

\textit{Chr}. I will sing you first this song:

\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``When saints do sleepy grow, let them come hither,\\*

And hear how these two pilgrims talk together;\\*

Yea, let them learn of them in any wise,\\*

Thus to keep ope their drowsy, slumb'ring eyes.\\*

Saints' fellowship, if it be managed well,\\*

Keeps them awake, and that in spite of hell.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Then Christian began, and said, I will ask you a question. How came
you to think at first of doing what you do now?

\textit{Hope}. Do you mean, how came I at first to look after the
good of my soul?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, that is my meaning.

\textit{Hope}. I continued a great while in the delight of those things
which were seen and sold at our fair; things which I believe now would
have, had I continued in them still, drowned me in perdition and destruction.

\textit{Chr}. What things were they?

\textit{Hope}. All the treasures and riches of the world. Also I delighted
much in rioting, reveling, drinking, swearing, lying, uncleanness,
Sabbath-breaking, and what not, that tended to destroy the soul. But
I found at last, by hearing and considering of things that are divine,
which, indeed, I heard of you, as also of beloved Faithful, that was
put to death for his faith and good living in Vanity Fair, that the
end of these things is death;%
\footnote{Rom. 6:21-23%
} and that for these things'\ sake, the wrath of God cometh upon the
children of disobedience.%
\footnote{Eph. 5:6.%
}

\textit{Chr}. And did you presently fall under the power of this conviction?

\textit{Hope}. No, I was not willing presently to know the evil of
sin, nor the damnation that follows upon the commission of it; but
endeavored, when my mind at first began to be shaken with the word,
to shut mine eyes against the light thereof.

\textit{Chr}. But what was the cause of your carrying of it thus to
the first workings of God's blessed Spirit upon you?

\textit{Hope}. The causes were, 1. I was ignorant that this was the
work of God upon me. I never thought that by awakenings for sin, God
at first begins the conversion of a sinner.\  2. Sin was yet very
sweet to my flesh, and I was loth to leave it.\  3. I could not tell
how to part with mine old companions, their presence and actions were
so desirable unto me.\  4. The hours in which convictions were upon
me, were such troublesome and such heart-affrighting hours, that I
could not bear, no not so much as the remembrance of them upon my
heart.

\textit{Chr}. Then, as it seems, sometimes you got rid of your trouble?

\textit{Hope}. Yes, verily, but it would come into my mind again;
and then I should be as bad, nay, worse than I was before.

\textit{Chr}. Why, what was it that brought your sins to mind again?

\textit{Hope}. Many things; as,

\begin{enumerate}
\item If I did but meet a good man in the streets; or,
\item If I have heard any read in the Bible; or,
\item If mine head did begin to ache; or,
\item If I were told that some of my neighbors were sick; or,
\item If I heard the bell toll for some that were dead; or,
\item If I thought of dying myself; or,
\item If I heard that sudden death happened to others.
\item But especially when I thought of myself, that I must quickly come
to judgment.
\end{enumerate}
{}

\textit{Chr}. And could you at any time, with ease, get off the guilt
of sin, when by any of these ways it came upon you?

\textit{Hope}. No, not I; for then they got faster hold of my conscience;
and then, if I did but think of going back to sin, (though my mind
was turned against it,)\ it would be double torment to me.

\textit{Chr}. And how did you do then?

\textit{Hope}. I thought I must endeavor to mend my life; for else,
thought I, I am sure to be damned.

\textit{Chr}. And did you endeavor to mend?

\textit{Hope}. Yes, and fled from, not only my sins, but sinful company
too, and betook me to religious duties, as praying, reading, weeping
for sin, speaking truth to my neighbors, \textit{etc}. These things
did I, with many others, too much here to relate.

\textit{Chr}. And did you think yourself well then?

\textit{Hope}. Yes, for a while; but at the last my trouble came tumbling
upon me again, and that over the neck of all my reformations.

\textit{Chr}. How came that about, since you were now reformed?

\textit{Hope}. There were several things brought it upon me, especially
such sayings as these: {}``All our righteousnesses are as filthy
rags.''%
\footnote{Isa. 64:6.%
} {}``By the works of the law shall no flesh be justified.''%
\footnote{Gal. 2:16.%
} {}``When ye have done all these things, say, We are unprofitable;''%
\footnote{Luke 17:10%
} with many more such like. From whence I began to reason with myself
thus: If all my righteousnesses are as filthy rags; if by the deeds
of the law no man can be justified; and if, when we have done all,
we are yet unprofitable, then is it but a folly to think of heaven
by the law. I farther thought thus: If a man runs a hundred pounds
into the shopkeeper's debt, and after that shall pay for all that
he shall fetch; yet if his old debt stands still in the book uncrossed,
the shopkeeper may sue him for it, and cast him into prison, till
he shall pay the debt.

\textit{Chr}. Well, and how did you apply this to yourself?

\textit{Hope}. Why, I thought thus with myself: I have by my sins
run a great way into God's book, and my now reforming will not pay
off that score; therefore I should think still, under all my present
amendments, But how shall I be freed from that damnation that I brought
myself in danger of by my former transgressions?

\textit{Chr}. A very good application: but pray go on.

\textit{Hope}. Another thing that hath troubled me ever since my late
amendments, is, that if I look narrowly into the best of what I do
now, I still see sin, new sin, mixing itself with the best of that
I do; so that now I am forced to conclude, that notwithstanding my
former fond conceits of myself and duties, I have committed sin enough
in one day to send me to hell, though my former life had been faultless.

\textit{Chr}. And what did you do then?

\textit{Hope}. Do! I could not tell what to do, until I broke my mind
to Faithful; for he and I were well acquainted. And he told me, that
unless I could obtain the righteousness of a man that never had sinned,
neither mine own, nor all the righteousness of the world, could save
me.

\textit{Chr}. And did you think he spake true?

\textit{Hope}. Had he told me so when I was pleased and satisfied
with my own amendments, I had called him fool for his pains; but now,
since I see my own infirmity, and the sin which cleaves to my best
performance, I have been forced to be of his opinion.

\textit{Chr}. But did you think, when at first he suggested it to
you, that there was such a man to be found, of whom it might justly
be said, that he never committed sin?

\textit{Hope}. I must confess the words at first sounded strangely;
but after a little more talk and company with him, I had full conviction
about it.

\textit{Chr}. And did you ask him what man this was, and how you must
be justified by him?

\textit{Hope}. Yes, and he told me it was the Lord Jesus, that dwelleth
on the right hand of the Most High.%
\footnote{Heb. 10:12-21.%
} And thus, said he, you must be justified by him, even by trusting
to what he hath done by himself in the days of his flesh, and suffered
when he did hang on the tree.%
\footnote{Rom. 4:5; Col. 1:14; 1 Pet. 1:19.%
} I asked him further, how that man's righteousness could be of that
efficacy, to justify another before God. And he told me he was the
mighty God, and did what he did, and died the death also, not for
himself, but for me; to whom his doings, and the worthiness of them,
should be imputed, if I believed on him.

\textit{Chr}. And what did you do then?

\textit{Hope}. I made my objections against my believing, for that
I thought he was not willing to save me.

\textit{Chr}. And what said Faithful to you then?

\textit{Hope}. He bid me go to him and see. Then I said it was presumption.
He said, No; for I was invited to come.%
\footnote{Matt. 11:28.%
} Then he gave me a book of Jesus'\ inditing, to encourage me the
more freely to come; and he said concerning that book, that every
jot and tittle thereof stood firmer than heaven and earth.%
\footnote{Matt. 24:35.%
} Then I asked him what I must do when I came; and he told me I must
entreat upon my knees,%
\footnote{Psa. 95:6; Dan. 6:10%
} with all my heart and soul,%
\footnote{Jer. 29:12,13%
} the Father to reveal him to me. Then I asked him further, how I must
make my supplications to him; and he said, Go, and thou shalt find
him upon a mercy-seat, where he sits all the year long to give pardon
and forgiveness to them that come.%
\footnote{Exod. 25:22; Lev. 16:2; Num. 7:89; Heb. 4:16.%
} I told him, that I knew not what to say when I came; and he bid say
to this effect: God be merciful to me a sinner, and make me to know
and believe in Jesus Christ; for I see, that if his righteousness
had not been, or I have not faith in that righteousness, I am utterly
cast away. Lord, I have heard that thou art a merciful God, and hast
ordained that thy Son Jesus Christ should be the Saviour of the world;
and moreover, that thou art willing to bestow him upon such a poor
sinner as I am-and I am a sinner indeed. Lord, take therefore this
opportunity, and magnify thy grace in the salvation of my soul, through
thy Son Jesus Christ. Amen.

\textit{Chr}. And did you do as you were bidden?

\textit{Hope}. Yes, over, and over, and over.

\textit{Chr}. And did the Father reveal the Son to you?

\textit{Hope}. Not at the first, nor second, nor third, nor fourth,
nor fifth, no, nor at the sixth time neither.

\textit{Chr}. What did you do then?

\textit{Hope}. What?\ why I could not tell what to do.

\textit{Chr}. Had you not thoughts of leaving off praying?

\textit{Hope}. Yes; an hundred times twice told.

\textit{Chr}. And what was the reason you did not?

\textit{Hope}. I believed that it was true which hath been told me,
to wit, that without the righteousness of this Christ, all the world
could not save me; and therefore, thought I with myself, if I leave
off, I die, and I can but die at the throne of grace. And withal this
came into my mind, {}``If it tarry, wait for it; because it will
surely come, and will not tarry.''%
\footnote{Hab. 2:3.%
} So I continued praying until the Father showed me his Son.

\textit{Chr}. And how was he revealed unto you?

\textit{Hope}. I did not see him with my bodily eyes, but with the
eyes of my understanding;%
\footnote{Eph. 1:18,19%
} and thus it was. One day I was very sad, I think sadder than at any
one time in my life; and this sadness was through a fresh sight of
the greatness and vileness of my sins. And as I was then looking for
nothing but hell, and the everlasting damnation of my soul, suddenly,
as I thought, I saw the Lord Jesus looking down from heaven upon me,
and saying, {}``Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt
be saved.''%
\footnote{Acts 16:31.%
}

But I replied, Lord, I am a great, a very great sinner: and he answered,
{}``My grace is sufficient for thee.''%
\footnote{2 Cor. 12:9.%
} Then I said, But, Lord, what is believing? And then I saw from that
saying, {}``He that cometh to me shall never hunger, and he that
believeth on me shall never thirst,''%
\footnote{John 6:35%
} that believing and coming was all one; and that he that came, that
is, that ran out in his heart and affections after salvation by Christ,
he indeed believed in Christ. Then the water stood in mine eyes, and
I asked further, But, Lord, may such a great sinner as I am be indeed
accepted of thee, and be saved by thee? And I heard him say, {}``And
him that cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out.''%
\footnote{John 6:37.%
} Then I said, But how, Lord, must I consider of thee in my coming
to thee, that my faith may be placed aright upon thee? Then he said,
{}``Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners.''%
\footnote{1 Tim. 1:15.%
} He is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believes.%
\footnote{Rom. 10:4, and chap. 4.%
} He died for our sins, and rose again for our justification.%
\footnote{Rom. 4:25.%
} He loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood.%
\footnote{Rev. 1:5.%
} He is the Mediator between God and us.%
\footnote{1 Tim. 2:5.%
} He ever liveth to make intercession for us.%
\footnote{Heb. 7:25.%
} From all which I gathered, that I must look for righteousness in
his person, and for satisfaction for my sins by his blood: that what
he did in obedience to his Father's law, and in submitting to the
penalty thereof, was not for himself, but for him that will accept
it for his salvation, and be thankful. And now was my heart full of
joy, mine eyes full of tears, and mine affections running over with
love to the name, people, and ways of Jesus Christ.

\textit{Chr}. This was a revelation of Christ to your soul indeed.
But tell me particularly what effect this had upon your spirit.

\textit{Hope}. It made me see that all the world, notwithstanding
all the righteousness thereof, is in a state of condemnation. It made
me see that God the Father, though he be just, can justly justify
the coming sinner. It made me greatly ashamed of the vileness of my
former life, and confounded me with the sense of mine own ignorance;
for there never came a thought into my heart before now that showed
me so the beauty of Jesus Christ. It made me love a holy life, and
long to do something for the honor and glory of the name of the Lord
Jesus. Yea, I thought that had I now a thousand gallons of blood in
my body, I could spill it all for the sake of the Lord Jesus.

I saw then in my dream, that Hopeful looked back, and saw Ignorance,
whom they had left behind, coming after. Look, said he to Christian,
how far yonder youngster loitereth behind.

\textit{Chr}. Aye, aye, I see him: he careth not for our company.

\textit{Hope}. But I trow it would not have hurt him, had he kept
pace with us hitherto.

\textit{Chr}. That is true; but I warrant you he thinketh otherwise.

\textit{Hope}. That I think he doth; but, however, let us tarry for
him.\  (So they did.)

Then Christian said to him, Come away, man; why do you stay so behind?

\emph{Ignor.} I take my pleasure in walking alone, even more a great
deal than in company, unless I like it the better.

Then said Christian to Hopeful, (but softly,)\ Did I not tell you
he cared not for our company? But, however, said he, come up, and
let us talk away the time in this solitary place. Then, directing
his speech to Ignorance, he said, Come, how do you do? How stands
it between God and your soul now?

\emph{Ignor.} I hope, well; for I am always full of good motions,
that come into my mind to comfort me as I walk.

\textit{Chr}. What good motions? Pray tell us.

\emph{Ignor.} Why, I think of God and heaven.

\textit{Chr}. So do the devils and damned souls.

\emph{Ignor.} But I think of them, and desire them.

\textit{Chr}. So do many that are never like to come there. {}``The
soul of the sluggard desireth, and hath nothing.''%
\footnote{Prov. 13:4.%
}

\emph{Ignor.} But I think of them, and leave all for them.

\textit{Chr}. That I doubt: for to leave all is a very hard matter;
yea, a harder matter than many are aware of. But why, or by what,
art thou persuaded that thou hast left all for God and heaven?

\emph{Ignor.} My heart tells me so.

\textit{Chr}. The wise man says, {}``He that trusteth in his own
heart is a fool.''%
\footnote{Prov. 28:26.%
}

\emph{Ignor.} That is spoken of an evil heart; but mine is a good
one.

\textit{Chr}. But how dost thou prove that?

\emph{Ignor.} It comforts me in hopes of heaven.

\textit{Chr}. That may be through its deceitfulness; for a man's heart
may minister comfort to him in the hopes of that thing for which he
has yet no ground to hope.

\emph{Ignor.} But my heart and life agree together; and therefore
my hope is well-grounded.

\textit{Chr}. Who told thee that thy heart and life agree together?

\emph{Ignor.} My heart tells me so.

\textit{Chr}. {}``Ask my fellow if I be a thief.'' Thy heart tells
thee so! Except the word of God beareth witness in this matter, other
testimony is of no value.

\emph{Ignor.} But is it not a good heart that hath good thoughts?\ and
is not that a good life that is according to God's commandments?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, that is a good heart that hath good thoughts, and
that is a good life that is according to God's commandments; but it
is one thing indeed to have these, and another thing only to think
so.

\emph{Ignor.} Pray, what count you good thoughts, and a life according
to God's commandments?

\textit{Chr}. There are good thoughts of divers kinds; some respecting
ourselves, some God, some Christ, and some other things.

\emph{Ignor.} What be good thoughts respecting ourselves?

\textit{Chr}. Such as agree with the word of God.

\emph{Ignor.} When do our thoughts of ourselves agree with the word
of God?

\textit{Chr}. When we pass the same judgment upon ourselves which
the word passes. To explain myself: the word of God saith of persons
in a natural condition, {}``There is none righteous, there is none
that doeth good.'' It saith also, that, {}``every imagination of
the heart of man is only evil, and that continually.''%
\footnote{Gen. 6:5; Rom. 3.%
} And again, {}``The imagination of man's heart is evil from his youth.''%
\footnote{Gen. 8:21.%
} Now, then, when we think thus of ourselves, having sense thereof,
then are our thoughts good ones, because according to the word of
God.

\emph{Ignor.} I will never believe that my heart is thus bad.

\textit{Chr}. Therefore thou never hadst one good thought concerning
thyself in thy life. But let me go on. As the word passeth a judgment
upon our hearts, so it passeth a judgment upon our ways; and when
the thoughts of our hearts and ways agree with the judgment which
the word giveth of both, then are both good, because agreeing thereto.

\emph{Ignor.} Make out your meaning.

\textit{Chr}. Why, the word of God saith, that man's ways are crooked
ways, not good but perverse; it saith, they are naturally out of the
good way, that they have not known it.%
\footnote{Psa. 125:5; Prov. 2:15; Rom. 3:12.%
} Now, when a man thus thinketh of his ways, I say, when he doth sensibly,
and with heart-humiliation, thus think, then hath he good thoughts
of his own ways, because his thoughts now agree with the judgment
of the word of God.

\emph{Ignor.} What are good thoughts concerning God?

\textit{Chr}. Even, as I have said concerning ourselves, when our
thoughts of God do agree with what the word saith of him; and that
is, when we think of his being and attributes as the word hath taught,
of which I cannot now discourse at large. But to speak of him with
reference to us: then have we right thoughts of God when we think
that he knows us better than we know ourselves, and can see sin in
us when and where we can see none in ourselves; when we think he knows
our inmost thoughts, and that our heart, with all its depths, is always
open unto his eyes; also when we think that all our righteousness
stinks in his nostrils, and that therefore he cannot abide to see
us stand before him in any confidence, even in all our best performances.

\emph{Ignor.} Do you think that I am such a fool as to think that
God can see no further than I; or that I would come to God in the
best of my performances?

\textit{Chr}. Why, how dost thou think in this matter?

\emph{Ignor.} Why, to be short, I think I must believe in Christ for
justification.

\textit{Chr}. How!\ think thou must believe in Christ, when thou
seest not thy need of him! Thou neither seest thy original nor actual
infirmities; but hast such an opinion of thyself, and of what thou
doest, as plainly renders thee to be one that did never see the necessity
of Christ's personal righteousness to justify thee before God. How,
then, dost thou say, I believe in Christ?

\emph{Ignor.} I believe well enough, for all that.

\textit{Chr}. How dost thou believe?

\emph{Ignor.} I believe that Christ died for sinners; and that I shall
be justified before God from the curse, through his gracious acceptance
of my obedience to his laws. Or thus, Christ makes my duties, that
are religious, acceptable to his Father by virtue of his merits, and
so shall I be justified.

\textit{Chr}. Let me give an answer to this confession of thy faith.

\begin{enumerate}
\item Thou believest with a fantastical faith; for this faith is nowhere
described in the word.
\item Thou believest with a false faith; because it taketh justification
from the personal righteousness of Christ, and applies it to thy own.
\item This faith maketh not Christ a justifier of thy person, but of thy
actions; and of thy person for thy action's sake, which is false.
\item Therefore this faith is deceitful, even such as will leave thee under
wrath in the day of God Almighty: for true justifying faith puts the
soul, as sensible of its lost condition by the law, upon flying for
refuge unto Christ's righteousness; (which righteousness of his is
not an act of grace by which he maketh, for justification, thy obedience
accepted with God, but his personal obedience to the law, in doing
and suffering for us what that required at our hands;)\ this righteousness,
I say, true faith accepteth; under the skirt of which the soul being
shrouded, and by it presented as spotless before God, it is accepted,
and acquitted from condemnation.
\end{enumerate}
{}

\emph{Ignor.} What!\ would you have us trust to what Christ in his
own person has done without us? This conceit would loosen the reins
of our lust, and tolerate us to live as we list: for what matter how
we live, if we may be justified by Christ's personal righteousness
from all, when we believe it?

\textit{Chr}. Ignorance is thy name, and as thy name is, so art thou:
even this thy answer demonstrateth what I say. Ignorant thou art of
what justifying righteousness is, and as ignorant how to secure thy
soul, through the faith of it, from the heavy wrath of God. Yea, thou
also art ignorant of the true effects of saving faith in this righteousness
of Christ, which is to bow and win over the heart to God in Christ,
to love his name, his word, ways, and people, and not as thou ignorantly
imaginest.

\textit{Hope}. Ask him if ever he had Christ revealed to him from
heaven.

\emph{Ignor.} What!\ you are a man for revelations! I do believe,
that what both you and all the rest of you say about that matter,
is but the fruit of distracted brains.

\textit{Hope}. Why, man, Christ is so hid in God from the natural
apprehensions of the flesh, that he cannot by any man be savingly
known, unless God the Father reveals him to him.

\emph{Ignor.} That is your faith, but not mine, yet mine, I doubt
not, is as good as yours, though I have not in my head so many whimsies
as you.

\textit{Chr}. Give me leave to put in a word. You ought not so slightly
to speak of this matter: for this I will boldly affirm, even as my
good companion hath done, that no man can know Jesus Christ but by
the revelation of the Father: yea, and faith too, by which the soul
layeth hold upon Christ, (if it be right,)\ must be wrought by the
exceeding greatness of his mighty power;%
\footnote{Matt. 11:27; 1 Cor. 12:3; Eph. 1:17-19%
} the working of which faith, I perceive, poor Ignorance, thou art
ignorant of. Be awakened, then, see thine own wretchedness, and fly
to the Lord Jesus; and by his righteousness, which is the righteousness
of God, (for he himself is God,)\ thou shalt be delivered from condemnation.

\emph{Ignor.} You go so fast I cannot keep pace with you; do you go
on before: I must stay a while behind.

Then they said,

\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Well, Ignorance, wilt thou yet foolish be,\\*

\mbox{To slight good counsel, ten times given thee?}\\*

And if thou yet refuse it, thou shalt know,\\*

Ere long, the evil of thy doing so.\\*

\mbox{Remember, man, in time: stoop, do not fear:}\\*

\mbox{Good counsel, taken well, saves; therefore hear.}\\*

\mbox{But if thou yet shalt slight it, thou wilt be}\\*

The loser, Ignorance, I'll warrant thee.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE TENTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE TENTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{THE TENTH STAGE}

Then Christian addressed himself thus to his fellow:

\textit{Chr}. Well, come, my good Hopeful, I perceive that thou and
I must walk by ourselves again.

So I saw in my dream, that they went on apace before, and Ignorance
he came hobbling after. Then said Christian to his companion, I much
pity this poor man: it will certainly go ill with him at last.

\textit{Hope}. Alas!\ there are abundance in our town in his condition,
whole families, yea, whole streets, and that of pilgrims too; and
if there be so many in our parts, how many, think you, must there
be in the place where he was born?

\textit{Chr}. Indeed, the word saith, {}``He hath blinded their eyes,
lest they should see,''\ \textit{etc}.

But, now we are by ourselves, what do you think of such men? Have
they at no time, think you, convictions of sin, and so, consequently,
fears that their state is dangerous?

\textit{Hope}. Nay, do you answer that question yourself, for you
are the elder man.

\textit{Chr}. Then I say, sometimes (as I think)\ they may; but they
being naturally ignorant, understand not that such convictions tend
to their good; and therefore they do desperately seek to stifle them,
and presumptuously continue to flatter themselves in the way of their
own hearts.

\textit{Hope}. I do believe, as you say, that fear tends much to men's
good, and to make them right at their beginning to go on pilgrimage.

\textit{Chr}. Without all doubt it doth, if it be right; for so says
the word, {}``The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.''%
\footnote{Job 28:28; Psalm 111:10; Prov. 1:7; 9:10.%
}

\textit{Hope}. How will you describe right fear?

\textit{Chr}. True or right fear is discovered by three things:

\begin{enumerate}
\item By its rise; it is caused by saving convictions for sin.
\item It driveth the soul to lay fast hold of Christ for salvation.
\item It begetteth and continueth in the soul a great reverence of God,
his word, and ways; keeping it tender, and making it afraid to turn
from them, to the right hand or to the left, to any thing that may
dishonor God, break its peace, grieve the Spirit, or cause the enemy
to speak reproachfully.
\end{enumerate}
{}

\textit{Hope}. Well said; I believe you have said the truth. Are we
now almost got past the Enchanted Ground?

\textit{Chr}. Why?\ are you weary of this discourse?

\textit{Hope}. No, verily, but that I would know where we are.

\textit{Chr}. We have not now above two miles further to go thereon.
But let us return to our matter.

Now, the ignorant know not that such conviction as tend to put them
in fear, are for their good, and therefore they seek to stifle them.

\textit{Hope}. How do they seek to stifle them?

\textit{Chr}.\ 1. They think that those fears are wrought by the
devil, (though indeed they are wrought of God,)\ and thinking so,
they resist them, as things that directly tend to their overthrow.\ 
2. They also think that these fears tend to the spoiling of their
faith; when, alas for them, poor men that they are, they have none
at all; and therefore they harden their hearts against them.\  3.
They presume they ought not to fear, and therefore, in despite of
them, wax presumptuously confident.\  4. They see that those fears
tend to take away from them their pitiful old self-holiness, and therefore
they resist them with all their might.

\textit{Hope}. I know something of this myself; for before I knew
myself it was so with me.

\textit{Chr}. Well, we will leave, at this time, our neighbor Ignorance
by himself, and fall upon another profitable question.

\textit{Hope}. With all my heart; but you shall still begin.

\textit{Chr}. Well then, did you not know, about ten years ago, one
Temporary in your parts, who was a forward man in religion then?

\textit{Hope}. Know him!\ yes; he dwelt in Graceless, a town about
two miles off of Honesty, and he dwelt next door to one Turnback.

\textit{Chr}. Right; he dwelt under the same roof with him. Well,
that man was much awakened once: I believe that then he had some sight
of his sins, and of the wages that were due thereto.

\textit{Hope}. I am of your mind, for (my house not being above three
miles from him)\ he would oft-times come to me, and that with many
tears. Truly I pitied the man, and was not altogether without hope
of him; but one may see, it is not every one that cries, {}``Lord,
Lord!''

\textit{Chr}. He told me once that he was resolved to go on pilgrimage,
as we go now; but all of a sudden he grew acquainted with one Save-self,
and then he became a stranger to me.

\textit{Hope}. Now, since we are talking about him, let us a little
inquire into the reason of the sudden backsliding of him and such
others.

\textit{Chr}. It may be very profitable; but do you begin.

\textit{Hope}. Well, then, there are, in my judgment, four reasons
for it:

\begin{enumerate}
\item Though the consciences of such men are awakened, yet their minds are
not changed: therefore, when the power of guilt weareth away, that
which provoked them to be religious ceaseth; wherefore they naturally
turn to their own course again; even as we see the dog that is sick
of what he hath eaten, so long as his sickness prevails, he vomits
and casts up all; not that he doth this of a free mind, (if we may
say a dog has a mind,)\ but because it troubleth his stomach: but
now, when his sickness is over, and so his stomach eased, his desires
being not at all alienated from his vomit, he turns him about, and
licks up all; and so it is true which is written, {}``The dog is
turned to his own vomit again.''%
\footnote{2 Pet. 2:22.%
} Thus, I say, being hot for heaven, by virtue only of the sense and
fear of the torments of hell, as their sense and fear of damnation
chills and cools, so their desires for heaven and salvation cool also.
So then it comes to pass, that when their guilt and fear is gone,
their desires for heaven and happiness die, and they return to their
course again.
\item Another reason is, they have slavish fears that do overmaster them:
I speak now of the fears that they have of men; {}``For the fear
of man bringeth a snare.''%
\footnote{Prov. 29:25.%
} So then, though they seem to be hot for heaven so long as the flames
of hell are about their ears, yet, when that terror is a little over,
they betake themselves to second thoughts, namely, that it is good
to be wise and not to run (for they know not what)\ the hazard of
losing all, or at least of bringing themselves into unavoidable and
unnecessary troubles; and so they fall in with the world again.
\item The shame that attends religion lies also as a block in their way:
they are proud and haughty, and religion in their eye is low and contemptible:
therefore when they have lost their sense of hell and the wrath to
come, they return again to their former course.
\item Guilt, and to meditate terror, are grievous to them; they like not
to see their misery before they come into it; though perhaps the sight
of at it first, if they loved that sight, might make them fly whither
the righteous fly and are safe; but because they do, as I hinted before,
even shun the thoughts of guilt and terror, therefore, when once they
are rid of their awakenings about the terrors and wrath of God, they
harden their hearts gladly, and choose such ways as will harden them
more and more.
\end{enumerate}
{}

\textit{Chr}. You are pretty near the business, for the bottom of
all is for want of a change in their mind and will. And therefore
they are but like the felon that standeth before the judge: he quakes
and trembles, and seems to repent most heartily, but the bottom of
all is the fear of the halter: not that he hath any detestation of
the offence, as it is evident; because, let but this man have his
liberty, and he will be a thief, and so a rogue still; whereas, if
his mind was changed, he would be otherwise.

\textit{Hope}. Now I have showed you the reason of their going back,
do you show me the manner thereof.

\textit{Chr}. So I will willingly.

\begin{enumerate}
\item They draw off their thoughts, all that they may, from the remembrance
of God, death, and judgment to come.
\item Then they cast off by degrees private duties, as closet prayer, curbing
their lusts, watching, sorrow for sin, and the like.
\item Then they shun the company of lively and warm Christians.
\item After that, they grow cold to public duty, as hearing, reading, godly
conference, and the like.
\item They then begin to pick holes, as we say, in the coats of some of
the godly, and that devilishly, that they may have a seeming color
to throw religion (for the sake of some infirmities they have espied
in them)\ behind their backs.
\item Then they begin to adhere to, and associate themselves with, carnal,
loose, and wanton men.
\item Then they give way to carnal and wanton discourses in secret; and
glad are they if they can see such things in any that are counted
honest, that they may the more boldly do it through their example.
\item After this they begin to play with little sins openly.
\item And then, being hardened, they show themselves as they are. Thus,
being launched again into the gulf of misery, unless a miracle of
grace prevent it, they everlastingly perish in their own deceivings.
\end{enumerate}
Now I saw in my dream, that by this time the pilgrims were got over
the Enchanted Ground, and entering into the country of Beulah, whose
air was very sweet and pleasant;%
\footnote{Isaiah 62:4-12; Song 2:10-12%
} the way lying directly through it, they solaced themselves there
for a season. Yea, here they heard continually the singing of birds,
and saw every day the flowers appear in the earth, and heard the voice
of the turtle in the land. In this country the sun shineth night and
day: wherefore this was beyond the Valley of the Shadow of Death,
and also out of the reach of Giant Despair; neither could they from
this place so much as see Doubting Castle. Here they were within sight
of the city they were going to; also here met them some of the inhabitants
thereof; for in this land the shining ones commonly walked, because
it was upon the borders of heaven. In this land also the contract
between the Bride and the Bridegroom was renewed; yea, here, {}``as
the bridegroom rejoiceth over the bride, so doth God rejoice over
them.'' Here they had no want of corn and wine; for in this place
they met with abundance of what they had sought for in all their pilgrimage.
Here they heard voices from out of the city, loud voices, saying,
{}``Say ye to the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy salvation cometh!
Behold, his reward is with him!''\  Here all the inhabitants of
the country called them {}``the holy People, the redeemed of the
Lord, sought out,''\ \textit{etc}.

Now, as they walked in this land, they had more rejoicing than in
parts more remote from the kingdom to which they were bound; and drawing
near to the city, they had yet a more perfect view thereof: It was
builded of pearls and precious stones, also the streets thereof were
paved with gold; so that, by reason of the natural glory of the city,
and the reflection of the sunbeams upon it, Christian with desire
fell sick; Hopeful also had a fit or two of the same disease: wherefore
here they lay by it a while, crying out because of their pangs, {}``If
you see my Beloved, tell him that I am sick of love.''

But, being a little strengthened, and better able to bear their sickness,
they walked on their way, and came yet nearer and nearer, where were
orchards, vineyards, and gardens, and their gates opened into the
highway. Now, as they came up to these places, behold the gardener
stood in the way; to whom the pilgrims said, Whose goodly vineyards
and gardens are these? He answered, they are the King's, and are planted
here for his own delight, and also for the solace of pilgrims. So
the gardener had them into the vineyards, and bid them refresh themselves
with the dainties;%
\footnote{Deut. 23:24%
} he also showed them there the King's walks and arbors where he delighted
to be: And here they tarried and slept.

Now I beheld in my dream, that they talked more in their sleep at
this time than ever they did in all their journey; and, being in a
muse thereabout, the gardener said even to me, Wherefore musest thou
at the matter? It is the nature of the fruit of the grapes of these
vineyards, {}``to go down so sweetly as to cause the lips of them
that are asleep to speak.''%
\footnote{Song 7:9.%
}

So I saw that when they awoke, they addressed themselves to go up
to the city. But, as I said, the reflection of the sun upon the city
(for the city was pure gold,)%
\footnote{Rev. 21:18%
}\ was so extremely glorious, that they could not as yet with open
face behold it, but through an instrument made for that purpose.%
\footnote{2 Cor. 3:18.%
} So I saw, that as they went on, there met them two men in raiment
that shone like gold, also their faces shone as the light.

These men asked the pilgrims whence they came; and they told them.
They also asked them where they had lodged, what difficulties and
dangers, what comforts and pleasures, they had met with in the way;
and they told them. Then said the men that met them, You have but
two difficulties more to meet with, and then you are in the City.

Christian then and his companion asked the men to go along with them:
so they told them that they would; But, said they, you must obtain
it by your own faith. So I saw in my dream, that they went on together
till they came in sight of the gate.

Now I further saw, that betwixt them and the gate was a river; but
there was no bridge to go over, and the river was very deep. At the
sight, therefore, of this river the pilgrims were much stunned; but
the men that went with them said, You must go through, or you cannot
come at the gate.

The pilgrims then began to inquire if there was no other way to the
gate. To which they answered, Yes; but there hath not any, save two,
to wit, Enoch and Elijah, been permitted to tread that path since
the foundation of the world, nor shall until the last trumpet shall
sound. The pilgrims then, especially Christian, began to despond in
their mind, and looked this way and that, but no way could be found
by them by which they might escape the river. Then they asked the
men if the waters were all of a depth. They said, No; yet they could
not help them in that case; for, said they, you shall find it deeper
or shallower as you believe in the King of the place.

Then they addressed themselves to the water, and entering, Christian
began to sink, and crying out to his good friend Hopeful, he said,
I sink in deep waters; the billows go over my head; all his waves
go over me. Selah.

Then said the other, Be of good cheer, my brother: I feel the bottom,
and it is good. Then said Christian, Ah!\ my friend, the sorrows
of death have compassed me about, I shall not see the land that flows
with milk and honey. And with that a great darkness and horror fell
upon Christian, so that he could not see before him. Also here he
in a great measure lost his senses, so that he could neither remember
nor orderly talk of any of those sweet refreshments that he had met
with in the way of his pilgrimage. But all the words that he spoke
still tended to discover that he had horror of mind, and heart-fears
that he should die in that river, and never obtain entrance in at
the gate. Here also, as they that stood by perceived, he was much
in the troublesome thoughts of the sins that he had committed, both
since and before he began to be a pilgrim. It was also observed that
he was troubled with apparitions of hobgoblins and evil spirits; for
ever and anon he would intimate so much by words.

Hopeful therefore here had much ado to keep his brother's head above
water; yea, sometimes he would be quite gone down, and then, ere a
while, he would rise up again half dead. Hopeful did also endeavor
to comfort him, saying, Brother, I see the gate, and men standing
by to receive us; but Christian would answer, It is you, it is you
they wait for; for you have been hopeful ever since I knew you. And
so have you, said he to Christian. Ah, brother, (said he,)\ surely
if I was right he would now arise to help me; but for my sins he hath
brought me into the snare, and hath left me. Then said Hopeful, My
brother, you have quite forgot the text where it is said of the wicked,
{}``There are no bands in their death, but their strength is firm;
they are not troubled as other men, neither are they plagued like
other men.''%
\footnote{Psa. 73:4,5.%
} These troubles and distresses that you go through in these waters,
are no sign that God hath forsaken you; but are sent to try you, whether
you will call to mind that which heretofore you have received of his
goodness, and live upon him in your distresses.

Then I saw in my dream, that Christian was in a muse a while. To whom
also Hopeful added these words, Be of good cheer, Jesus Christ maketh
thee whole. And with that Christian brake out with a loud voice, Oh,
I see him again; and he tells me, {}``When thou passest through the
waters, I will be with thee; and through the rivers, they shall not
overflow thee.''%
\footnote{Isa. 43:2.%
} Then they both took courage, and the enemy was after that as still
as a stone, until they were gone over. Christian, therefore, presently
found ground to stand upon, and so it followed that the rest of the
river was but shallow. Thus they got over.

Now, upon the bank of the river, on the other side, they saw the two
shining men again, who there waited for them. Wherefore, being come
out of the river, they saluted them, saying, We are ministering spirits,
sent forth to minister for those that shall be the heirs of salvation.
Thus they went along towards the gate.

Now you must note, that the city stood upon a mighty hill; but the
pilgrims went up that hill with ease, because they had these two men
to lead them up by the arms: they had likewise left their mortal garments
behind them in the river; for though they went in with them, they
came out without them. They therefore went up here with much agility
and speed, though the foundation upon which the city was framed was
higher than the clouds; they therefore went up through the region
of the air, sweetly talking as they went, being comforted because
they safely got over the river, and had such glorious companions to
attend them.

The talk that they had with the shining ones was about the glory of
the place; who told them that the beauty and glory of it was inexpressible.
There, said they, is {}``Mount Sion, the heavenly Jerusalem, the
innumerable company of angels, and the spirits of just men made perfect.''%
\footnote{Heb. 12:22-24.%
} You are going now, said they, to the paradise of God, wherein you
shall see the tree of life, and eat of the never-fading fruits thereof:
and when you come there you shall have white robes given you, and
your walk and talk shall be every day with the King, even all the
days of eternity.%
\footnote{Rev. 2:7; 3:4,5; 22:5.%
} There you shall not see again such things as you saw when you were
in the lower region upon earth; to wit, sorrow, sickness, affliction,
and death; {}``For the former things are passed away.''%
\footnote{Rev. 21:4.%
} You are going now to Abraham, to Isaac, and Jacob, and to the prophets,
men that God hath taken away from the evil to come, and that are now
{}``resting upon their beds, each one walking in his righteousness.''
The men then asked, What must we do in the holy place? To whom it
was answered, You must there receive the comfort of all your toil,
and have joy for all your sorrow; you must reap what you have sown,
even the fruit of all your prayers, and tears, and sufferings for
the King by the way.%
\footnote{Gal. 6:7,8.%
} In that place you must wear crowns of gold, and enjoy the perpetual
sight and vision of the Holy One; for {}``there you shall see him
as he is.''%
\footnote{1 John, 3:2.%
} There also you shall serve him continually with praise, with shouting
and thanksgiving, whom you desired to serve in the world, though with
much difficulty, because of the infirmity of your flesh. There your
eyes shall be delighted with seeing, and your ears with hearing the
pleasant voice of the Mighty One. There you shall enjoy your friends
again that are gone thither before you; and there you shall with joy
receive even every one that follows into the holy place after you.
There also you shall be clothed with glory and majesty, and put into
an equipage fit to ride out with the King of Glory. When he shall
come with sound of trumpet in the clouds, as upon the wings of the
wind, you shall come with him; and when he shall sit upon the throne
of judgment, you shall sit by him; yea, and when he shall pass sentence
upon all the workers of iniquity, let them be angels or men, you also
shall have a voice in that judgment, because they were his and your
enemies. Also, when he shall again return to the city, you shall go
too with sound of trumpet, and be ever with him.%
\footnote{1 Thess. 4:14-17; Jude 14,15; Dan. 7:9,10; 1 Cor. 6:2,3.%
}

Now, while they were thus drawing towards the gate, behold a company
of the heavenly host came out to meet them: to whom it was said by
the other two shining ones, These are the men that have loved our
Lord when they were in the world, and that have left all for his holy
name; and he hath sent us to fetch them, and we have brought them
thus far on their desired journey, that they may go in and look their
Redeemer in the face with joy. Then the heavenly host gave a great
shout, saying, {}``Blessed are they that are called to the marriage-supper
of the Lamb.''%
\footnote{Rev. 19:9.%
} There came out also at this time to meet them several of the King's
trumpeters, clothed in white and shining raiment, who, with melodious
noises and loud, made even the heavens to echo with their sound. These
trumpeters saluted Christian and his fellow with ten thousand welcomes
from the world; and this they did with shouting and sound of trumpet.

This done, they compassed them round on every side; some went before,
some behind, and some on the right hand, and some on the left, (as
it were to guard them through the upper regions,)\ continually sounding
as they went, with melodious noise, in notes on high; so that the
very sight was to them that could behold it as if heaven itself was
come down to meet them. Thus, therefore, they walked on together;
and, as they walked, ever and anon these trumpeters, even with joyful
sound, would, by mixing their music with looks and gestures, still
signify to Christian and his brother how welcome they were into their
company, and with what gladness they came to meet them. And now were
these two men, as it were, in heaven, before they came to it, being
swallowed up with the sight of angels, and with hearing of their melodious
notes. Here also they had the city itself in view; and they thought
they heard all the bells therein to ring, to welcome them thereto.
But, above all, the warm and joyful thoughts that they had about their
own dwelling there with such company, and that for ever and ever;
oh, by what tongue or pen can their glorious joy be expressed! Thus
they came up to the gate.

Now when they were come up to the gate, there was written over it,
in letters of gold,

\begin{quote}
\begin{center}{}``\textit{Blessed} \textit{are} \textit{they} \textit{that}
\textit{do} \textit{his} \textit{commandments}, \textit{that} \textit{they}
\textit{may} \textit{have} \textit{right} \textit{to} \textit{the}
\textit{tree} \textit{of} \textit{life}, \textit{and} \textit{may}
\textit{enter} \textit{in} \textit{through} \textit{the} \textit{gates}
\textit{into} \textit{the} \textit{city}.''%
\footnote{Rev. 22:14%
}\end{center}
\end{quote}
Then I saw in my dream, that the shining men bid them call at the
gate: the which when they did, some from above looked over the gate,
to wit, Enoch, Moses, and Elijah, \textit{etc}., to whom it was said,
These pilgrims are come from the City of Destruction, for the love
that they bear to the King of this place; and then the pilgrims gave
in unto them each man his certificate, which they had received in
the beginning: those therefore were carried in unto the King, who,
when he had read them, said, Where are the men? To whom it was answered,
They are standing without the gate. The King then commanded to open
the gate, {}``That the righteous nation (said he)\ that keepeth
the truth may enter in.''%
\footnote{Isa. 26:2.%
}

Now I saw in my dream, that these two men went in at the gate; and
lo, as they entered, they were transfigured; and they had raiment
put on that shone like gold. There were also that met them with harps
and crowns, and gave them to them; the harps to praise withal, and
the crowns in token of honor. Then I heard in my dream, that all the
bells in the city rang again for joy, and that it was said unto them,

{}``\textit{Enter} \textit{ye} \textit{into} \textit{the} \textit{joy}
\textit{of} \textit{your} \textit{Lord}.''

I also heard the men themselves, that they sang with a loud voice,
saying,

{}``\textit{Blessing}, \textit{and} \textit{honor}, \textit{and}
\textit{glory}, \textit{and} \textit{power}, \textit{be} \textit{unto}
\textit{Him} \textit{that} \emph{sitteth} \textit{upon} \textit{the}
\textit{throne}, \textit{and} \textit{unto} \textit{the} \textit{Lamb},
\textit{for} \textit{ever} \textit{and} \textit{ever}.''

Now, just as the gates were opened to let in the men, I looked in
after them, and behold the city shone like the sun; the streets also
were paved with gold; and in them walked many men, with crowns on
their heads, palms in their hands, and golden harps, to sing praises
withal.

There were also of them that had wings, and they answered one another
without intermission, saying, Holy, holy, holy is the Lord. And after
that they shut up the gates; which, when I had seen, I wished myself
among them.

Now, while I was gazing upon all these things, I turned my head to
look back, and saw Ignorance come up to the river side; but he soon
got over, and that without half the difficulty which the other two
men met with. For it happened that there was then in that place one
Vain-Hope, a ferryman, that with his boat helped him over; so he,
as the other I saw, did ascend the hill, to come up to the gate; only
he came alone, neither did any man meet him with the least encouragement.
When he was come up to the gate, he looked up to the writing that
was above, and then began to knock, supposing that entrance should
have been quickly administered to him; but he was asked by the men
that looked over the top of the gate, Whence come you?\  and what
would you have? He answered, I have ate and drank in the presence
of the King, and he has taught in our streets. Then they asked him
for his certificate, that they might go in and show it to the King:
so he fumbled in his bosom for one, and found none. Then said they,
Have you none?\  but the man answered never a word. So they told
the King, but he would not come down to see him, but commanded the
two shining ones, that conducted Christian and Hopeful to the city,
to go out and take Ignorance, and bind him hand and foot, and have
him away. Then they took him up, and carried him through the air to
the door that I saw in the side of the hill, and put him in there.
Then I saw that there was a way to hell, even from the gate of heaven,
as well as from the City of Destruction. So I awoke, and behold it
was a dream.


\chapter*{\raggedright CONCLUSION.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{CONCLUSION}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK I}{CONCLUSION}

\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

Now, reader, I have told my dream to thee,\\*

See if thou canst interpret it to me,\\*

Or to thyself, or neighbor: but take heed\\*

Of misinterpreting; for that, instead\\*

Of doing good, will but thyself abuse:\\*

By misinterpreting, evil ensues.\\

\ \\

Take heed, also, that thou be not extreme\\*

In playing with the outside of my dream;\\*

Nor let my figure or similitude\\*

Put thee into a laughter, or a feud.\\

\ \\

Leave this for boys and fools; but as for thee,\\*

Do thou the substance of my matter see.\\

\ \\

Put by the curtains, look within my veil,\\*

Turn up my metaphors, and do not fail.\\

\ \\

There, if thou seekest them, such things thou'lt find\\*

As will be helpful to an honest mind.\\

\ \\

What of my dross thou findest there, be bold\\*

To throw away, but yet preserve the gold.\\

\ \\

What if my gold be wrapped up in ore?\\*

None throw away the apple for the core:\\*

But if thou shalt cast all away as vain,\\*

I know not but 't will make me dream again.

\end{flushleft}


\part*{PART II.\protect \\
\textit{\noun{\normalsize Wherein}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize is}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize set}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize forth}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize the}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize manner}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize of}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize the}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize setting}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize out}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize of}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize Christian's}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize wife and}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize children}}\noun{\normalsize ;}
\textit{\noun{\normalsize their}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize dangerous}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize journey}}\noun{\normalsize ,}
\textit{\noun{\normalsize and}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize safe}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize arrival}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize at}}
\noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize the}} \noun{\normalsize }\textit{\noun{\normalsize desired
country}}\noun{\normalsize .}{\normalsize }\protect \\
\emph{\normalsize I have used similtudes.}{\normalsize \mbox{---}Hos.\ 12:10.}}

\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{PART II}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE AUTHOR'S WAY OF SENDING FORTH HIS SECOND PART OF
THE PILGRIM.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE AUTHOR'S WAY OF\\
SENDING FORTH HIS SECOND\\
PART OF THE PILGRIM}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{SENDING FORTH HIS SECOND PART}

\noindent {\footnotesize Go, now, my little Book, to every place}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Where my first Pilgrim has but shown his
face:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Call at their door: if any say, Who's there?}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Then answer thou, Christiana is here.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize If they bid thee come in, then enter thou,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize With all thy boys; and then, as thou know'st
how,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Tell who they are, also from whence they
came;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Perhaps they'll know them by their looks,
or name:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize But if they should not, ask them yet again,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize If formerly they did not entertain}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize One Christian, a Pilgrim? If they say}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize They did, and were delighted in his way;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Then let them know that these related were}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Unto him; yea, his wife and children are.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Tell them, that they have left their house
and home;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Are turned Pilgrims; seek a world to come;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That they have met with hardships in the
way;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That they do meet with troubles night and
day;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That they have trod on serpents; fought with
devils;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Have also overcome a many evils;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, tell them also of the next who have,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Of love to pilgrimage, been stout and brave}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Defenders of that way; and how they still}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Refuse this world to do their Father's will.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Go tell them also of those dainty things}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That pilgrimage unto the Pilgrim brings.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Let them acquainted be, too, how they are}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Beloved of their King, under his care;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize What goodly mansions he for them provides;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Though they meet with rough winds and swelling
tides,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize How brave a calm they will enjoy at last,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Who to their Lord, and by his ways hold fast.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Perhaps with heart and hand they will embrace}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Thee, as they did my firstling; and will
grace}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Thee and thy fellows with such cheer and
fare,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize As show well, they of Pilgrims lovers are.}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Objection} \emph{\footnotesize I}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize But how if they will not believe of me}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That I am truly thine? 'cause some there
be}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That counterfeit the Pilgrim and his name,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Seek, by disguise, to seem the very same;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And by that means have wrought themselves
into}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize The hands and houses of I know not who.}{\footnotesize \par}


\section*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Answer}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize 'Tis true, some have, of late, to counterfeit}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim, to their own my title set;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, others half my name, and title too,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Have stitched to their books, to make them
do.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize But yet they, by their features, do declare}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Themselves not mine to be, whose'er they
are.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize If such thou meet'st with, then thine only
way}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Before them all, is, to say out thy say}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize In thine own native language, which no man}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Now useth, nor with ease dissemble can.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize If, after all, they still of you shall doubt,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Thinking that you, like gypsies, go about,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize In naughty wise the country to defile;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Or that you seek good people to beguile}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize With things unwarrantable; send for me,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And I will testify you pilgrims be;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, I will testify that only you}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrims are, and that alone will do.}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Objection} \emph{\footnotesize II}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize But yet, perhaps, I may enquire for him}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Of those who wish him damned life and limb.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize What shall I do, when I at such a door}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize For Pilgrims ask, and they shall rage the
more?}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Answer}{\footnotesize .\nopagebreak[4]}}

\noindent {\footnotesize Fright not thyself, my Book, for such bugbears\nopagebreak[4]}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Are nothing else but groundless fears.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim's book has traveled sea and land,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yet could I never come to understand}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That it was slighted or turned out of door}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize By any Kingdom, were they rich or poor.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize In France and Flanders, where men kill each
other,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim is esteemed a friend, a brother.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize In Holland, too, 'tis said, as I am told,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim is with some, worth more than
gold.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Highlanders and wild Irish can agree}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim should familiar with them be.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize 'Tis in New England under such advance,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Receives there so much loving countenance,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize As to be trimm'd, newcloth'd, and deck'd
with gems,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That it might show its features, and its
limbs.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yet more: so comely doth my Pilgrim walk,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That of him thousands daily sing and talk.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize If you draw nearer home, it will appear}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim knows no ground of shame or fear:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize City and country will him entertain,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize With Welcome, Pilgrim; yea, they can't refrain}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize From smiling, if my Pilgrim be but by,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Or shows his head in any company.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Brave gallants do my Pilgrim hug and love,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Esteem it much, yea, value it above}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Things of greater bulk; yea, with delight}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Say, my lark's leg is better than a kite.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Young ladies, and young gentlewomen too,\nopagebreak[4]}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Do not small kindness to my Pilgrim show;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Their cabinets, their bosoms, and their hearts,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Pilgrim has; 'cause he to them imparts}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize His pretty riddles in such wholsome strains,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize As yield them profit double to their pains}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Of reading; yea, I think I may be bold}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To say some prize him far above their gold.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize The very children that do walk the street,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize If they do but my holy Pilgrim meet,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Salute him will; will wish him well, and
say,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize He is the only stripling of the day.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize They that have never seen him, yet admire}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize What they have heard of him, and much desire}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To have his company, and hear him tell}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Those Pilgrim stories which he knows so well.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, some that did not love him at first,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize But call'd him fool and noddy, say they must,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Now they have seen and heard him, him commend}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And to those whom they love they do him send.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Wherefore, my Second Part, thou need'st not
be}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Afraid to show thy head: none can hurt thee,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That wish but well to him that went before;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize 'Cause thou com'st after with a second store}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Of things as good, as rich, as profitable,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize For young, for old, for stagg'ring, and for
stable.}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Objection} \emph{\footnotesize III}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize But some there be that say, He laughs too
loud}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And some do say, His Head is in a cloud.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Some say, His words and stories are so dark,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize They know not how, by them, to find his mark.}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Answer}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize One may, I think, say, Both his laughs and
cries}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize May well be guess'd at by his wat'ry eyes.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Some things are of that nature, as to make}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize One's fancy chuckle, while his heart doth
ache:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize When Jacob saw his Rachel with the sheep,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize He did at the same time both kiss and weep.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Whereas some say, A cloud is in his head;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That doth but show his wisdom's covered}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize With its own mantles---and to stir the mind}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To search well after what it fain would find,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Things that seem to be hid in words obscure}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Do but the godly mind the more allure}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To study what those sayings should contain,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That speak to us in such a cloudy strain.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize I also know a dark similitude}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Will on the curious fancy more intrude,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And will stick faster in the heart and head,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Than things from similes not borrowed.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Wherefore, my Book, let no discouragement}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Hinder thy travels. Behold, thou art sent}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To friends, not foes; to friends that will
give place}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To thee, thy pilgrims, and thy words embrace.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Besides, what my first Pilgrim left conceal'd,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Thou, my brave second Pilgrim, hast reveal'd;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize What Christian left lock'd up, and went his
way,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Sweet Christiana opens with her key.}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Objection} \emph{\footnotesize IV}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize But some love not the method of your first:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Romance they count it; throw't away as dust.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize If I should meet with such, what should I
say?}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Must I slight them as they slight me, or
nay?}{\footnotesize \par}


\subsection*{\noindent \textit{\footnotesize Answer}{\footnotesize .}}

\noindent {\footnotesize My Christiana, if with such thou meet,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize By all means, in all loving wise them greet;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Render them not reviling for revile,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize But, if they frown, I prithee on them smile:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Perhaps 'tis nature, or some ill report,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Has made them thus despise, or thus retort.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Some love no fish, some love no cheese, and
some}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Love not their friends, nor their own house
or home;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Some start at pig, slight chicken, love not
fowl}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize More than they love a cuckoo or an owl.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Leave such, my Christiana, to their choice,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And seek those who to find thee will rejoice;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize By no means strive, but, in most humble wise,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Present thee to them in thy Pilgrim's guise.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Go then, my little Book, and show to all}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That entertain and bid thee welcome shall,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize What thou shalt keep close shut up from the
rest;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And wish what thou shalt show them may be
bless'd}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To them for good, and make them choose to
be}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Pilgrims, by better far than thee or me.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Go, then, I say, tell all men who thou art:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Say, I am Christiana; and my part}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Is now, with my four sons, to tell you what}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize It is for men to take a Pilgrim's lot.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Go, also, tell them who and what they be}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That now do go on pilgrimage with thee;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Say, Here's my neighbor Mercy: she is one}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That has long time with me a pilgrim gone:}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Come, see her in her virgin face, and learn}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize 'Twixt idle ones and pilgrims to discern.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, let young damsels learn of her to prize}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize The world which is to come, in any wise.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize When little tripping maidens follow God,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And leave old doting sinners to his rod,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize 'Tis like those days wherein the young ones
cried}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Hosanna!\ when the old ones did deride.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Next tell them of old Honest, whom you found}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize With his white hairs treading the Pilgrim's
ground;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, tell them how plain-hearted this man
was;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize How after his good Lord he bare the cross.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Perhaps with some gray head, this may prevail}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize With Christ to fall in love, and sin bewail.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Tell them also, how Master Fearing went}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize On pilgrimage, and how the time he spent}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize In solitariness, with fears and cries;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And how, at last, he won the joyful prize.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize He was a good man, though much down in spirit;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize He is a good man, and doth life inherit.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Tell them of Master Feeble-mind also,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Who not before, but still behind would go.}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Show them also, how he had like been slain,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And how one Great-Heart did his life regain.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize This man was true of heart; though weak in
grace,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize One might true godliness read in his face.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Then tell them of Master Ready-to-Halt,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize A man with crutches, but much without fault.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Tell them how Master Feeble-mind and he}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Did love, and in opinion much agree.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize And let all know, though weakness was their
chance,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yet sometimes one could sing, the other dance.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Forget not Master Valiant-for-the-Truth,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize That man of courage, though a very youth:\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Tell every one his spirit was so stout,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize No man could ever make him face about;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And how Great-Heart and he could not forbear,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize But pull down Doubting-Castle, slay Despair!\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Overlook not Master Despondency,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Nor Much-afraid, his daughter, though they
lie}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Under such mantles, as may make them look}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize (With some)\ as if their God had them forsook.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize They softly went, but sure; and, at the end,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Found that the Lord of Pilgrims was their
friend.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize When thou hast told the world of all these
things,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Then turn about, my Book, and touch these
strings;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Which, if but touched, will such music make,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize They'll make a cripple dance, a giant quake.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Those riddles that lie couched within thy
breast,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Freely propound, expound; and for the rest}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize Of thy mysterious lines, let them remain}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize For those whose nimble fancies shall them
gain.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Now may this little Book a blessing be}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To those who love this little Book and me;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And may its buyer have no cause to say,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize His money is but lost or thrown away.\  }{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {}

\noindent {\footnotesize Yea, may this second Pilgrim yield that fruit}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize As may with each good Pilgrim's fancy suit;}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize And may it some persuade, that go astray,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent {\footnotesize To turn their feet and heart to the right
way,}{\footnotesize \par}

\noindent \begin{center}{\footnotesize Is the hearty prayer of}\end{center}{\footnotesize \par}

\begin{flushright}The Author,\\
\textit{\noun{John}} \noun{}\textit{\noun{Bunyan}}\noun{.}\end{flushright}


\chapter*{\raggedright COURTEOUS COMPANIONS}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{COURTEOUS COMPANIONS}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{COURTEOUS COMPANIONS}

Some time since, to tell you my dream that I had of Christian the
pilgrim, and of his dangerous journey towards the Celestial country,
was pleasant to me and profitable to you. I told you then also what
I saw concerning his wife and children, and how unwilling they were
to go with him on pilgrimage; insomuch that he was forced to go on
his progress without them; for he durst not run the danger of that
destruction which he feared would come by staying with them in the
City of Destruction: wherefore, as I then showed you, he left them
and departed.

Now it hath so happened, through the multiplicity of business, that
I have been much hindered and kept back from my wonted travels into
those parts whence he went, and so could not, till now, obtain an
opportunity to make further inquiry after those whom he left behind,
that I might give you an account of them. But having had some concerns
that way of late, I went down again thitherward. Now, having taken
up my lodging in a wood about a mile off the place, as I slept, I
dreamed again.

And as I was in my dream, behold, an aged gentleman came by where
I lay; and, because he was to go some part of the way that I was traveling,
methought I got up and went with him. So, as we walked, and as travelers
usually do, it was as if we fell into a discourse; and our talk happened
to be about Christian and his travels; for thus I began with the old
man:\ 

Sir, said I, what town is that there below, that lieth on the left
hand of our way?

Then said Mr.\ Sagacity, (for that was his name,)\ It is the City
of Destruction, a populous place, but possessed with a very ill-conditioned
and idle sort of people.

I thought that was that city, quoth I; I went once myself through
that town; and therefore know that this report you give of it is true.

\textit{Sag}. Too true! I wish I could speak truth in speaking better
of them that dwell therein.

Well, sir, quoth I, then I perceive you to be a well-meaning man,
and so one that takes pleasure to hear and tell of that which is good.
Pray, did you never hear what happened to a man some time ago of this
town, (whose name was Christian,)\ that went on a pilgrimage up towards
the higher regions?

\textit{Sag}. Hear of him! Aye, and I also heard of the molestations,
troubles, wars, captivities, cries, groans, frights, and fears, that
he met with and had on his journey. Besides, I must tell you, all
our country rings of him; there are but few houses that have heard
of him and his doings, but have sought after and got the records of
his pilgrimage; yea, I think I may say that his hazardous journey
has got many well-wishers to his ways; for, though when he was here
he was fool in every man's mouth, yet now he is gone he is highly
commended of all. For 'tis said he lives bravely where he is: yea,
many of them that are resolved never to run his hazards, yet have
their mouths water at his gains.

They may, quoth I, well think, if they think any thing that is true,
that he liveth well where he is; for he now lives at, and in the fountain
of life, and has what he has without labor and sorrow, for there is
no grief mixed therewith. But, pray what talk have the people about
him?

\textit{Sag}. Talk!\  the people talk strangely about him: some say
that he now walks in white;%
\footnote{Rev. 3:4%
} that he has a chain of gold about his neck; that he has a crown of
gold, beset with pearls, upon his head: others say, that the shining
ones, who sometimes showed themselves to him in his journey, are become
his companions, and that he is as familiar with them where he is,
as here one neighbor is with another. Besides, it is confidently affirmed
concerning him, that the King of the place where he is has bestowed
upon him already a very rich and pleasant dwelling at court, and that
he every day eateth and drinketh, and walketh and talketh with him,
and receiveth of the smiles and favors of him that is Judge of all
there.%
\footnote{Zech. 3:7; Luke 14:14,15.%
} Moreover, it is expected of some, that his Prince, the Lord of that
country, will shortly come into these parts, and will know the reason,
if they can give any, why his neighbors set so little by him, and
had him so much in derision, when they perceived that he would be
a pilgrim.%
\footnote{Jude, 14,15.%
}

For they say, that now he is so in the affections of his Prince, that
his Sovereign is so much concerned with the indignities that were
cast upon Christian when he became a pilgrim, that he will look upon
all as if done unto himself;%
\footnote{Luke 10:16%
} and no marvel, for it was for the love that he had to his Prince
that he ventured as he did.

I dare say, quoth I; I am glad on't; I am glad for the poor man's
sake, for that now he has rest from his labor, and for that he now
reapeth the benefit of his tears with joy; and for that he has got
beyond the gun-shot of his enemies, and is out of the reach of them
that hate him.%
\footnote{Rev. 14:13; Psa. 126:5,6.%
} I also am glad for that a rumor of these things is noised abroad
in this country; who can tell but that it may work some good effect
on some that are left behind? But pray, sir, while it is fresh in
my mind, do you hear anything of his wife and children? Poor hearts!
I wonder in my mind what they do.

\textit{Sag}. Who? Christiana and her sons? They are like to do as
well as Christian did himself; for though they all played the fool
at first, and would by no means be persuaded by either the tears or
entreaties of Christian, yet second thoughts have wrought wonderfully
with them: so they have packed up, and are also gone after him.

Better and better, quoth I: but, what!\ wife and children, and all?

\textit{Sag}. It is true: I can give you an account of the matter,
for I was upon the spot at the instant, and was thoroughly acquainted
with the whole affair.

Then, said I, a man, it seems, may report it for a truth.

\textit{Sag}. You need not fear to affirm it: I mean, that they are
all gone on pilgrimage, both the good woman and her four boys. And
being we are, as I perceive, going some considerable way together,
I will give you an account of the whole matter.

This Christiana, (for that was her name from the day that she with
her children betook themselves to a pilgrim's life,)\ after her husband
was gone over the river, and she could hear of him no more, her thoughts
began to work in her mind. First, for that she had lost her husband,
and for that the loving bond of that relation was utterly broken betwixt
them. For you know, said he to me, nature can do no less but entertain
the living with many a heavy cogitation, in the remembrance of the
loss of loving relations. This, therefore, of her husband did cost
her many a tear. But this was not all; for Christiana did also begin
to consider with herself, whether her unbecoming behavior towards
her husband was not one cause that she saw him no more, and that in
such sort he was taken away from her. And upon this came into her
mind, by swarms, all her unkind, unnatural, and ungodly carriage to
her dear friend; which also clogged her conscience, and did load her
with guilt. She was, moreover, much broken with recalling to remembrance
the restless groans, brinish tears, and self-bemoanings of her husband,
and how she did harden her heart against all his entreaties and loving
persuasions of her and her sons to go with him; yea, there was not
any thing that Christian either said to her, or did before her, all
the while that his burden did hang on his back, but it returned upon
her like a flash of lightning, and rent the caul of her heart in sunder;
especially that bitter outcry of his, {}``What shall I do to be saved?''\ did
ring in her ears most dolefully.

Then said she to her children, Sons, we are all undone. I have sinned
away your father, and he is gone: he would have had us with him, but
I would not go myself: I also have hindered you of life. With that
the boys fell into tears, and cried out to go after their father.
Oh, said Christiana, that it had been but our lot to go with him!\ then
had it fared well with us, beyond what it is like to do now. For,
though I formerly foolishly imagined, concerning the troubles of your
father, that they proceeded of a foolish fancy that he had, or for
that he was overrun with melancholy humors; yet now it will not out
of my mind, but that they sprang from another cause; to wit, for that
the light of life was given him;%
\footnote{James 1:23-25; John 8:12%
} by the help of which, as I perceive, he has escaped the snares of
death.%
\footnote{Prov. 14:27.%
} Then they all wept again, and cried out, Oh, woe worth the day!

The next night Christiana had a dream; and, behold, she saw as if
a broad parchment was opened before her, in which were recorded the
sum of her ways; and the crimes, as she thought looked very black
upon her. Then she cried out aloud in her sleep, {}``Lord, have mercy
upon me a sinner!''%
\footnote{Luke 18:13%
}\ and the little children heard her.

After this she thought she saw two very ill-favored ones standing
by her bedside, and saying, What shall we do with this woman?\ for
she cries out for mercy, waking and sleeping: if she be suffered to
go on as she begins, we shall lose her as we have lost her husband.
Wherefore we must, by one way or other, seek to take her off from
the thoughts of what shall be hereafter, else all the world cannot
help but she will become a pilgrim.

Now she awoke in a great sweat, also a trembling was upon her: but
after a while she fell to sleeping again. And then she thought she
saw Christian, her husband, in a place of bliss among many immortals,
with a harp in his hand, standing and playing upon it before One that
sat on a throne with a rainbow about his head. She saw also, as if
he bowed his head with his face to the paved work that was under his
Prince's feet, saying, {}``I heartily thank my Lord and King for
bringing me into this place.'' Then shouted a company of them that
stood round about, and harped with their harps; but no man living
could tell what they said but Christian and his companions.

Next morning, when she was up, had prayed to God, and talked with
her children a while, one knocked hard at the door; to whom she spake
out, saying, {}``If thou comest in God's name, come in.'' So he
said, {}``Amen;'' and opened the door, and saluted her with, {}``Peace
be to this house.'' The which when he had done, he said, {}``Christiana,
knowest thou wherefore I am come?''\  Then she blushed and trembled;
also her heart began to wax warm with desires to know from whence
he came, and what was his errand to her. So he said unto her, {}``My
name is Secret; I dwell with those that are on high. It is talked
of where I dwell as if thou hadst a desire to go thither: also there
is a report that thou art aware of the evil thou hast formerly done
to thy husband, in hardening of thy heart against his way, and in
keeping of these babes in their ignorance. Christiana, the Merciful
One has sent me to tell thee, that he is a God ready to forgive, and
that he taketh delight to multiply the pardon of offences. He also
would have thee to know, that he inviteth thee to come into his presence,
to his table, and that he will feed thee with the fat of his house,
and with the heritage of Jacob thy father.

{}``There is Christian, thy husband that was, with legions more,
his companions, ever beholding that face that doth minister life to
beholders; and they will all be glad when they shall hear the sound
of thy feet step over thy Father's threshold.''

Christiana at this was greatly abashed in herself, and bowed her head
to the ground. This visitor proceeded, and said, {}``Christiana,
here is also a letter for thee, which I have brought from thy husband's
King.'' So she took it, and opened it, but it smelt after the manner
of the best perfume.%
\footnote{Song 1:3.%
} Also it was written in letters of gold. The contents of the letter
were these, That the King would have her to do as did Christian her
husband; for that was the way to come to his city, and to dwell in
his presence with joy for ever. At this the good woman was quite overcome;
so she cried out to her visitor, Sir, will you carry me and my children
with you, that we also may go and worship the King?

Then said the visitor, Christiana, the bitter is before the sweet.
Thou must through troubles, as did he that went before thee, enter
this Celestial City. Wherefore I advise thee to do as did Christian
thy husband: go to the Wicket-gate yonder, over the plain, for that
stands at the head of the way up which thou must go; and I wish thee
all good speed. Also I advise that thou put this letter in thy bosom,
that thou read therein to thyself and to thy children until you have
got it by heart; for it is one of the songs that thou must sing while
thou art in this house of thy pilgrimage;%
\footnote{Psalm 119:54%
} also this thou must deliver in at the further gate.

Now I saw in my dream, that this old gentleman, as he told me the
story, did himself seem to be greatly affected therewith. He moreover
proceeded, and said, So Christiana called her sons together, and began
thus to address herself unto them: {}``My sons, I have, as you may
perceive, been of late under much exercise in my soul about the death
of your father: not for that I doubt at all of his happiness, for
I am satisfied now that he is well. I have also been much affected
with the thoughts of my own state and yours, which I verily believe
is by nature miserable. My carriage also to your father in his distress
is a great load to my conscience; for I hardened both mine own heart
and yours against him, and refused to go with him on pilgrimage.

The thoughts of these things would now kill me outright, but that
for a dream which I had last night, and but that for the encouragement
which this stranger has given me this morning. Come, my children,
let us pack up, and begone to the gate that leads to the Celestial
country, that we may see your father, and be with him and his companions
in peace, according to the laws of that land.

Then did her children burst out into tears, for joy that the heart
of their mother was so inclined. So their visitor bid them farewell;
and they began to prepare to set out for their journey.

But while they were thus about to be gone, two of the women that were
Christiana's neighbors came up to her house, and knocked at her door.
To whom she said as before, If you come in God's name, come in. At
this the women were stunned; for this kind of language they used not
to hear, or to perceive to drop from the lips of Christiana. Yet they
came in: but behold, they found the good woman preparing to be gone
from her house.

So they began, and said, Neighbor, pray what is your meaning by this?

Christiana answered, and said to the eldest of them, whose name was
Mrs. Timorous, I am preparing for a journey.

This Timorous was daughter to him that met Christian upon the Hill
of Difficulty, and would have had him go back for fear of the lions.

\textit{Tim}. For what journey, I pray you?

\textit{Chr}. Even to go after my good husband. And with that she
fell a weeping.

\textit{Tim}. I hope not so, good neighbor; pray, for your poor children's
sake, do not so unwomanly cast away yourself.

\textit{Chr}. Nay, my children shall go with me; not one of them is
willing to stay behind.

\textit{Tim}. I wonder in my very heart what or who has brought you
into this mind!

\textit{Chr}. O neighbor, knew you but as much as I do, I doubt not
but that you would go along with me.

\textit{Tim}. Prithee, what new knowledge hast thou got, that so worketh
off thy mind from thy friends, and that tempteth thee to go nobody
knows where?

\textit{Chr}. Then Christiana replied, I have been sorely afflicted
since my husband's departure from me; but especially since he went
over the river. But that which troubleth me most is, my churlish carriage
to him when he was under his distress. Besides, I am now as he was
then; nothing will serve me but going on pilgrimage. I was a dreaming
last night that I saw him. O that my soul was with him! He dwelleth
in the presence of the King of the country; he sits and eats with
him at his table; he is become a companion of immortals, and has a
house now given him to dwell in, to which the best palace on earth,
if compared, seems to me but a dunghill.%
\footnote{2 Cor. 5:1-4.%
} The Prince of the place has also sent for me, with promise of entertainment,
if I shall come to him; his messenger was here even now, and has brought
me a letter, which invites me to come. And with that she plucked out
her letter, and read it, and said to them, What now will you say to
this?

\textit{Tim}. Oh, the madness that has possessed thee and thy husband,
to run yourselves upon such difficulties! You have heard, I am sure
what your husband did meet with, even in a manner at the first step
that he took on his way, as our neighbor Obstinate can yet testify,
for he went along with him; yea, and Pliable too, until they, like
wise men, were afraid to go any further. We also heard, over and above,
how he met with the lions, Apollyon, the Shadow of Death, and many
other things. Nor is the danger that he met with at Vanity Fair to
be forgotten by thee. For if he, though a man, was so hard put to
it, what canst thou, being but a poor woman, do? Consider also, that
these four sweet babes are thy children, thy flesh and thy bones.
Wherefore, though thou shouldest be so rash as to cast away thyself,
yet, for the sake of the fruit of thy body, keep thou at home.

But Christiana said unto her, Tempt me not, my neighbor: I have now
a price put into my hands to get gain, and I should be a fool of the
greatest size if I should have no heart to strike in with the opportunity.
And for that you tell me of all these troubles which I am like to
meet with in the way, they are so far from being to me a discouragement,
that they show I am in the right. The bitter must come before the
sweet, and that also will make the sweet the sweeter. Wherefore, since
you came not to my house in God's name, as I said, I pray you to be
gone, and not to disquiet me further.

Then Timorous reviled her, and said to her fellow, Come, neighbor
Mercy, let us leave her in her own hands, since she scorns our counsel
and company. But Mercy was at a stand, and could not so readily comply
with her neighbor; and that for a two fold reason. 1.\ Her bowels
yearned over Christiana. So she said within herself, if my neighbor
will needs be gone, I will go a little way with her, and help her.
2.\ Her bowels yearned over her own soul; for what Christiana had
said had taken some hold upon her mind. Wherefore she said within
herself again, I will yet have more talk with this Christiana; and,
if I find truth and life in what she shall say, I myself with my heart
shall also go with her. Wherefore Mercy began thus to reply to her
neighbor Timorous:\ 

\textit{Mer}. Neighbor, I did indeed come with you to see Christiana
this morning; and since she is, as you see, taking of her last farewell
of the country, I think to walk this sunshiny morning a little with
her, to help her on her way. But she told her not of her second reason,
but kept it to herself.

\textit{Tim}. Well, I see you have a mind to go a fooling too; but
take heed in time, and be wise: while we are out of danger, we are
out; but when we are in, we are in.

So Mrs.\ Timorous returned to her house, and Christiana betook herself
to her journey. But when Timorous was got home to her house she sends
for some of her neighbors, to wit, Mrs.\ Bat's-Eyes, Mrs.\ Inconsiderate,
Mrs.\ Light-Mind, and Mrs.\ Know-Nothing. So when they were come
to her house, she falls to telling of the story of Christiana, and
of her intended journey. And thus she began her tale:\ 

\textit{Tim}. Neighbors, having had little to do this morning, I went
to give Christiana a visit; and when I came at the door I knocked,
as you know it is our custom; and she answered, If you come in God's
name, come in. So in I went, thinking all was well; but, when I came
in I found her preparing herself to depart the town, she, and also
her children. So I asked her what was her meaning by that. And she
told me, in short, that she was now of a mind to go on pilgrimage,
as did her husband. She told me also of a dream that she had, and
how the King of the country where her husband was, had sent an inviting
letter to come thither.

Then said Mrs.\ Know-Nothing, And what, do you think she will go?

\textit{Tim}. Aye, go she will, whatever comes on't; and methinks
I know it by this; for that which was my great argument to persuade
her to stay at home, (to wit, the troubles she was like to meet with
on the way,)\ is one great argument with her to put her forward on
her journey. For she told me in so many words, The bitter goes before
the sweet; yea, and forasmuch as it doth, it makes the sweet the sweeter.

\textit{Mrs}.\ \textit{Bat's}-\textit{eyes}. Oh, this blind and foolish
woman!\ said she; and will she not take warning by her husband's
afflictions? For my part, I see, if he were here again, he would rest
himself content in a whole skin, and never run so many hazards for
nothing.

Mrs.\ Inconsiderate also replied, saying, Away with such fantastical
fools from the town: a good riddance, for my part, I say, of her;
should she stay where she dwells, and retain this her mind, who could
live quietly by her?\ for she will either be dumpish, or unneighborly,
or talk of such matters as no wise body can abide. Wherefore, for
my part, I shall never be sorry for her departure; let her go, and
let better come in her room: it was never a good world since these
whimsical fools dwelt in it.

Then Mrs.\ Light-Mind added as followeth: Come, put this kind of
talk away. I was yesterday at Madam Wanton's, where we were as merry
as the maids. For who do you think should be there but I and Mrs.\ Love-the-Flesh,
and three or four more, with Mrs.\ Lechery, Mrs.\ Filth, and some
others: so there we had music and dancing, and what else was meet
to fill up the pleasure. And I dare say, my lady herself is an admirable
well-bred gentlewoman, and Mr.\ Lechery is as pretty a fellow.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE FIRST STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE FIRST STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE FIRST STAGE}

By this time Christiana was got on her way, and Mercy went along with
her: so as they went, her children being there also, Christiana began
to discourse. And, Mercy, said Christiana, I take this as an unexpected
favor, that thou shouldest set forth out of doors with me to accompany
me a little in the way.

\textit{Mer}. Then said young Mercy, (for she was but young,)\ If
I thought it would be to purpose to go with you, I would never go
near the town any more.

\textit{Chr}. Well, Mercy, said Christiana, cast in thy lot with me:
I well know what will be the end of our pilgrimage: my husband is
where he would not but be for all the gold in the Spanish mines. Nor
shalt thou be rejected, though thou goest but upon my invitation.
The King, who hath sent for me and my children, is one that delighteth
in mercy. Besides, if thou wilt, I will hire thee, and thou shalt
go along with me as my servant. Yet we will have all things in common
betwixt thee and me: only go along with me.

\textit{Mer}. But how shall I be ascertained that I also should be
entertained? Had I this hope but from one that can tell, I would make
no stick at all, but would go, being helped by Him that can help,
though the way was never so tedious.

\textit{Chr}. Well, loving Mercy, I will tell thee what thou shalt
do: go with me to the Wicket-gate, and there I will further inquire
for thee; and if there thou shalt not meet with encouragement, I will
be content that thou return to thy place: I will also pay thee for
thy kindness which thou showest to me and my children, in the accompanying
of us in the way that thou dost.

\textit{Mer}. Then will I go thither, and will take what shall follow;
and the Lord grant that my lot may there fall, even as the King of
heaven shall have his heart upon me.

Christiana then was glad at heart, not only that she had a companion,
but also for that she had prevailed with this poor maid to fall in
love with her own salvation. So they went on together, and Mercy began
to weep. Then said Christiana, Wherefore weepeth my sister so?

\textit{Mer}. Alas!\ said she, who can but lament, that shall but
rightly consider what a state and condition my poor relations are
in, that yet remain in our sinful town? And that which makes my grief
the more heavy is, because they have no instructor, nor any to tell
them what is to come.

\textit{Chr}. Pity becomes pilgrims; and thou dost weep for thy friends,
as my good Christian did for me when he left me: he mourned for that
I would not heed nor regard him; but his Lord and ours did gather
up his tears, and put them into his bottle; and now both I and thou,
and these my sweet babes, are reaping the fruit and benefit of them.
I hope, Mercy, that these tears of thine will not be lost; for the
truth hath said, that {}``they that sow in tears shall reap in joy.''
And {}``he that goeth forth and weepeth, bearing precious seed, shall
doubtless come again with rejoicing, bringing his sheaves with him.''%
\footnote{Psa. 126:5,6.%
}

Then said Mercy,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Let the Most Blessed be my guide,\\*

If it be his blessed will,\\*

Unto his gate, into his fold,\\*

Up to his holy hill.\\*

And let him never suffer me\\*

To swerve, or turn aside\\*

From his free-grace and holy ways,\\*

Whate'er shall me betide.\\*

And let him gather them of mine\\*

That I have left behind;\\*

\mbox{Lord, make them pray they may be thine,}\\*

With all their heart and mind.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Now my old friend proceeded, and said, But when Christiana came to
the Slough of Despond, she began to be at a stand; For, said she,
this is the place in which my dear husband had like to have been smothered
with mud. She perceived, also, that notwithstanding the command of
the King to make this place for pilgrims good, yet it was rather worse
than formerly. So I asked if that was true. Yes, said the old gentleman,
too true; for many there be that pretend to be the King's laborers,
and that say they are for mending the King's highways, who bring dirt
and dung instead of stones, and so mar instead of mending. Here Christiana
therefore, with her boys, did make a stand. But said Mercy, Come,
let us venture; only let us be wary. Then they looked well to their
steps, and made a shift to get staggering over.

Yet Christiana had like to have been in, and that not once or twice.
Now they had no sooner got over, but they thought they heard words
that said unto them, {}``Blessed is she that believeth; for there
shall be a performance of those things which were told her from the
Lord.''%
\footnote{Luke 1:45.%
}

Then they went on again; and said Mercy to Christiana, had I as good
ground to hope for a loving reception at the Wicket-gate as you, I
think no Slough of Despond would discourage me.

Well, said the other, you know your sore, and I know mine; and, good
friend, we shall all have enough evil before we come to our journey's
end. For can it be imagined that the people who design to attain such
excellent glories as we do, and who are so envied that happiness as
we are, but that we shall meet with what fears and snares, with what
troubles and afflictions they can possibly assault us with that hate
us?

And now Mr.\ Sagacity left me to dream out my dream by myself. Wherefore,
methought I saw Christiana, and Mercy, and the boys, go all of them
up to the gate: to which, when they were come, they betook themselves
to a short debate about how they must manage their calling at the
gate, and what should be said unto him that did open to them: so it
was concluded, since Christiana was the eldest, that she should knock
for entrance, and that she should speak to him that did open, for
the rest. So Christiana began to knock, and as her poor husband did,
she knocked and knocked again. But instead of any that answered, they
all thought they heard as if a dog came barking upon them; a dog,
and a great one too; and this made the women and children afraid.
Nor durst they for a while to knock any more, for fear the mastiff
should fly upon them. Now, therefore, they were greatly tumbled up
and down in their minds, and knew not what to do: knock they durst
not, for fear of the dog; go back they durst not, for fear the keeper
of that gate should espy them as they so went, and should be offended
with them; at last they thought of knocking again, and knocked more
vehemently than they did at first. Then said the keeper of the gate,
Who is there? So the dog left off to bark, and he opened unto them.

Then Christiana made low obeisance, and said, Let not our Lord be
offended with his handmaidens, for that we have knocked at his princely
gate. Then said the keeper, Whence come ye? And what is it that you
would have?

Christiana answered, We are come from whence Christian did come, and
upon the same errand as he; to wit, to be, if it shall please you,
graciously admitted by this gate into the way that leads unto the
Celestial City. And I answer, my Lord, in the next place, that I am
Christiana, once the wife of Christian, that now is gotten above.

With that the keeper of the gate did marvel, saying, What, is she
now become a pilgrim that but a while ago abhorred that life? Then
she bowed her head, and said, Yea; and so are these my sweet babes
also.

Then he took her by the hand and led her in, and said also, Suffer
little children to come unto me; and with that he shut up the gate.
This done, he called to a trumpeter that was above, over the gate,
to entertain Christiana with shouting, and the sound of trumpet for
joy. So he obeyed, and sounded, and filled the air with his melodious
notes.

Now all this while poor Mercy did stand without, trembling and crying,
for fear that she was rejected. But when Christiana had got admittance
for herself and her boys, then she began to make intercession for
Mercy.

\textit{Chr}. And she said, My Lord, I have a companion that stands
yet without, that is come hither upon the same account as myself:
one that is much dejected in her mind, for that she comes, as she
thinks, without sending for; whereas I was sent for by my husband's
King to come.

Now Mercy began to be very impatient, and each minute was as long
to her as an hour; wherefore she prevented Christiana from a fuller
interceding for her, by knocking at the gate herself. And she knocked
then so loud that she made Christiana to start. Then said the keeper
of the gate, Who is there? And Christiana said, It is my friend.

So he opened the gate, and looked out, but Mercy was fallen down without
in a swoon, for she fainted, and was afraid that no gate should be
opened to her.

Then he took her by the hand, and said, Damsel, I bid thee arise.

Oh, sir, said she, I am faint; there is scarce life left in me. But
he answered, that one once said, {}``When my soul fainted within
me I remembered the Lord: and my prayer came unto thee, into thy holy
temple.''%
\footnote{Jonah 2:7.%
} Fear not, but stand upon thy feet, and tell me wherefore thou art
come.

\textit{Mer}. I am come for that unto which I was never invited, as
my friend Christiana was. Hers was from the King, and mine was but
from her. Wherefore I fear I presume.

\textit{Keep}. Did she desire thee to come with her to this place?

\textit{Mer}. Yes; and, as my Lord sees, I am come. And if there is
any grace and forgiveness of sins to spare, I beseech that thy poor
handmaid may be a partaker thereof.

Then he took her again by the hand, and led her gently in, and said,
I pray for all them that believe on me, by what means soever they
come unto me. Then said he to those that stood by, Fetch something
and give it to Mercy to smell on, thereby to stay her faintings; so
they fetched her a bundle of myrrh, and a while after she was revived.

And now were Christiana and her boys, and Mercy, received of the Lord
at the head of the way, and spoken kindly unto by him. Then said they
yet further unto him, We are sorry for our sins, and beg of our Lord
his pardon, and further information what we must do.

I grant pardon, said he, by word and deed; by word in the promise
of forgiveness, by deed in the way I obtained it. Take the first from
my lips with a kiss, and the other as it shall be revealed.%
\footnote{Song 1:2; John 20:20.%
}

Now I saw in my dream, that he spake many good words unto them, whereby
they were greatly gladdened. He also had them up to the top of the
gate, and showed them by what deed they were saved; and told them
withal, that that sight they would have again as they went along in
the way, to their comfort.

So he left them awhile in a summer parlor below, where they entered
into talk by themselves; and thus Christiana began. O how glad am
I that we are got in hither.

\textit{Mer}. So you well may; but I, of all, have cause to leap for
joy.

\textit{Chr}. I thought one time, as I stood at the gate, because
I had knocked and none did answer, that all our labor had been lost,
especially when that ugly cur made such a heavy barking against us.

\textit{Mer}. But my worst fear was after I saw that you was taken
into his favor, and that I was left behind. Now, thought I, it is
fulfilled which is written, {}``Two women shall be grinding at the
mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left.''%
\footnote{Matt. 24:41.%
} I had much ado to forbear crying out, Undone! And afraid I was to
knock any more; but when I looked up to what was written over the
gate, I took courage. I also thought that I must either knock again,
or die; so I knocked, but I cannot tell how, for my spirit now struggled
between life and death.

\textit{Chr}. Can you not tell how you knocked? I am sure your knocks
were so earnest that the very sound of them made me start; I thought
I never heard such knocking in all my life; I thought you would come
in by a violent hand, or take the kingdom by storm.%
\footnote{Matt. 11:12.%
}

\textit{Mer}. Alas!\ to be in my case, who that so was could but
have done so? You saw that the door was shut upon me, and there was
a most cruel dog thereabout. Who, I say, that was so faint-hearted
as I, would not have knocked with all their might? But pray, what
said my Lord to my rudeness? Was he not angry with me?

\textit{Chr}. When he heard your lumbering noise, he gave a wonderful
innocent smile; I believe what you did pleased him well, for he showed
no sign to the contrary. But I marvel in my heart why he keeps such
a dog: had I known that before, I should not have had heart enough
to have ventured myself in this manner. But now we are in, we are
in, and I am glad with all my heart.

\textit{Mer}. I will ask, if you please, next time he comes down,
why he keeps such a filthy cur in his yard; I hope he will not take
it amiss.

Do so, said the children, and persuade him to hang him; for we are
afraid he will bite us when we go hence.

So at last he came down to them again, and Mercy fell to the ground
on her face before him, and worshiped, and said, {}``Let my Lord
accept the sacrifice of praise which I now offer unto him with the
calves of my lips.''

So he said unto her, Peace be to thee; stand up. But she continued
upon her face, and said, {}``Righteous art thou, O Lord, when I plead
with thee; yet let me talk with thee of thy judgments.''%
\footnote{Jer. 12:1.%
} Wherefore dost thou keep so cruel a dog in thy yard, at the sight
of which such women and children as we are ready to fly from thy gate
for fear?

He answered and said, That dog has another owner; he also is kept
close in another man's ground, only my pilgrims hear his barking;
he belongs to the castle which you see there at a distance, but can
come up to the walls of this place. He has frighted many an honest
pilgrim from worse to better, by the great voice of his roaring. Indeed,
he that owneth him doth not keep him out of any good-will to me or
mine, but with intent to keep the pilgrims from coming to me, and
that they may be afraid to come and knock at this gate for entrance.
Sometimes also he has broken out, and has worried some that I loved;
but I take all at present patiently. I also give my pilgrims timely
help, so that they are not delivered to his power, to do with them
what his doggish nature would prompt him to. But what my purchased
one, I trow, hadst thou known never so much beforehand, thou wouldest
not have been afraid of a dog. The beggars that go from door to door,
will, rather than lose a supposed alms, run the hazard of the bawling,
barking, and biting too of a dog; and shall a dog, a dog in another
man's yard, a dog whose barking I turn to the profit of pilgrims,
keep any from coming to me? I deliver them from the lions, and my
darling from the power of the dog.%
\footnote{Psa. 22:21,22.%
}

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy, I confess my ignorance; I spake what
I understood not; I acknowledge that thou doest all things well.

\textit{Chr}. Then Christiana began to talk of their journey, and
to inquire after the way. So he fed them and washed their feet, and
set them in the way of his steps, according as he had dealt with her
husband before.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE SECOND STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE SECOND STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE SECOND STAGE}

So I saw in my dream, that they walked on their way, and had the weather
very comfortable to them.

Then Christiana began to sing, saying,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Blessed be the day that I began\\*

A pilgrim for to be;\\*

And blessed also be the man\\*

That thereto moved me.\\*

'Tis true, 't was long ere I began\\*

To seek to live for ever;\\*

But now I run fast as I can:\\*

'Tis better late than never.\\*

Our tears to joy, our fears to faith,\\*

Are turned, as we see;\\*

Thus our beginning (as one saith)\\*

Shows what our end will be.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Now there was, on the other side of the wall that fenced in the way
up which Christiana and her companions were to go, a garden, and that
garden belonged to him whose was that barking dog, of whom mention
was made before. And some of the fruit-trees that grew in that garden
shot their branches over the wall; and being mellow, they that found
them did gather them up, and eat of them to their hurt. So Christiana's
boys, as boys are apt to do, being pleased with the trees, and with
the fruit that hung thereon, did pluck them, and began to eat. Their
mother did also chide them for so doing, But still the boys went on.

Well, said she, my sons, you transgress, for that fruit is none of
ours; but she did not know that it belonged to the enemy: I'll warrant
you, if she had she would have been ready to die for fear. But that
passed, and they went on their way. Now, by that they were gone about
two bow-shots from the place that led them into the way, they espied
two very ill-favored ones coming down apace to meet them. With that,
Christiana and Mercy her friend covered themselves with their veils,
and so kept on their journey: the children also went on before; so
that at last they met together. Then they that came down to meet them,
came just up to the women, as if they would embrace them; but Christiana
said, stand back, or go peaceably as you should. Yet these two, as
men that are deaf, regarded not Christiana's words, but began to lay
hands upon them: at that Christiana waxing very wroth, spurned at
them with her feet. Mercy also, as well as she could, did what she
could to shift them. Christiana again said to them, Stand back, and
be gone, for we have no money to lose, being pilgrims, as you see,
and such too as live upon the charity of our friends.

\textit{Ill}-\emph{Fav.} Then said one of the two men, We make no
assault upon you for money, but are come out to tell you, that if
you will but grant one small request which we shall ask, we will make
women of you for ever.

\textit{Chr}. Now Christiana, imagining what they should mean, made
answer again, We will neither hear, nor regard, nor yield to what
you shall ask. We are in haste, and cannot stay; our business is a
business of life and death. So again she and her companion made a
fresh essay to go past them; but they letted them in their way.

\textit{Ill}-\emph{Fav.} And they said, We intend no hurt to your
lives; it is another thing we would have.

\textit{Chr}. Aye, quoth Christiana, you would have us body and soul,
for I know it is for that you are come; but we will die rather upon
the spot, than to suffer ourselves to be brought into such snares
as shall hazard our well-being hereafter. And with that they both
shrieked out, and cried, Murder!\ murder!\ and so put themselves
under those laws that are provided for the protection of women.%
\footnote{Deut. 22:25-27.%
} But the men still made their approach upon them, with design to prevail
against them. They therefore cried out again.

Now they being, as I said, not far from the gate in at which they
came, their voice was heard from whence they were, thither: wherefore
some of the house came out, and knowing that it was Christiana's tongue,
they made haste to her relief. But by that they were got within sight
of them, the women were in a very great scuffle; the children also
stood crying by. Then did he that came in for their relief call out
to the ruffians, saying, What is that thing you do? Would you make
my Lord's people to transgress? He also attempted to take them, but
they did make their escape over the wall into the garden of the man
to whom the great dog belonged; so the dog became their protector.
This Reliever then came up to the women, and asked them how they did.
So they answered, We thank thy Prince, pretty well, only we have been
somewhat affrighted: we thank thee also for that thou camest in to
our help, otherwise we had been overcome.

\textit{Reliever}. So, after a few more words, this Reliever said
as followeth: I marveled much, when you were entertained at the gate
above, seeing ye knew that ye were but weak women, that you petitioned
not the Lord for a conductor; then might you have avoided these troubles
and dangers; for he would have granted you one.

\textit{Chr}. Alas!\ said Christiana, we were so taken with our present
blessing, that dangers to come were forgotten by us. Besides, who
could have thought, that so near the King's palace there could have
lurked such naughty ones? Indeed, it had been well for us had we asked
our Lord for one; but since our Lord knew it would be for our profit,
I wonder he sent not one along with us.

\textit{Rel}. It is not always necessary to grant things not asked
for, lest by so doing they become of little esteem; but when the want
of a thing is felt, it then comes under, in the eyes of him that feels
it, that estimate that properly is its due, and so consequently will
be thereafter used. Had my Lord granted you a conductor, you would
not either so have bewailed that oversight of yours, in not asking
for one, as now you have occasion to do. So all things work for good,
and tend to make you more wary.

\textit{Chr}. Shall we go back again to my Lord, and confess our folly,
and ask one?

\textit{Rel}. Your confession of your folly I will present him with.
To go back again, you need not, for in all places where you shall
come, you will find no want at all; for in every one of my Lord's
lodgings, which he has prepared for the reception of his pilgrims,
there is sufficient to furnish them against all attempts whatsoever.
But, as I said, He will be inquired of by them, to do it for them.%
\footnote{Ezek. 36:37.%
} And 'tis a poor thing that is not worth asking for. When he had thus
said, he went back to his place, and the pilgrims went on their way.

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy, What a sudden blank is here! I made
account that we had been past all danger, and that we should never
see sorrow more.

\textit{Chr}. Thy innocency, my sister, said Christiana to Mercy,
may excuse thee much; but as for me, my fault is so much the greater,
for that I saw this danger before I came out of the doors, and yet
did not provide for it when provision might have been had. I am much
to be blamed.

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy, How knew you this before you came from
home? Pray open to me this riddle.

\textit{Chr}. Why, I will tell you. Before I set foot out of doors,
one night as I lay in my bed I had a dream about this; for methought
I saw two men, as like these as ever any in the world could look,
stand at my bed's feet, plotting how they might prevent my salvation.
I will tell you their very words. They said, (it was when I was in
my troubles,)\ What shall we do with this woman?\ for she cries
out, waking and sleeping, for forgiveness: if she be suffered do go
on as she begins, we shall lose her as we have lost her husband. This
you know might have made me take heed, and have provided when provision
might have been had.

\textit{Mer}. Well, said Mercy, as by this neglect we have an occasion
ministered unto us to behold our own imperfections, so our Lord has
taken occasion thereby to make manifest the riches of his grace; for
he, as we see, has followed us with unasked kindness, and has delivered
us from their hands that were stronger than we, of his mere good pleasure.

Thus now, when they had talked away a little more time, they drew
near to a house which stood in the way, which house was built for
the relief of pilgrims, as you will find more fully related in the
first part of these records of the Pilgrim's Progress. So they drew
on towards the house, (the house of the Interpreter;)\ and when they
came to the door, they heard a great talk in the house. Then they
gave ear, and heard, as they thought, Christiana mentioned by name;
for you must know that there went along, even before her, a talk of
her and her children's going on pilgrimage. And this was the most
pleasing to them, because they had heard that she was Christian's
wife, that woman who was some time ago so unwilling to hear of going
on pilgrimage. Thus, therefore, they stood still, and heard the good
people within commending her who they little thought stood at the
door. At last Christiana knocked, as she had done at the gate before.
Now, when she had knocked, there came to the door a young damsel,
and opened the door, and looked, and behold, two women were there.

\textit{Dam}. Then said the damsel to them, With whom would you speak
in this place?

\textit{Chr}. Christiana answered, We understand that this is a privileged
place for those that are become pilgrims, and we now at this door
are such: wherefore we pray that we may be partakers of that for which
we at this time are come; for the day, as thou seest, is very far
spent, and we are loth to-night to go any further.

\textit{Dam}. Pray, what may I call your name, that I may tell it
to my Lord within.

\textit{Chr}. My name is Christiana; I was the wife of that pilgrim
that some years ago did travel this way, and these be his four children.
This maiden also is my companion, and is going on pilgrimage too.

\textit{Innocent}. Then Innocent ran in, (for that was her name,)\ and
said to those within, Can you think who is at the door? There is Christiana
and her children, and her companion, all waiting for entertainment
here. Then they leaped for joy, and went and told their Master. So
he came to the door and looking upon her, he said, Art thou that Christiana
whom Christian the good man left behind him when he betook himself
to a pilgrim's life?

\textit{Chr}. I am that woman that was so hard-hearted as to slight
my husband's troubles, and that left him to go on in his journey alone,
and these are his four children; but now I also am come, for I am
convinced that no way is right but this.

\textit{Inter}. Then is fulfilled that which is written of the man
that said to his son, {}``Go work to-day in my vineyard; and he said
to his father, I will not: but afterwards repented and went.''%
\footnote{Matt. 21:29.%
}

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christiana, So be it: Amen. God made it a
true saying upon me, and grant that I may be found at the last of
him in peace, without spot, and blameless.

\textit{Inter}. But why standest thou thus at the door? Come in, thou
daughter of Abraham; we were talking of thee but now, for tidings
have come to us before how thou art become a pilgrim. Come, children,
come in; come, maiden, come in. So he had them all into the house.

So when they were within, they were bidden to sit down and rest them;
the which when they had done, those that attended upon the pilgrims
in the house came into the room to see them. And one smiled, and another
smiled, and they all smiled for joy that Christiana was become a pilgrim:
They also looked upon the boys; they stroked them over their faces
with the hand, in token of their kind reception of them: they also
carried it lovingly to Mercy, and bid them all welcome into their
Master's house.

After a while, because supper was not ready, the Interpreter took
them into his Significant Rooms, and showed them what Christian, Christiana's
husband, had seen some time before. Here, therefore, they saw the
man in the cage, the man and his dream, the man that cut his way through
his enemies, and the picture of the biggest of them all, together
with the rest of those things that were then so profitable to Christian.

This done, and after those things had been somewhat digested by Christiana
and her company, the Interpreter takes them apart again, and has them
first into a room where was a man that could look no way but downwards,
with a muck-rake in his hand. There stood also one over his head with
a celestial crown in his hand, and proffered him that crown for his
muck-rake; but the man did neither look up nor regard, but raked to
himself the straws, the small sticks, and dust of the floor.

Then said Christiana, I persuade myself that I know somewhat the meaning
of this; for this is a figure of a man of this world: is it not, good
sir?

\textit{Inter}. Thou hast said right, said he; and his muck-rake doth
show his carnal mind. And whereas thou seest him rather give heed
to rake up straws and sticks, and the dust of the floor, than to do
what He says that calls to him from above with the celestial crown
in his hand; it is to show, that heaven is but as a fable to some,
and that things here are counted the only things substantial. Now,
whereas it was also showed thee that the man could look no way but
downwards, it is to let thee know that earthly things, when they are
with power upon men's minds, quite carry their hearts away from God.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christiana, O deliver me from this muck-rake.%
\footnote{Prov. 30:8.%
}

\textit{Inter}. That prayer, said the Interpreter, has lain by till
it is almost rusty: {}``Give me not riches,''\ is scarce the prayer
of one in ten thousand. Straws, and sticks, and dust, with most, are
the great things now looked after.

With that Christiana and Mercy wept, and said, It is, alas!\ too
true.

When the Interpreter had shown them this, he had them into the very
best room in the house; a very brave room it was. So he bid them look
round about, and see if they could find any thing profitable there.
Then they looked round and round; for there was nothing to be seen
but a very great spider on the wall, and that they overlooked.

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy, Sir, I see nothing; but Christiana
held her peace.

\textit{Inter}. But, said the Interpreter, look again. She therefore
looked again, and said, Here is not any thing but an ugly spider,
who hangs by her hands upon the wall. Then said he, Is there but one
spider in all this spacious room? Then the water stood in Christiana's
eyes, for she was a woman quick of apprehension; and she said, Yea,
Lord, there are more here than one; yea, and spiders whose venom is
far more destructive than that which is in her. The Interpreter then
looked pleasantly on her, and said, Thou hast said the truth. This
made Mercy to blush, and the boys to cover their faces; for they all
began now to understand the riddle.

Then said the Interpreter again, {}``The spider taketh hold with
her hands,''\ as you see, {}``and is in kings'\ palaces.''%
\footnote{Prov. 30:28.%
} And wherefore is this recorded, but to show you, that, how full of
the venom of sin soever you be, yet you may, by the hand of Faith,
lay hold of and dwell in the best room that belongs to the King's
house above?

\textit{Chr}. I thought, said Christiana, of something of this; but
I could not imagine it at all. I thought that we were like spiders,
and that we looked like ugly creatures, in what fine room soever we
were: but that by this spider, that venomous and ill-favored creature,
we were to learn how to act faith, that came not into my thoughts;
and yet she had taken hold with her hands, and, as I see, dwelleth
in the best room in the house. God has made nothing in vain.

Then they seemed all to be glad; but the water stood in their eyes;
yet they looked one upon another, and also bowed before the Interpreter.

He had them into another room, where were a hen and chickens, and
bid them observe a while. So one of the chickens went to the trough
to drink, and every time she drank she lifted up her head and her
eyes towards heaven. See, said he, what this little chick doth, and
learn of her to acknowledge whence your mercies come, by receiving
them with looking up. Yet again, said he, observe and look: so they
gave heed, and perceived that the hen did walk in a fourfold method
towards her chickens: 1.\ She had a common call, and that she hath
all the day long. 2.\ She had a special call, and that she had but
sometimes. 3.\ She had a brooding note.%
\footnote{Matt. 23:37.%
} And, 4.\ She had an outcry.

Now, said he, compare this hen to your King and these chickens to
his obedient ones; for, answerable to her, he himself hath his methods
which he walketh in towards his people. By his common call, he gives
nothing; by his special call, he always has something to give; he
has also a brooding voice, for them that are under his wing; and he
has an outcry, to give the alarm when he seeth the enemy come. I choose,
my darlings, to lead you into the room where such things are, because
you are women, and they are easy for you.

\textit{Chr}. And, sir, said Christiana, pray let us see some more.
So he had them into the slaughter-house, where was a butcher killing
a sheep; and behold, the sheep was quiet, and took her death patiently.
Then said the Interpreter, You must learn of this sheep to suffer
and to put up with wrongs without murmurings and complaints. Behold
how quietly she takes her death, and, without objecting, she suffereth
her skin to be pulled over her ears. Your King doth call you his sheep.

After this he led them into his garden, where was great variety of
flowers; and he, said, Do you see all these? So Christiana said, Yes.
Then said he again, Behold, the flowers are diverse in stature, in
quality, and color, and smell, and virtue; and some are better than
others; also, where the gardener has set them, there they stand, and
quarrel not one with another.

Again, he had them into his field, which he had sown with wheat and
corn: but when they beheld, the tops of all were cut off, and only
the straw remained. He said again, This ground was dunged, and ploughed,
and sowed, but what shall we do with the crop? Then said Christiana,
Burn some, and make muck of the rest. Then said the Interpreter again,
Fruit, you see, is that thing you look for; and for want of that you
condemn it to the fire, and to be trodden under foot of men: beware
that in this you condemn not yourselves.

Then, as they were coming in from abroad, they espied a little robin
with a great spider in his mouth. So the Interpreter said, Look here.
So they looked, and Mercy wondered, but Christiana said, What a disparagement
is it to such a pretty little bird as the robin-red-breast; he being
also a bird above many, that loveth to maintain a kind of sociableness
with men! I had thought they had lived upon crumbs of bread, or upon
other such harmless matter: I like him worse than I did.

The Interpreter then replied, This robin is an emblem, very apt to
set forth some professors by; for to sight they are, as this robin,
pretty of note, color, and carriage. They seem also to have a very
great love for professors that are sincere; and, above all others,
to desire to associate with them, and to be in their company, as if
they could live upon the good man's crumbs. They pretend also, that
therefore it is that they frequent the house of the godly, and the
appointments of the Lord: but when they are by themselves, as the
robin, they can catch and gobble up spiders; they can change their
diet, drink iniquity, and swallow down sin like water.

So, when they were come again into the house, because supper as yet
was not ready, Christiana again desired that the Interpreter would
either show or tell some other things that are profitable.

Then the Interpreter began, and said, The fatter the sow is, the more
she desires the mire; the fatter the ox is, the more gamesomely he
goes to the slaughter; and the more healthy the lustful man is, the
more prone he is unto evil. There is a desire in women to go neat
and find; and it is a comely thing to be adorned with that which in
God's sight is of great price. 'T is easier watching a night or two,
than to sit up a whole year together: so 't is easier for one to begin
to profess well, than to hold out as he should to the end. Every shipmaster,
when in a storm, will willingly cast that overboard which is of the
smallest value in the vessel; but who will throw the best out first?
None but he that feareth not God. One leak will sink a ship, and one
sin will destroy a sinner. He that forgets his friend is ungrateful
unto him; but he that forgets his Saviour is unmerciful to himself.
He that lives in sin, and looks for happiness hereafter, is like him
that soweth cockle, and thinks to fill his barn with wheat or barley.
If a man would live well, let him fetch his last day to him, and make
it always his company-keeper. Whispering, and change of thoughts,
prove that sin is in the world. If the world, which God sets light
by, is counted a thing of that worth with men, what is heaven, that
God commendeth? If the life that is attended with so many troubles,
is so loth to be let go by us, what is the life above? Every body
will cry up the goodness of men; but who is there that is, as he should
be, affected with the goodness of God? We seldom sit down to meat,
but we eat, and leave. So there is in Jesus Christ more merit and
righteousness than the whole world has need of.

When the Interpreter had done, he takes them out into his garden again,
and had them to a tree whose inside was all rotten and gone, and yet
it grew and had leaves. Then said Mercy, What means this? This tree,
said he, whose outside is fair, and whose inside is rotten, is that
to which many may be compared that are in the garden of God; who with
their mouths speak high in behalf of God, but indeed will do nothing
for him; whose leaves are fair, but their heart good for nothing but
to be tinder for the devil's tinder-box.

Now supper was ready, the table spread, and all things set on the
board: so they sat down, and did eat, when one had given thanks. And
the Interpreter did usually entertain those that lodged with him with
music at meals; so the minstrels played. There was also one that did
sing, and a very fine voice he had. His song was this:\ \begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``The Lord is only my support,\\*

And he that doth me feed;\\*

How can I then want any thing\\*

Whereof I stand in need?''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

When the song and music were ended, the Interpreter asked Christiana
what it was that at first did move her thus to betake herself to a
pilgrim's life. Christiana answered, First, the loss of my husband
came into my mind, at which I was heartily grieved; but all that was
but natural affection. Then after that came the troubles and pilgrimage
of my husband into my mind, and also how like a churl I had carried
it to him as to that. So guilt took hold of my mind, and would have
drawn me into the pond, but that opportunely I had a dream of the
well-being of my husband, and a letter sent me by the King of that
country where my husband dwells, to come to him. The dream and the
letter together so wrought upon my mind that they forced me to this
way.

\textit{Inter}. But met you with no opposition before you set out
of doors?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, a neighbor of mine, one Mrs.\ Timorous: she was
akin to him that would have persuaded my husband to go back, for fear
of the lions. She also befooled me, for, as she called it, my intended
desperate adventure; she also urged what she could to dishearten me
from it, the hardships and troubles that my husband met with in the
way; but all this I got over pretty well. But a dream that I had of
two ill-looking ones, that I thought did plot how to make me miscarry
in my journey, that hath troubled me much: yea, it still runs in my
mind, and makes me afraid of every one that I meet, lest they should
meet me to do me a mischief, and to turn me out of my way. Yea, I
may tell my Lord, though I would not have every body know of it, that
between this and the gate by which we got into the way, we were both
so sorely assaulted that we were made to cry out murder; and the two
that made this assault upon us, were like the two that I saw in my
dream.

Then said the Interpreter, Thy beginning is good; thy latter end shall
greatly increase. So he addressed himself to Mercy, and said unto
her, And what moved thee to come hither, sweet heart?

\textit{Mer}. Then Mercy blushed and trembled, and for a while continued
silent.

\textit{Inter}. Then said he, Be not afraid; only believe, and speak
thy mind.

\textit{Mer}. So she began, and said, Truly, sir, my want of experience
is that which makes me covet to be in silence, and that also that
fills me with fears of coming short at last. I cannot tell of visions
and dreams, as my friend Christiana can; nor know I what it is to
mourn for my refusing the counsel of those that were good relations.

\textit{Inter}. What was it, then, dear heart, that hath prevailed
with thee to do as thou hast done?

\textit{Mer}. Why, when our friend here was packing up to be gone
from our town, I and another went accidentally to see her. So we knocked
at the door and went in. When we were within, and seeing what she
was doing, we asked her what was her meaning. She said she was sent
for to go to her husband; and then she up and told us how she had
seen him in a dream, dwelling in a curious place, among immortals,
wearing a crown, playing upon a harp, eating and drinking at his Prince's
table, and singing praises to him for bringing him thither, \textit{etc}.
Now, methought, while she was telling these things unto us, my heart
burned within me. And I said in my heart, If this be true, I will
leave my father and my mother, and the land of my nativity, and will,
if I may, go along with Christiana. So I asked her further of the
truth of these things, and if she would let me go with her; for I
saw now that there was no dwelling, but with the danger of ruin, any
longer in our town. But yet I came away with a heavy heart; not for
that I was unwilling to come away, but for that so many of my relations
were left behind. And I am come with all the desire of my heart, and
will go, if I may, with Christiana unto her husband and his King.

\textit{Inter}. Thy setting out is good, for thou hast given credit
to the truth; thou art a Ruth, who did, for the love she bare to Naomi
and to the Lord her God, leave father and mother, and the land of
her nativity, to come out and go with a people she knew not heretofore.
{}``The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee
of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust.''%
\footnote{Ruth 2:11,12.%
}

Now supper was ended, and preparation was made for bed; the women
were laid singly alone, and the boys by themselves. Now when Mercy
was in bed, she could not sleep for joy, for that now her doubts of
missing at last were removed further from her than ever they were
before. So she lay blessing and praising God, who had such favor for
her.

In the morning they arose with the sun, and prepared themselves for
their departure; but the Interpreter would have them tarry a while;
For, said he, you must orderly go from hence. Then said he to the
damsel that first opened unto them, Take them and have them into the
garden to the bath, and there wash them and make them clean from the
soil which they had gathered by traveling. Then Innocent the damsel
took them and led them into the garden, and brought them to the bath;
so she told them that there they must wash and be clean, for so her
Master would have the women to do that called at his house as they
were going on pilgrimage. Then they went in and washed, yea, they
and the boys, and all; and they came out of that bath, not only sweet
and clean, but also much enlivened and strengthened in their joints.
So when they came in, they looked fairer a deal than when they went
out to the washing.

When they were returned out of the garden from the bath, the Interpreter
took them and looked upon them, and said unto them, {}``Fair as the
moon.'' Then he called for the seal wherewith they used to be sealed
that were washed in his bath. So the seal was brought, and he set
his mark upon them, that they might be known in the places whither
they were yet to go. Now the seal was the contents and sum of the
passover which the children of Israel did eat,%
\footnote{Exod. 13: 8-10%
} when they came out of the land of Egypt; and the mark was set between
their eyes. This seal greatly added to their beauty, for it was an
ornament to their faces. It also added to their gravity, and made
their countenance more like those of angels.

Then said the Interpreter again to the damsel that waited upon these
women, Go into the vestry, and fetch out garments for these people.
So she went and fetched out white raiment, and laid it down before
him; so he commanded them to put it on: it was fine linen, white and
clean. When the women were thus adorned, they seemed to be a terror
one to the other; for that they could not see that glory each one
had in herself, which they could see in each other. Now therefore
they began to esteem each other better than themselves. For, You are
fairer than I am, said one; and, You are more comely than I am, said
another. The children also stood amazed, to see into what fashion
they were brought.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE THIRD STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE THIRD STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE THIRD STAGE}

The Interpreter then called for a man-servant of his, one Great-heart,
and bid him take a sword, and helmet, and shield; and, Take these
my daughters, said he, conduct them to the house called Beautiful,
at which place they will rest next. So he took his weapons, and went
before them; and the Interpreter said, God speed. Those also that
belonged to the family, sent them away with many a good wish. So they
went on their way, and sang,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``This place hath been our second stage:\\*

Here we have heard, and seen\\*

Those good things, that from age to age\\*

To others hid have been.\\*

The dunghill-raker, spider, hen,\\*

The chicken, too, to me\\*

Have taught a lesson: let me then\\*

Conformed to it be.\\*

The butcher, garden, and the field,\\*

The robin and his bait,\\*

Also the rotten tree, doth yield\\*

Me argument of weight,\\*

To move me for to watch and pray,\\*

To strive to be sincere;\\*

To take my cross up day by day,\\*

And serve the Lord with fear.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Now I saw in my dream, that they went on, and Great-Heart before them.
So they went, and came to the place where Christian's burden fell
off his back and tumbled into a sepulchre. Here then they made a pause;
and here also they blessed God. Now, said Christiana, it comes to
my mind what was said to us at the gate, to wit, that we should have
pardon by word and deed: by word, that is, by the promise; by deed,
to wit, in the way it was obtained. What the promise is, of that I
know something; but what is it to have pardon by deed, or in the way
that it was obtained, Mr.\ Great-Heart, I suppose you know; wherefore,
if you please, let us hear your discourse thereof.

\textit{Great}.\ Pardon by the deed done, is pardon obtained by some
one for another that hath need thereof; not by the person pardoned,
but in the way, saith another, in which I have obtained it. So then,
to speak to the question more at large, the pardon that you, and Mercy,
and these boys have attained, was obtained by another; to wit, by
him that let you in at the gate. And he hath obtained it in this double
way; he hath performed righteousness to cover you, and spilt his blood
to wash you in.

\textit{Chr}.\ But if he parts with his righteousness to us, what
will he have for himself?

\textit{Great}.\ He has more righteousness than you have need of,
or than he needeth himself.

\textit{Chr}.\ Pray make that appear.

\textit{Great}.\ With all my heart: but first I must premise, that
he of whom we are now about to speak, is one that has not his fellow:
He has two natures in one person, plain to be distinguished, impossible
to be divided. Unto each of these natures a righteousness belongeth,
and each righteousness is essential to that nature; so that one may
as easily cause that nature to be extinct, as to separate its justice
or righteousness from it. Of these righteousnesses therefore, we are
not made partakers, so as that they, or any of them, should be put
upon us, that we might be made just, and live thereby. Besides these,
there is a righteousness which this person has, as these two natures
are joined in one. And this is not the righteousness of the Godhead,
as distinguished from the manhood; nor the righteousness of the manhood,
as distinguished from the Godhead; but a righteousness which standeth
in the union of both natures, and may properly be called the righteousness
that is essential to his being prepared of God to the capacity of
the mediatory office, which he was to be entrusted with. If he parts
with his first righteousness, he parts with his Godhead; if he parts
with his second righteousness, he parts with the purity of his manhood;
if he parts with his third, he parts with that perfection that capacitates
him to the office of mediation. He has therefore another righteousness,
which standeth in performance, or obedience to a revealed will; and
that is what he puts upon sinners, and that by which their sins are
covered. Wherefore he saith, {}``As by one man's disobedience many
were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous.''%
\footnote{Rom. 5:19.%
}

\textit{Chr}.\ But are the other righteousnesses of no use to us?

\textit{Great}.\ Yes; for though they are essential to his natures
and office, and cannot be communicated unto another, yet it is by
virtue of them that the righteousness that justifies is for that purpose
efficacious. The righteousness of his Godhead gives virtue to his
obedience; the righteousness of his manhood giveth capability to his
obedience to justify; and the righteousness that standeth in the union
of these two natures to his office, giveth authority to that righteousness
to do the work for which it was ordained.

So then here is a righteousness that Christ, as God, has no need of;
for he is God without it: Here is a righteousness that Christ, as
man, has no need of to make him so; for he is perfect man without
it. Again, here is a righteousness that Christ, as God-man, has no
need of; for he is perfectly so without it. Here then is a righteousness
that Christ, as God, and as God-man, has no need of, with reference
to himself, and therefore he can spare it; a justifying righteousness,
that he for himself wanteth not, and therefore giveth it away: Hence
it is called the gift of righteousness. This righteousness, since
Christ Jesus the Lord has made himself under the law, must be given
away; for the law doth not only bind him that is under it, to do justly,
but to use charity.%
\footnote{Rom. 5:17.%
} Wherefore he must, or ought by the law, if he hath two coats, to
give one to him that hath none. Now, our Lord indeed hath two coats,
one for himself, and one to spare; wherefore he freely bestows one
upon those that have none. And thus, Christiana and Mercy, and the
rest of you that are here, doth your pardon come by deed, or by the
work of another man. Your Lord Christ is he that worked, and hath
given away what he wrought for, to the next poor beggar he meets.

But again, in order to pardon by deed, there must something be paid
to God as a price, as well as something prepared to cover us withal.
Sin has delivered us up to the just curse of a righteous law: now
from this curse we must be justified by way of redemption, a price
being paid for the harms we have done; and this is by the blood of
your Lord, who came and stood in your place and stead, and died your
death for your transgressions: Thus has he ransomed you from your
transgressions by blood, and covered your polluted and deformed souls
with righteousness;%
\footnote{Rom.\ 8:34%
} for the sake of which, God passeth by you and will not hurt you when
he comes to judge the world.%
\footnote{Gal. 3:13.%
}

\textit{Chr}. This is brave! Now I see that there was something to
be learned by our being pardoned by word and deed. Good Mercy, let
us labor to keep this in mind: and, my children, do you remember it
also. But, sir, was not this it that made my good Christian's burden
fall from off his shoulder, and that made him give three leaps for
joy?

\textit{Great}. Yes, it was the belief of this that cut those strings
that could not be cut by other means; and it was to give him a proof
of the virtue of this, that he was suffered to carry his burden to
the cross.

\textit{Chr}. I thought so; for though my heart was lightsome and
joyous before, yet it is ten times more lightsome and joyous now.
And I am persuaded by what I have felt, though I have felt but little
as yet, that if the most burdened man in the world was here, and did
see and believe as I now do, it would make his heart the more merry
and blithe.

\textit{Great}. There is not only comfort and the ease of a burden
brought to us by the sight and consideration of these, but an endeared
affection begot in us by it: for who can, if he doth but once think
that pardon comes not only by promise but thus, but be affected with
the way and means of his redemption, and so with the man that hath
wrought it for him?

\textit{Chr}. True; methinks it makes my heart bleed to think that
he should bleed for me. Oh, thou loving One: Oh, thou blessed One.
Thou deservest to have me; thou hast bought me. Thou deservest to
have me all: thou hast paid for me ten thousand times more than I
am worth. No marvel that this made the tears stand in my husband's
eyes, and that it made him trudge so nimbly on. I am persuaded he
wished me with him: but, vile wretch that I was, I let him come all
alone. Oh, Mercy, that thy father and mother were here; yea, and Mrs.\ Timorous
also: nay, I wish now with all my heart that here was Madam Wanton
too. Surely, surely, their hearts would be affected; nor could the
fear of the one, nor the powerful lusts of the other, prevail with
them to go home again, and to refuse to become good pilgrims.

\textit{Great}. You speak now in the warmth of your affections; will
it, think you, be always thus with you? Besides, this is not communicated
to every one, nor to every one that did see your Jesus bleed. There
were that stood by, and that saw the blood run from the heart to the
ground, and yet were so far off this, that instead of lamenting, they
laughed at him, and, instead of becoming his disciples, did harden
their hearts against him. So that all that you have, my daughters,
you have by peculiar impression made by a divine contemplating upon
what I have spoken to you. Remember, that 'twas told you, that the
hen, by her common call, gives no meat to her chickens. This you have
therefore by a special grace.

Now I saw in my dream, that they went on until they were come to the
place that Simple, and Sloth, and Presumption, lay and slept in when
Christian went by on pilgrimage: and behold, they were hanged up in
irons a little way off on the other side.

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy to him that was their guide and conductor,
what are these three men; and for what are they hanged there?

\textit{Great}. These three men were men of very bad qualities; they
had no mind to be pilgrims themselves, and whomsoever they could,
they hindered. They were sloth and folly themselves, and whomsoever
they could persuade they made so too, and withal taught them to presume
that they should do well at last. They were asleep when Christian
went by; and now you go by, they are hanged.

\textit{Mer}. But could they persuade any to be of their opinion?

\textit{Great}. Yes, they turned several out of the way. There was
Slow-pace that they persuaded to do as they. They also prevailed with
one Short-wind, with one No-heart, with one Linger-after-Lust, and
with one Sleepy-head, and with a young woman, her name was Dull, to
turn out of the way and become as they. Besides, they brought up an
ill report of your Lord, persuading others that he was a hard taskmaster.
They also brought up an evil report of the good Land, saying, it was
not half so good as some pretended it was. They also began to vilify
his servants, and to count the best of them meddlesome, troublesome
busybodies. Further, they would call the bread of God husks; the comforts
of his children, fancies; the travel and labor of pilgrims, things
to no purpose.

\textit{Chr}. Nay, said Christiana, if they were such, they shall
never be bewailed by me: they have but what they deserve; and I think
it is well that they stand so near the highway, that others may see
and take warning. But had it not been well if their crimes had been
engraven in some plate of iron or brass, and left here where they
did their mischiefs, for a caution to other bad men?

\textit{Great}. So it is, as you may well perceive, if you will go
a little to the wall.

\textit{Mer}. No, no; let them hang, and their names rot, and their
crimes live forever against them. I think it a high favor that they
were hanged before we came hither: who knows else what they might
have done to such poor women as we are? Then she turned it into a
song, saying,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize\ \\

\mbox{``Now then you three hang there, and be a sign}\\*

\mbox{To all that shall against the truth combine.}\\*

\mbox{And let him that comes after, fear this end,}\\*

If unto pilgrims he is not a friend.\\*

\mbox{And thou, my soul, of all such men beware,}\\*

That unto holiness opposers are.''\\

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Thus they went on till they came to the foot of the hill Difficulty,
where again the good Mr.\ Great-Heart took an occasion to tell them
what happened there when Christian himself went by. So he had them
first to the spring. Lo, saith he, this is the spring that Christian
drank of before he went up this hill: and then it was clear and good;
but now it is dirty with the feet of some that are not desirous that
pilgrims here should quench their thirst.%
\footnote{Ezek. 34:18,19.%
} Thereat Mercy said, And why so envious, trow? But, said their guide,
it will do, if taken up and put into a vessel that is sweet and good;
for then the dirt will sink to the bottom, and the water come out
by itself more clear. Thus therefore Christiana and her companions
were compelled to do. They took it up, and put it into an earthen
pot, and so let it stand till the dirt was gone to the bottom, and
then they drank thereof.

Next he showed them the two by-ways that were at the foot of the hill,
where Formality and Hypocrisy lost themselves. And, said he, these
are dangerous paths. Two were here cast away when Christian came by;
and although, as you see these ways are since stopped up with chains,
posts, and a ditch, yet there are those that will choose to adventure
here rather than take the pains to go up this hill.

\textit{Chr}. {}``The way of transgressors is hard.''%
\footnote{Prov. 13:15.%
} It is a wonder that they can get into these ways without danger of
breaking their necks.

\textit{Great}. They will venture: yea, if at any time any of the
King's servants do happen to see them, and do call upon them, and
tell them that they are in the wrong way, and do bid them beware of
the danger, then they railingly return them answer, and say, {}``As
for the word that thou hast spoken unto us in the name of the King,
we will not hearken unto thee; but we will certainly do whatsoever
thing goeth out of our own mouths.''%
\footnote{Jer. 44:16,17.%
} Nay, if you look a little further, you shall see that these ways
are made cautionary enough, not only by these posts, and ditch, and
chain, but also by being hedged up: yet they will choose to go there.

\textit{Chr}. They are idle; they love not to take pains; up-hill
way is unpleasant to them. So it is fulfilled unto them as it is written,
{}``The way of the slothful man is full of thorns.''%
\footnote{Prov. 15:19.%
} Yea, they will rather choose to walk upon a snare than to go up this
hill, and the rest of this way to the city.

Then they set forward, and began to go up the hill, and up the hill
they went. But before they got to the top, Christiana began to pant,
and said, I dare say this is a breathing hill; no marvel if they that
love their ease more than their souls choose to themselves a smoother
way.

Then said Mercy, I must sit down: also the least of the children began
to cry. Come, come, said Great-Heart, sit not down here; for a little
above is the Prince's arbor. Then he took the little boy by the hand,
and led him up thereto.

When they were come to the arbor, they were very willing to sit down,
for they were all in a pelting heat. Then said Mercy, {}``How sweet
is rest to them that labor.'';%
\footnote{Matt. 11:28%
} and how good is the Prince of pilgrims to provide such resting-places
for them! Of this arbor I have heard much; but I never saw it before.
But here let us beware of sleeping; for, as I have heard, it cost
poor Christian dear.

Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart to the little ones, Come, my pretty boys,
how do you do? What think you now of going on pilgrimage? Sir, said
the least, I was almost beat out of heart; but I thank you for lending
me a hand at my need. And I remember now what my mother hath told
me, namely, that the way to heaven is as a ladder, and the way to
hell is as down a hill. But I had rather go up the ladder to life,
than down the hill to death.

Then said Mercy, But the proverb is, {}``To go down the hill is easy.''
But James said, (for that was his name,)\ The day is coming when,
in my opinion, when going down the hill will be the hardest of all.
'Tis a good boy, said his master; thou hast given her a right answer.
Then Mercy smiled, but the little boy did blush.

\textit{Chr}. Come, said Christiana, will you eat a bit to sweeten
your mouths, while you sit here to rest your legs?\ for I have here
a piece of pomegranate which Mr.\ Interpreter put into my hand just
when I came out of his door; he gave me also a piece of an honeycomb,
and a little bottle of spirits. I thought he gave you something, said
Mercy, because he called you aside. Yes, so he did, said the other;
but, said Christiana, it shall be still as I said it should, when
at first we came from home; thou shalt be a sharer in all the good
that I have, because thou so willingly didst become my companion.
Then she gave to them, and they did eat, both Mercy and the boys.
And said Christiana to Mr. Great-Heart, Sir, will you do as we? But
he answered, You are going on pilgrimage, and presently I shall return;
much good may what you have do you: at home I eat the same every day.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE FOURTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE FOURTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE FOURTH STAGE}

Now when they had eaten and drank, and had chatted a little longer,
their guide said to them, The day wears away; if you think good, let
us prepare to be going. So they got up to go, and the little boys
went before; But Christiana forgot to take her bottle of spirits with
her, so she sent her little boy back to fetch it. Then said Mercy,
I think this is a losing place: here Christian lost his roll, and
here Christiana left her bottle behind her. Sir, what is the cause
of this? So their guide made answer, and said, The cause is sleep,
or forgetfulness: some sleep when they should keep awake, and some
forget when they should remember; and this is the very cause why often,
at the resting-places, some pilgrims in some things come off losers.
Pilgrims should watch, and remember what they have already received,
under their greatest enjoyments; but for want of doing so, oftentimes
their rejoicing ends in tears, and their sunshine in a cloud: witness
the story of Christian at this place.

When they were come to the place where Mistrust and Timorous met Christian,
to persuade him to go back for fear of the lions, they perceived as
it were a stage, and before it, towards the road, a broad plate with
a copy of verses written thereon, and underneath the reason of raising
up that stage in that place rendered. The verses were,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize\sc\ \\

\mbox{``Let him that sees this stage, take heed}\\*

Unto his heart and tongue;\\*

Lest, if he do not, here he speed\\*

As some have long agone.''\\

\ 

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}The words underneath the verses were, {}``\noun{This stage was
built to punish those upon, who, through timorousness or mistrust,
shall be afraid to go further on pilgrimage. Also, on this stage both
Mistrust and Timorous were burned through the tongue with a hot iron,
for endeavoring to hinder Christian on his journey}.''

Then said Mercy, This is much like to the saying of the Beloved: {}``What
shall be given unto thee, or what shall be done unto thee, thou false
tongue? Sharp arrows of the mighty, with coals of juniper.%
\footnote{Psa. 120:3,4.%
}

So they went on till they came within sight of the lions. Now Mr.\ Great-Heart
was a strong man, so he was not afraid of a lion: But yet when they
were come up to the place where the lions were, the boys, that went
before, were now glad to cringe behind, for they were afraid of the
lions; so they stepped back, and went behind. At this their guide
smiled, and said, How now, my boys; do you love to go before when
no danger doth approach, and love to come behind so soon as the lions
appear?

Now, as they went on, Mr.\ Great-heart drew his sword, with intent
to make a way for the pilgrims in spite of the lions. Then there appeared
one that, it seems, had taken upon him to back the lions; and he said
to the pilgrims'\ guide, What is the cause of your coming hither?
Now the name of that man was Grim, or Bloody-man because of his slaying
of pilgrims; and he was of the race of the giants.

\textit{Great}.\ Then said the pilgrims'\ guide, These women and
children are going on pilgrimage, and this is the way they must go;
and go it they shall, in spite of thee and the lions.

\textit{Grim}. This is not their way, neither shall they go therein.
I am come forth to withstand them, and to that end will back the lions.

Now, to say the truth, by reason of the fierceness of the lions, and
of the grim carriage of him that did back them, this way had of late
lain much unoccupied, and was almost grown over with grass.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christiana, Though the highways have been
unoccupied heretofore, and though the travellers have been made in
times past to walk through by-paths, it must not be so now I am risen,
now I am risen a mother in Israel.%
\footnote{Judges 5:6,7.%
}

\textit{Grim}. Then he swore by the lions that it should; and therefore
bid them turn aside, for they should not have passage there.

But Great-Heart their guide made first his approach unto Grim, and
laid so heavily on him with his sword that he forced him to retreat.

\textit{Grim}. Then said he that attempted to back the lions, Will
you slay me upon mine own ground?

\textit{Great}. It is the King's highway that we are in, and in this
way it is that thou hast placed the lions; but these women, and these
children, though weak, shall hold on their way in spite of thy lions.
And with that he gave him again a downright blow, and brought him
upon his knees. With this blow also he broke his helmet, and with
the next he cut off an arm. Then did the giant roar so hideously that
his voice frightened the women, and yet they were glad to see him
lie sprawling upon the ground. Now the lions were chained, and so
of themselves could do nothing. Wherefore, when old Grim, that intended
to back them, was dead, Mr. Great-Heart said to the pilgrims, Come
now, and follow me, and no hurt shall happen to you from the lions.
They therefore went on, but the women trembled as they passed by them;
the boys also looked as if they would die; but they all got by without
further hurt.

Now, when they were within sight of the Porter's lodge, they soon
came up unto it; but they made the more haste after this to go thither,
because it is dangerous traveling there in the night. So when they
were come to the gate, the guide knocked, and the Porter cried, Who
is there? But as soon as the guide had said, It is I, he knew his
voice, and came down, for the guide had oft before that come thither
as a conductor of pilgrims. When he was come down, he opened the gate;
and seeing the guide standing just before it, (for he saw not the
women, for they were behind him,)\ he said unto him, How now, Mr.\ Great-Heart,
what is your business here so late at night? I have brought, said
he, some pilgrims hither, where, by my Lord's commandment, they must
lodge: I had been here some time ago, had I not been opposed by the
giant that did use to back the lions. But I, after a long and tedious
combat with him, have cut him off, and have brought the pilgrims hither
in safety.

\textit{Por}. Will you not go in, and stay till morning?

\textit{Great}. No, I will return to my Lord to-night.

\textit{Chr}. O, sir, I know not how to be willing you should leave
us in our pilgrimage: you have been so faithful and loving to us,
you have fought so stoutly for us, you have been so hearty in counselling
of us, that I shall never forget your favor towards us.

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy, O that we might have thy company to
our journey's end! How can such poor women as we hold out in a way
so full of troubles as this way is, without a friend and defender?

\textit{James}. Then said James, the youngest of the boys, Pray, sir,
be persuaded to go with us, and help us, because we are so weak, and
the way so dangerous as it is.

\textit{Great}. I am at my Lord's commandment; if he shall allot me
to be your guide quite through, I will willingly wait upon you. But
here you failed at first; for when he bid me come thus far with you,
then you should have begged me of him to have gone quite through with
you, and he would have granted your request. However, at present I
must withdraw; and so, good Christiana, Mercy, and my brave children,
\emph{adieu}.

Then the Porter, Mr.\ Watchful, asked Christiana of her country,
and of her kindred. And she said, I came from the city of Destruction.
I am a widow woman, and my husband is dead, his name was Christian,
the pilgrim. How!\ said the Porter, was he your husband? Yes, said
she, and these are his children and this, pointing to Mercy, is one
of my town's-women. Then the Porter rang his bell, as at such times
he is wont, and there come to the door one of the damsels, whose name
was Humble-Mind; and to her the Porter said, Go tell it within, that
Christiana, the wife of Christian, and her children, are come hither
on pilgrimage. She went in, therefore, and told it. But oh, what noise
for gladness was there within when the damsel did but drop that out
of her mouth!

So they came with haste to the Porter, for Christana stood still at
the door. Then some of the most grave said unto her, Come in, Christiana,
come in, thou wife of that good man; come in, thou blessed woman,
come in, with all that are with thee. So she went in, and they followed
her that were her children and companions. Now when they were gone
in, they were had into a large room, where they were bidden to sit
down: so they sat down, and the chief of the house were called to
see and welcome the guests. Then they came in, and understanding who
they were, did salute each other with a kiss, and said, Welcome, ye
vessels of the grace of God; welcome to us, your friends.

Now, because it was somewhat late, and because the pilgrims were weary
with their journey, and also made faint with the sight of the fight,
and of the terrible lions, they desired, as soon as might be, to prepare
to go to rest. Nay, said those of the family, refresh yourselves first
with a morsel of meat; for they had prepared for them a lamb, with
the accustomed sauce belonging thereto;%
\footnote{Exod. 12:21; John 1:29%
} for the Porter had heard before of their coming, and had told it
to them within. So when they had supped, and ended their prayer with
a psalm, they desired they might go to rest.

But let us, said Christiana, if we may be so bold as to choose, be
in that chamber that was my husband's when he was here; so they had
them up thither, and they all lay in a room. When they were at rest,
Christiana and Mercy entered into discourse about things that were
convenient.

\textit{Chr}. Little did I think once, when my husband went on pilgrimage,
that I should ever have followed him.

\textit{Mer}. And you as little thought of lying in his bed, and in
his chamber to rest, as you do now.

\textit{Chr}. And much less did I ever think of seeing his face with
comfort, and of worshiping the Lord the King with him; and yet now
I believe I shall.

\textit{Mer}. Hark, don't you hear a noise?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, it is, as I believe, a noise of music, for joy
that we are here.

\textit{Mer}. Wonderful! Music in the house, music in the heart, and
music also in heaven, for joy that we are here! Thus they talked a
while, and then betook themselves to sleep.

So in the morning when they were awake, Christiana said to Mercy,
What was the matter that you did laugh in your sleep to-night? I suppose
you were in a dream.

\textit{Mer}. So I was, and a sweet dream it was; but are you sure
I laughed?

\textit{Chr}. Yes, you laughed heartily; but prithee, Mercy, tell
me thy dream.

\textit{Mer}. I was a dreaming that I sat all alone in a solitary
place, and was bemoaning of the hardness of my heart. Now I had not
sat there long but methought many were gathered about me to see me,
and to hear what it was that I said. So they hearkened, and I went
on bemoaning the hardness of my heart. At this, some of them laughed
at me, some called me fool, and some began to thrust me about. With
that, methought I looked up and saw one coming with wings towards
me. So he came directly to me, and said, Mercy, what aileth thee?
Now when he had heard me make my complaint, he said, Peace be to thee;
he also wiped my eyes with his handkerchief, and clad me in silver
and gold.%
\footnote{Ezek. 16:8-11.%
} He put a chain about my neck, and ear-rings in mine ears, and a beautiful
crown upon my head. Then he took me by the hand, and said, Mercy,
come after me. So he went up, and I followed till we came at a golden
gate. Then he knocked; and when they within had opened, the man went
in, and I followed him up to a throne, upon which one sat; and he
said to me, Welcome, daughter. The place looked bright and twinkling,
like the stars, or rather like the sun, and I thought that I saw your
husband there; so I awoke from my dream. But did I laugh?

\textit{Chr}. Laugh!\ aye, and well you might to see yourself so
well. For you must give me leave to tell you that it was a good dream;
and that, as you have begun to find the first part true, so you shall
find the second at last. {}``God speaks once, yea, twice, yet man
perceiveth it not; in a dream, in a vision of the night, when deep
sleep falleth upon men, in slumberings upon the bed.''%
\footnote{Job 33:14,15.%
} We need not, when abed, to lie awake to talk with God; he can visit
us while we sleep, and cause us then to hear his voice. Our heart
oftentimes wakes when we sleep, and God can speak to that, either
by words, by proverbs, by signs and similitudes, as well as if one
was awake.

\textit{Mer}. Well, I am glad of my dream; for I hope ere long to
see it fulfilled, to the making me laugh again.

\textit{Chr}. I think it is now high time to rise, and to know what
we must do.

\textit{Mer}.\ Pray, if they invite us to stay a while, let us willingly
accept of the proffer. I am the more willing to stay a while here,
to grow better acquainted with these maids: methinks Prudence, Piety,
and Charity, have very comely and sober countenances.

\textit{Chr}. We shall see what they will do.

So when they were up and ready, they came down, and they asked one
another of their rest, and if it was comfortable or not.

\textit{Mer}. Very good, said Mercy: it was one of the best night's
lodgings that ever I had in my life.

Then said Prudence and Piety, If you will be persuaded to stay here
a while, you shall have what the house will afford.

\textit{Char}. Aye, and that with a very good will, said Charity.
So they consented, and stayed there about a month or above, and became
very profitable one to another. And because Prudence would see how
Christiana had brought up her children, she asked leave of her to
catechise them. So she gave her free consent. Then she began with
her youngest, whose name was James.

\emph{Prud.} And she said, Come, James, canst thou tell me who made
thee?

\textit{James}. God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Ghost.

\emph{Prud.} Good boy. And canst thou tell who saved thee?

\textit{James}. God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Ghost.

\emph{Prud.} Good boy still. But how doth God the Father save thee?

\textit{James}. By his grace.

\emph{Prud.} How doth God the Son save thee?

\textit{James}. By his righteousness, death and blood, and life.

\emph{Prud.} And how doth God the Holy Ghost save thee?

\textit{James}. By his illumination, by his renovation, and by his
preservation.

Then said Prudence to Christiana, You are to be commended for thus
bringing up your children. I suppose I need not ask the rest these
questions, since the youngest of them can answer them so well. I will
therefore now apply myself to the next youngest.

\emph{Prud.} Then she said, Come, Joseph, (for his name was Joseph,)\ will
you let me catechise you?

\textit{Joseph}. With all my heart.

\emph{Prud.} What is man?

\textit{Joseph}. A reasonable creature, so made by God, as my brother
said.

\emph{Prud.} What is supposed by this word, saved?

\textit{Joseph}. That man, by sin, has brought himself into a state
of captivity and misery.

\emph{Prud.} What is supposed by his being saved by the Trinity?

\textit{Joseph}. That sin is so great and mighty a tyrant that none
can pull us out of its clutches but God; and that God is so good and
loving to man, as to pull him indeed out of this miserable state.

\emph{Prud.} What is God's design in saving poor men?

\textit{Joseph}. The glorifying of his name, of his grace, and justice,
\textit{etc}., and the everlasting happiness of his creature.

\emph{Prud.} Who are they that will be saved?

\textit{Joseph}. They that accept of his salvation.

\emph{Prud.} Good boy, Joseph; thy mother hath taught thee well, and
thou hast hearkened unto what she has said unto thee.

Then said Prudence to Samuel, who was the eldest but one,

\emph{Prud.} Come, Samuel, are you willing that I should catechise
you?

\textit{Sam}. Yes, forsooth, if you please.

\emph{Prud.} What is heaven?

\textit{Sam}. A place and state most blessed, because God dwelleth
there.

\emph{Prud.} What is hell?

\textit{Sam}. A place and state most woeful, because it is the dwelling-place
of sin, the devil, and death.

\emph{Prud.} Why wouldst thou go to heaven?

\textit{Sam}. That I may see God, and serve him without weariness;
that I may see Christ, and love him everlastingly; that I may have
that fullness of the Holy Spirit in me which I can by no means here
enjoy.

\emph{Prud.} A very good boy, and one that has learned well.

Then she addressed herself to the eldest, whose name was Matthew;
and she said to him, Come, Matthew, shall I also catechise you?

\textit{Matt}. With a very good will.

\emph{Prud.} I ask then, if there was ever any thing that had a being
antecedent to or before God?

\textit{Matt}. No, for God is eternal; nor is there any thing, excepting
himself, that had a being until the beginning of the first day. For
in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that
in them is.

\emph{Prud.} What do you think of the Bible?

\textit{Matt}. It is the holy word of God.

\emph{Prud.} Is there nothing written therein but what you understand?

\textit{Matt}. Yes, a great deal.

\emph{Prud.} What do you do when you meet with places therein that
you do not understand?

\textit{Matt}. I think God is wiser than I.\  I pray also that he
will please to let me know all therein that he knows will be for my
good.

\emph{Prud.} How believe you as touching the resurrection of the dead?

\textit{Matt}. I believe they shall rise the same that was buried;
the same in nature, though not in corruption. And I believe this upon
a double account: first, because God has promised it; secondly, because
he is able to perform it.

Then said Prudence to the boys, You must still hearken to your mother;
for she can teach you more. You must also diligently give ear to what
good talk you shall hear from others: for your sakes do they speak
good things. Observe also, and that with carefulness, what the heavens
and the earth do teach you; but especially be much in the meditation
of that book which was the cause of your father's becoming a pilgrim.
I, for my part, my children, will teach you what I can while you are
here, and shall be glad if you will ask me questions that tend to
godly edifying.

Now by that these pilgrim's had been at this place a week, Mercy had
a visitor that pretended some good-will unto her, and his name was
Mr.\ Brisk; a man of some breeding, and that pretended to religion,
but a man that stuck very close to the world. So he came once or twice,
or more, to Mercy, and offered love unto her. Now Mercy was of a fair
countenance, and therefore the more alluring.

Her mind also was to be always busying of herself in doing; for when
she had nothing to do for herself, she would be making hose and garments
for others, and would bestow them upon those that had need. And Mr.\ Brisk
not knowing where or how she disposed of what she made, seemed to
be greatly taken, for that he found her never idle. I will warrant
her a good housewife, quoth he to himself.

Mercy then revealed the business to the maidens that were of the house,
and inquired of them concerning him, for they did know him better
than she. So they told her that he was a very busy young man, and
one who pretended to religion, but was, as they feared, a stranger
to the power of that which is good.

Nay then, said Mercy, I will look no more on him; for I purpose never
to have a clog to my soul.

Prudence then replied, that there needed no matter of great discouragement
to be given to him; her continuing so as she had begun to do for the
poor, would quickly cool his courage.

So the next time he comes he finds her at her old work, making things
for the poor. Then said he, What, always at it? Yes, said she, either
for myself or for others. And what canst thou earn a day?\ said he.
I do these things, said she, that I may be rich in good works, laying
up in store for myself a good foundation against the time to come,
that I may lay hold on eternal life.%
\footnote{1 Tim. 6:17-19.%
} Why, prithee, what doest thou with them?\ said he. Clothe the naked,
said she. With that his countenance fell. So he forbore to come at
her again. And when he was asked the reason why, he said, that Mercy
was a pretty lass, but troubled with ill conditions.

When he had left her, Prudence said, Did I not tell thee that Mr.\ Brisk
would soon forsake thee?\ yea, he will rise up an ill report of thee;
for, notwithstanding his pretence to religion, and his seeming love
to Mercy, yet Mercy and he are of tempers so different that I believe
they will never come together.

\textit{Mer}. I might have had husbands before now, though I spoke
not of it to any; but they were such as did not like my conditions,
though never did any of them find fault with my person. So they and
I could not agree.

\emph{Prud.} Mercy in our days is but little set by any further than
as to its name: the practice which is set forth by thy conditions,
there are but few that can abide.

\textit{Mer}. Well, said Mercy, if nobody will have me, I will die
unmarried, or my conditions shall be to me as a husband: for I cannot
change my nature; and to have one who lies cross to me in this, that
I purpose never to admit of as long as I live. I had a sister named
Bountiful, that was married to one of these churls, but he and she
could never agree; but because my sister was resolved to do as she
had begun, that is, to show kindness to the poor, therefore her husband
first cried her down at the cross, and then turned her out of his
doors.

\emph{Prud}. And yet he was a professor, I warrant you?

\textit{Mer}. Yes, such a one as he was, and of such as he the world
is now full: but I am for none of them all.

Now Matthew, the eldest son of Christiana, fell sick, and his sickness
was sore upon him, for he was much pained in his bowels, so that he
was with it at times pulled, as it were, both ends together. There
dwelt also not far from thence one Mr.\ Skill, an ancient and well-approved
physician. So Christiana desired it, and entered the room, and had
a little observed the boy, he concluded that he was sick of the gripes.
Then he said to his mother, What diet has Matthew of late fed upon?
Diet!\ said Christiana, nothing but what is wholesome. The physician
answered, This boy has been tampering with something that lies in
his stomach undigested, and that will not away without means. And
I tell you he must be purged, or else he will die.

\textit{Sam}. Then said Samuel, Mother, what was that which my brother
did gather up and eat as soon as we were come from the gate that is
at the head of this way? You know that there was an orchard on the
left hand, on the other side of the wall, and some of the trees hung
over the wall, and my brother did pluck and eat.

\textit{Chr}. True, my child, said Christiana, he did take thereof,
and did eat: naughty boy as he was, I chid him, and yet he would eat
thereof.

\textit{Skill}. I knew he had eaten something that was not wholesome
food; and that food, to wit, that fruit, is even the most hurtful
of all. It is the fruit of Beelzebub's orchard. I do marvel that none
did warn you of it; many have died thereof.

\textit{Chr}. Then Christiana began to cry; and she said, Oh, naughty
boy!\ and Oh, careless mother!\ what shall I do for my son?

\textit{Skill}. Come, do not be too much dejected; the boy may do
well again, but he must purge and vomit.

\textit{Chr}. Pray, sir, try the utmost of your skill with him, whatever
it costs.

\textit{Skill}. Nay, I hope I shall be reasonable. So he made him
a purge, but it was too weak; it was said it was made of the blood
of a goat, the ashes of a heifer, and some of the juice of hyssop.%
\footnote{Heb. 9:13, 19; 10: 1-4.%
} When Mr.\ Skill had seen that that purge was too weak, he made one
to the purpose. It was made \emph{ex carne et sanguine Christi};%
\footnote{7 John 6:54- 57; Heb. 9:14%
} (you know physicians give strange medicines to their patients:)\ and
it was made into pills, with a promise or two, and a proportionable
quantity of salt.%
\footnote{Mark 9:49.%
} Now, he was to take them three at a time, fasting, in half a quarter
of a pint of the tears of repentance.%
\footnote{Zech. 12:10.%
}

When this potion was prepared, and brought to the boy, he was loth
to take it, though torn with the gripes as if he should be pulled
in pieces. Come, come, said the physician, you must take it. It goes
against my stomach, said the boy. I must have you take it, said his
mother. I shall vomit it up again, said the boy. Pray, sir, said Christiana
to Mr.\ Skill, how does it taste? It has no ill taste, said the doctor;
and with that she touched one of the pills with the tip of her tongue.
Oh, Matthew, said she, this potion is sweeter than honey. If thou
lovest thy mother, if thou lovest thy brothers, if thou lovest Mercy,
if thou lovest thy life, take it. So, with much ado, after a short
prayer for the blessing of God upon it, he took it, and it wrought
kindly with him. It caused him to purge; it caused him to sleep, and
to rest quietly; it put him into a fine heat and breathing sweat,
and did quite rid him of his gripes. So in a little time he got up,
and walked about with a staff, and would go from room to room, and
talk with Prudence, Piety, and Charity, of his distemper, and how
he was healed.

So when the boy was healed, Christiana asked Mr.\ Skill, saying,
Sir, what will content you for your pains and care to and of my child?
And he said, You must pay the master of the College of Physicians,%
\footnote{Heb. 13:11-15%
} according to rules made in that case and provided.

\textit{Chr}. But, sir, said she, what is this pill good for else?

\textit{Skill}. It is a universal pill; it is good against all the
diseases that pilgrims are incident to; and when it is well prepared,
it will keep good, time out of mind.

\textit{Chr}. Pray, sir, make me up twelve boxes of them; for if I
can get these, I will never take other physic.

\textit{Skill}. These pills are good to prevent diseases, as well
as to cure when one is sick. Yea, I dare say it, and stand to it,
that if a man will but use this physic as he should, it will make
him live for ever.%
\footnote{John 6:51.%
} But, good Christiana, thou must give these pills no other way but
as I have prescribed; for if you do, they will do no good. So he gave
unto Christiana physic for herself, and her boys, and for Mercy; and
bid Matthew take heed how he ate any more green plums; and kissed
them, and went his way.

It was told you before, that Prudence bid the boys, that if at any
time they would, they should ask her some questions that might be
profitable and she would say something to them.

\textit{Matt}. Then Matthew, who had been sick, asked her, why for
the most part physic should be bitter to our palates.

\emph{Prud.} To show how unwelcome the word of God and the effects
thereof are to a carnal heart.

\textit{Matt}. Why does physic, if it does good, purge, and cause
to vomit?

\emph{Prud.} To show that the word, when it works effectually, cleanseth
the heart and mind. For look, what the one doth to the body, the other
doth to the soul.

\textit{Matt}. What should we learn by seeing the flame of our fire
go upwards, and by seeing the beams and sweet influences of the sun
strike downwards?

\emph{Prud.} By the going up of the fire, we are taught to ascend
to heaven by fervent and hot desires. And by the sun sending his heat,
beams, and sweet influences downwards, we are taught the Saviour of
the world, though high, reaches down with his grace and love to us
below.

\textit{Matt}. Whence have the clouds their water?

\emph{Prud.} Out of the sea.

\textit{Matt}. What may we learn from that?

\emph{Prud.} That ministers should fetch their doctrine from God.

\textit{Matt}. Why do they empty themselves upon the earth?

\emph{Prud.} To show that ministers should give out what they know
of God to the world.

\textit{Matt}. Why is the rainbow caused by the sun?

\emph{Prud.} To show that the covenant of God's grace is confirmed
to us in Christ.

\textit{Matt}. Why do the springs come from the sea to us through
the earth?

\emph{Prud.} To show that the grace of God comes to us through the
body of Christ.

\textit{Matt}. Why do some of the springs rise out of the tops of
high hills?

\emph{Prud.} To show that the Spirit of grace shall spring up in some
that are great and mighty, as well as in many that are poor and low.

\textit{Matt}. Why doth the fire fasten upon the candle-wick?

\emph{Prud.} To show that unless grace doth kindle upon the heart,
there will be no true light of life in us.

\textit{Matt}. Why are the wick, and tallow and all, spent to maintain
the light of the candle?

\emph{Prud.} To show that body and soul, and all, should be at the
service of, and spend themselves to maintain in good condition that
grace of God that is in us.

\textit{Matt}. Why doth the pelican pierce her own breast with her
bill?

\emph{Prud.} To nourish her young ones with her blood, and thereby
to show that Christ the blessed so loved his young, (his people,)\ as
to save them from death by his blood.

\textit{Matt}. What may one learn by hearing the cock to crow?

\emph{Prud.} Learn to remember Peter's sin, and Peter's repentance.
The cock's crowing shows also, that day is coming on: let, then, the
crowing of the cock put thee in mind of that last and terrible day
of judgment.

Now about this time their month was out; wherefore they signified
to those of the house, that it was convenient for them to up and be
going. Then said Joseph to his mother, It is proper that you forget
not to send to the house of Mr.\ Interpreter, to pray him to grant
that Mr.\ Great-Heart should be sent unto us, that he may be our
conductor for the rest of the way. Good boy, said she, I had almost
forgot. So she drew up a petition, and prayed Mr.\ Watchful the porter
to send it by some fit man to her good friend Mr.\ Interpreter; who,
when it was come, and he had seen the contents of the petition, said
to the messenger, Go, tell them that I will send him.

When the family where Christiana was, saw that they had a purpose
to go forward, they called the whole house together, to give thanks
to their King for sending of them such profitable guests as these.
Which done, they said unto Christiana, And shall we not show thee
something, as our custom is to do to pilgrims, on which thou mayest
meditate when thou art upon the way? So they took Christiana, her
children, and Mercy, into the closet, and showed them one of the apples
that Eve ate of, and that she also did give to her husband, and that
for the eating of which they were both turned out of paradise, and
asked her what she thought that was. Then Christiana said, It is food
or poison, I know not which. So they opened the matter to her, and
she held up her hands and wondered.%
\footnote{Gen. 3:6; Rom. 7:24.%
}

Then they had her to a place, and showed her Jacob's ladder.%
\footnote{Gen. 28:12.%
} Now at that time there were some angels ascending upon it. So Christiana
looked and looked to see the angels go up: so did the rest of the
company. Then they were going into another place, to show them something
else; but James said to his mother, Pray, bid them stay here a little
longer, for this is a curious sight. So they turned again, and stood
feeding their eyes with this so pleasant a prospect.

After this, they had them into a place where did hang up a golden
anchor. So they bid Christiana take it down; for said they, You shall
have it with you, for it is of absolute necessity that you should,
that you may lay hold of that within the veil,%
\footnote{Heb. 6:19%
} and stand stedfast in case you should meet with turbulent weather:%
\footnote{Joel 3:16%
} so they were glad thereof.

Then they took them, and had them to the mount upon which Abraham
our father offered up Isaac his son, and showed them the altar, the
wood, the fire, and the knife, for they remain to be seen to this
very day.%
\footnote{Gen. 22:9.%
} When they had seen it, they held up their hands, and blessed themselves,
and said, Oh, what a man for love to his Master, and for denial to
himself, was Abraham!

After they had showed them all these things, Prudence took them into
a dining room, where stood a pair of excellent virginals; so she played
upon them, and turned what she had showed them into this excellent
song, saying,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Eve's apple we have showed you;\\*

Of that be you aware:\\*

You have seen Jacob's ladder too,\\*

Upon which angels are.\\*

An anchor you received have;\\*

But let not these suffice,\\*

Until with Abra'm you have gave\\*

Your best, a sacrifice.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Now, about this time, one knocked at the door; so the Porter opened,
and behold, Mr.\ Great-Heart was there. But when he was come in,
what joy was there!\ for it came now afresh again into their minds,
how but a while ago he had slain old Grim Bloody-man the giant, and
had delivered them from the lions.

Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart to Christiana and to Mercy, My Lord has
sent each of you a bottle of wine, and also some parched corn, together
with a couple of pomegranates; he has also sent the boys some figs
and raisins; to refresh you in your way.

Then they addressed themselves to their journey, and Prudence and
Piety went along with them. When they came to the gate, Christiana
asked the Porter if any of late went by. He said, No; only one, some
time since, who also told me, that of late there had been a great
robbery committed on the King's highway as you go. But, said he, the
thieves are taken, and will shortly be tried for their lives. Then
Christiana and Mercy were afraid; but Matthew said, Mother, fear nothing,
as long as Mr. Great-Heart is to go with us, and to be our conductor.

Then said Christiana to the Porter, Sir, I am much obliged to you
for all the kindnesses that you have showed to me since I came hither;
and also for that you have been so loving and kind to my children.
I know not how to gratify your kindness; wherefore, pray, as a token
of my respect to you, accept of this small mite. So she put a gold
angel in his hand; and he made her a low obeisance, and said, {}``Let
thy garments be always white; and let thy head want no ointment.''%
\footnote{Eccles. 9:8.%
} Let Mercy live and not die, and let not her works be few.%
\footnote{Deut. 33:6.%
} And to the boys he said, Do you fly youthful lusts, and follow after
godliness with them that are grave and wise:%
\footnote{2 Tim. 2:22%
} so shall you put gladness into your mother's heart, and obtain praise
of all that are sober-minded. So they thanked the Porter, and departed.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE FIFTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE FIFTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE FIFTH STAGE}

Now I saw in my dream, that they went forward until they were come
to the brow of the Hill; where Piety, bethinking herself, cried out,
Alas, I have forgot what I intended to bestow upon Christiana and
her companions: I will go back and fetch it. So she ran and fetched
it. While she was gone, Christiana thought she heard, in a grove a
little way off on the right hand, a most curious melodious note, with
words much like these:\ \begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Through all my life thy favor is\\*

So frankly showed to me,\\*

That in thy House for evermore\\*

My dwelling-place shall be.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

And listening still, she thought she heard another answer it, saying,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``For why? The Lord our God is good;\\*

His mercy is forever sure;\\*

His truth at all times firmly stood,\\*

And shall from age to age endure.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

So Christiana asked Prudence who it was that made those curious notes.%
\footnote{Song 2:11,12.%
} They are, answered she, our country birds: they sing these notes
but seldom, except it be at the spring, when the flowers appear, and
the sun shines warm, and then you may hear them all day long. I often,
said she, go out to hear them; we also oft-times keep them tame in
our house. They are very fine company for us when we are melancholy:
also they make the woods, and groves, and solitary places, places
desirable to be in.

By this time Piety was come again. So she said to Christiana, Look
here, I have brought thee a scheme of all those things that thou hast
seen at our house, upon which thou mayest look when thou findest thyself
forgetful, and call those things again to remembrance for thy edification
and comfort.

Now they began to go down the hill into the Valley of Humiliation.
It was a steep hill, and the way was slippery; but they were very
careful; so they got down pretty well. When they were down in the
valley, Piety said to Christiana, This is the place where Christian
your husband met, with the foul fiend Apollyon, and where they had
that dreadful fight that they had: I know you cannot but have heard
thereof. But be of good courage; as long as you have here Mr.\ Great-Heart
to be your guide and conductor, we hope you will fare the better.
So when these two had committed the pilgrims unto the conduct of their
guide, he went forward, and they went after.

\textit{Great}. Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, We need not be so afraid
of this valley, for here is nothing to hurt us, unless we procure
it to ourselves. It is true, Christian did here meet with Apollyon,
with whom he had also a sore combat: but that fray was the fruit of
those slips that he got in his going down the hill: for they that
get slips there, must look for combats here. And hence it is, that
this valley has got so hard a name. For the common people, when they
hear that some frightful thing has befallen such an one in such a
place, are of opinion that that place is haunted with some foul fiend,
or evil spirit; when, alas!\ it is for the fruit of their doing,
that such things do befal them there. This Valley of Humiliation is
of itself as fruitful a place as any the crow flies over; and I am
persuaded, if we could hit upon it, we might find somewhere hereabouts
something that might give us an account why Christian was so hardly
beset in this place.

Then said James to his mother, Lo, yonder stands a pillar, and it
looks as if something was written thereon; let us go and see what
it is. So they went and found there written, {}``\noun{Let Christian's
slips, before he came hither, and the battles that he met with in
this place, be a warning to those that come after.}'' Lo, said their
guide, did not I tell you that there was something hereabouts that
would give intimation of the reason why Christian was so hard beset
in this place? Then turning to Christiana, he said, No disparagement
to Christian more than to any others whose hap and lot it was. For
it is easier going up than down this hill, and that can be said but
of few hills in all these parts of the world. But we will leave the
good man; he is at rest: he also had a brave victory over his enemy.
Let Him grant, that dwelleth above, that we fare no worse, when we
come be tried, than he.

But we will come again to this Valley of Humiliation. It is the best
and most fruitful piece of ground in all those parts. It is fat ground,
and as you see, consisteth much in meadows; and if a man was to come
here in the summer-time, as we do now, if he knew not any thing before
thereof, and if he also delighted himself in the sight of his eyes,
he might see that which would be delightful to him. Behold how green
this valley is; also how beautified with lillies.%
\footnote{Song 2:1.%
} I have known many laboring men that have got good estates in this
Valley of Humiliation; for God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace
to the humble.%
\footnote{James 4:6; 1 Pet. 5:5.%
} Indeed it is a very fruitful soil, and doth bring forth by handfuls.
Some also have wished that the next way to their Father's house were
here, that they might be troubled no more with either hills or mountains
to go over; but the way is the way, and there is an end.

Now, as they were going along, and talking, they espied a boy feeding
his father's sheep. The boy was in very mean clothes, but of a very
fresh and well-favored countenance; and as he sat by himself, he sung.
Hark, said Mr.\ Great-Heart, to what the shepherd's boy saith. So
they hearkened and he said,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``He that is down, needs fear no fall;\\*

He that is low, no pride:\\*

He that is humble, ever shall\\*

Have God to be his guide.\\*

I am content with what I have,\\*

Little be it or much;\\*

And, Lord, contentment still I crave,\\*

Because thou savest such.\\*

Fulness to such, a burden is,\\*

That go on pilgrimage;\\*

Here little, and hereafter bliss,\\*

Is best from Age to Age.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Then said the guide, Do you hear him? I will dare to say, that this
boy lives a merrier life, and wears more of that herb called heart's-ease
in his bosom, than he that is clad in silk and velvet. But we will
proceed in our discourse.

In this valley our Lord formerly had his country-house: he loved much
to be here. He loved also to walk these meadows, for he found the
air was pleasant. Besides, here a man shall be free from the noise,
and from the hurryings of this life: all states are full of noise
and confusion; only the Valley of Humiliation is that empty and solitary
place. Here a man shall not be so let and hindered in his contemplation
as in other places he is apt to be. This is a valley that nobody walks
in but those that love a pilgrim's life. And though Christian had
the hard hap to meet here with Apollyon, and to enter with him in
a brisk encounter, yet I must tell you, that in former times men have
met with angels here,%
\footnote{Hos. 12:4,5%
} have found pearls here,%
\footnote{Matt. 13:46%
} and have in this place found the words of life.%
\footnote{Prov. 8:36.%
}

Did I say our Lord had here in former days his country-house, and
that he loved here to walk? I will add\mbox{---}in this place, and
to the people that love and trace these grounds, he has left a yearly
revenue, to be faithfully paid them at certain seasons, for their
maintenance by the way, and for their further encouragement to go
on in their pilgrimage.

\textit{Sam}. Now, as they went on, Samuel said to Mr.\ Great-Heart,
Sir, I perceive that in this valley my father and Apollyon had their
battle; but whereabout was the fight?\ for I perceive this valley
is large.

\textit{Great}. Your father had the battle with Apollyon at a place
yonder before us, in a narrow passage, just beyond Forgetful Green.
And indeed that place is the most dangerous place in all these parts.
For if at any time pilgrims meet with any brunt, it is when they forget
what favours they have received, and how unworthy they are of them.
This is the place also where others have been hard put to it. But
more of the place when we are come to it; for I persuade myself that
to this day there remains either some sign of the battle, or some
monument to testify that such a battle there was fought.

\textit{Mer}. Then said Mercy, I think I am as well in this valley
as I have been anywhere else in all our journey: the place, methinks,
suits with my spirit. I love to be in such places, where there is
no rattling with coaches, nor rumbling with wheels. Methinks, here
one may, without much molestation, be thinking what he is, whence
he came, what he has done, and to what the King has called him. Here
one may think, and break at heart, and melt in one's spirit, until
one's eyes become as the fish-pools in Heshbon.%
\footnote{Song 7:4.%
} They that go rightly through this valley of Baca, make it a well;
the rain that God sends down from heaven upon them that are here,
also filleth the pools. This valley is that from whence also the King
will give to his their vineyards; and they that go through it shall
sing, as Christian did, for all he met with Apollyon.%
\footnote{Psa. 84:5-7; Hos. 2:15.%
}

\textit{Great}. 'Tis true, said their guide; I have gone through this
valley many a time, and never was better than when here. I have also
been a conduct to several pilgrims, and they have confessed the same.
{}``To this man will I look,''\ saith the King, {}``even to him
that is poor, and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at my word.''%
\footnote{Isa. 66:2.%
}

Now they were come to the place where the aforementioned battle was
fought: Then said the guide to Christiana, her children, and Mercy,
This is the place; on this ground Christian stood, and up there came
Apollyon against him; and look. And, look, did I not tell you?\ here
is some of your husband's blood upon these stones to this day: Behold,
also, how here and there are yet to be seen upon the place, some of
the shivers of Apollyon's broken darts. See, also, how they did beat
the ground with their feet as they fought, to make good their places
against each other; how also with their by-blows they did split the
very stones in pieces. Verily, Christian did here play the man, and
showed himself as stout as Hercules could, had he been there, even
he himself. When Apollyon was beat, he made his retreat to the next
valley, that is called, the Valley of the Shadow of Death, unto which
we shall come anon. Lo, yonder also stands a monument, on which is
engraven this battle, and Christian's victory, to his fame, throughout
all ages: So because it stood just on the way-side before them, they
stepped to it, and read the writing, which word for word was this:\ 

\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize\sc

``Hard by here was a battle fought,\\*

Most strange, and yet most true;\\*

Christian and Apollyon fought\\*

Each other to subdue.\\*

The man so bravely play'd the man,\\*

He made the fiend to fly;\\*

Of which a monument I stand,\\*

The same to testify.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

When they had passed by this place, they came upon the borders of
the Shadow of Death. This Valley was longer than the other; a place
also most strangely haunted with evil things, as many are able to
testify: but these women and children went the better through it,
because they had daylight, and because Mr.\ Great-Heart was their
conductor.

When they were entering upon this valley, they thought they heard
a groaning, as of dying men; a very great groaning. They thought also
that they did hear words of lamentation, spoken as of some in extreme
torment. These things made the boys to quake; the women also looked
pale and wan; but their guide bid them be of good comfort.

So they went on a little further, and they thought that they felt
the ground begin to shake under them, as if some hollow place was
there: they heard also a kind of hissing, as of serpents, but nothing
as yet appeared. Then said the boys, Are we not yet at the end of
this doleful place? But the guide also bid them be of good courage,
and look well to their feet; lest haply, said he, you be taken in
some snare.

Now James began to be sick; but I think the cause thereof was fear:
so his mother gave him some of that glass of spirits that had been
given her at the Interpreter's house, and three of the pills that
Mr.\ Skill had prepared, and the boy began to revive. Thus they went
on till they came to about the middle of the valley; and then Christiana
said, Methinks I see something yonder upon the road before us, a thing
of a shape such as I have not seen. Then said Joseph, Mother, what
is it? An ugly thing, child; an ugly thing, said she. But, mother,
what is it like?\ said he. 'Tis like I cannot tell what, said she;
and now it is but a little way off. Then said she, It is nigh.

Well, said Mr.\ Great-Heart, let them that are most afraid keep close
to me. So the fiend came on, and the conductor met it; but when it
was come to him, it vanished to all their sights. Then remembered
they what had been said some time ago: {}``Resist the devil, and
he will flee from you.''%
\footnote{James 4:7.%
}

They went therefore on, as being a little refreshed. But they had
not gone far, before Mercy, looking behind her, saw, as she thought,
something most like a lion, and it came at a great padding pace after:
and it had a hollow voice of roaring; and at every roar it gave, it
made the valley echo, and all their hearts to ache, save the heart
of him that was their guide. So it came up and Mr.\  Great-Heart
went behind, and put the pilgrims all before him. The lion also came
on apace, and Mr.\ Great-Heart addressed himself to give him battle.%
\footnote{1 Pet. 5:8,9.%
} But when he saw that it was determined that resistance should be
made, he also drew back, and came no further.

Then they went on again, and their conductor went before them, till
they came to a place where was cast up a pit the whole breadth of
the way; and before they could be prepared to go over that, a great
mist and a darkness fell upon them, so that they could not see. Then
said the pilgrims, Alas!\ what now shall we do? But their guide made
answer, Fear not; stand still, and see what an end will be put to
this also; so they stayed there, because their path was marred. They
then also thought that they did hear more apparently the noise and
rushing of the enemies; the fire also and the smoke of the pit were
much easier to be discerned. Then said Christiana to Mercy, Now I
see what my poor husband went through. I have heard much of this place,
but I never was here before now. Poor man!\ he went here all alone
in the night; he had night almost quite through the way: also these
fiends were busy about him, as if they would have torn him in pieces.
Many have spoken of it; but none can tell what the Valley of the Shadow
of Death should mean until they come in themselves. The heart knoweth
its own bitterness; and a stranger intermeddleth not with its joy.%
\footnote{Prov. 14:10.%
} To be here is a fearful thing.

\textit{Great}. This is like doing business in great waters, or like
going down into the deep. This is like being in the heart of the sea,
and like going down to the bottoms of the mountains. Now it seems
as if the earth, with its bars, were about us for ever. But let them
that walk in darkness, and have no light, trust in the name of the
Lord, and stay upon their God.%
\footnote{Isa. 50:10.%
} For my part, as I have told you already, I have gone often through
this valley, and have been much harder put to it than now I am: and
yet you see I am alive. I would not boast, for that I am not mine
own saviour; but I trust we shall have a good deliverance. Come, let
us pray for light to Him that can lighten our darkness, and that can
rebuke not only these, but all the Satans in hell.

So they cried and prayed, and God sent light and deliverance, for
there was now no let in their way; no, not there where but now they
were stopped with a pit. Yet they were not got through the valley.
So they went on still, and met with great stinks and loathsome smells,
to the great annoyance of them. Then said Mercy to Christiana, It
is not so pleasant being here as at the gate, or at the Interpreter's,
or at the house where we lay last.

O but, said one of the boys, it is not so bad to go through here,
as it is to abide here, always; and for aught I know, one reason why
we must go this way to the house prepared for us is, that our home
might be the sweeter to us.

Well said, Samuel, quoth the guide; thou hast now spoke like a man.
Why, if ever I get out here again, said the boy, I think I shall prize
light and good way better than I ever did in all my life. Then said
the guide, We shall be out by and by.

So on they went, and Joseph said, Cannot we see to the end of this
valley as yet? Then said the guide, Look to your feet, for we shall
presently be among the snares: so they looked to their feet, and went
on; but they were troubled much with the snares. Now, when they were
come among the snares, they espied a man cast into the ditch on the
left hand, with his flesh all rent and torn. Then said the guide,
That is one Heedless, that was going this way: he has lain there a
great while. There was one Take-Heed with him when he was taken and
slain, but he escaped their hands. You cannot imagine how many are
killed hereabouts, and yet men are so foolishly venturous as to set
out lightly on pilgrimage, and to come without a guide. Poor Christian!\ it
was a wonder that he here escaped; but he was beloved of his God:
also he had a good heart of his own, or else he could never have done
it.

Now they drew towards the end of this way; and just there where Christian
had seen the cave when he went by, out thence came forth Maul, a giant.
This Maul did use to spoil young pilgrims with sophistry; and he called
Great-Heart by his name, and said unto him, How many times have you
been forbidden to do these things? Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, What
things? What things!\ quoth the giant; you know what things: but
I will put an end to your trade.

But, pray, said Mr.\ Great-Heart, before we fall to it, let us understand
wherefore we must fight. Now the women and children stood trembling,
and knew not what to do. Quoth the giant, You rob the country, and
rob it with the worst of thefts. These are but generals, said Mr.\ Great-Heart;
come to particulars, man.

Then said the giant, Thou practisest the craft of a kidnapper; thou
gatherest up women and children, and carriest them into a strange
country, to the weakening of my master's kingdom. But now Great-Heart
replied, I am a servant of the God of heaven; my business is to persuade
sinners to repentance. I am commanded to do my endeavors to turn men,
women, and children, from darkness to light, and from the power of
Satan unto God; and if this be indeed the ground of thy quarrel, let
us fall to it as soon as thou wilt.

Then the giant came up, and Mr.\ Great-Heart went to meet him; and
as he went he drew his sword, but the giant had a club. So without
more ado they fell to it, and at the first blow the giant struck Mr.\ Great-Heart
down upon one of his knees. With that the women and children cried
out. So Mr.\ Great-Heart recovering himself, laid about him in full
lusty manner, and gave the giant a wound in his arm. Thus he fought
for the space of an hour, to that height of heat that the breath came
out of the giant's nostrils as the heat doth out of a boiling cauldron.

Then they sat down to rest them; but Mr.\ Great-Heart betook himself
to prayer. Also the women and children did nothing but sigh and cry
all the time that the battle did last.

When they had rested them, and taken breath, they both fell to it
again; and Mr.\ Great-Heart, with a blow, fetched the giant down
to the ground. Nay, hold, let me recover, quoth he: so Mr.\ Great-Heart
fairly let him get up. So to it they went again, and the giant missed
but little of all to breaking Mr.\ Great-Heart's scull with his club.

Mr.\ Great-Heart seeing that, runs to him in the full heat of his
spirit, and pierceth him under the fifth rib. With that the giant
began to faint, and could hold up his club no longer. Then Mr.\ Great-Heart
seconded his blow, and smit the head of the giant from his shoulders.
Then the women and children rejoiced, and Mr.\ Great-Heart also praised
God for the deliverance he had wrought.

When this was done, they amongst them erected a pillar, and fastened
the giant's head thereon, and wrote under in letters that passengers
might read,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize\sc\ \\

\mbox{``He that did wear this head was one}\\*

That pilgrims did misuse;\\*

\mbox{He stopped their way, he spared none,}\\*

But did them all abuse;\\*

Until that I Great-Heart arose,\\*

The pilgrims guide to be;\\*

Until that I did him oppose\\*

That was their enemy.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE SIXTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE SIXTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE SIXTH STAGE}

Now I saw that they went on to the ascent that was a little way off,
cast up to be a prospect for pilgrims. That was the place from whence
Christian had the first sight of Faithful his brother. Wherefore,
here they sat down and rested. They also here did eat and drink, and
make merry, for that they had gotten deliverance from this so dangerous
an enemy. As they sat thus and did eat, Christiana asked the guide,
if he had caught no hurt in the battle? Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart,
No, save a little on my flesh; yet that also shall be so far from
being to my detriment, that it is at present a proof of my love to
my master and you, and shall be a means, by grace, to increase my
reward at last.

\textit{Chr}. But were you not afraid, good sir, when you saw him
come with his club?

\textit{Great}. It is my duty, said he, to mistrust my own ability,
that I may have reliance on Him who is stronger than all.

\textit{Chr}. But what did you think when he fetched you down to the
ground at the first blow?

\textit{Great}. Why, I thought, quoth he, that so my Master himself
was served, and yet he it was that conquered at last.%
\footnote{2 Cor. 4:10,11; Rom. 8:37.%
}

\textit{Matt}. When you all have thought what you please, I think
God has been wonderfully good unto us, both in bringing us out of
this valley, and in delivering us out of the hand of this enemy. For
my part, I see no reason why we should distrust our God any more,
since he has now, and in such a place as this, given us such testimony
of his love. Then they got up, and went forward.

Now a little before them stood an oak; and under it, when they came
to it, they found an old pilgrim fast asleep. They knew that he was
a pilgrim by his clothes, and his staff, and his girdle.

So the guide, Mr.\ Great-Heart, awaked him; and the old gentleman,
as he lifted up his eyes, cried out, What's the matter? Who are you;
and what is your business here?

\textit{Great}. Come, man, be not so hot; here are none but friends.
Yet the old man gets up, and stands upon his guard, and will know
of them what they are. Then said the guide, My name is Great-Heart:
I am the guide of these pilgrims that are going to the Celestial country.

\textit{Hon}. Then said Mr.\ Honest, I cry you mercy: I feared that
you had been of the company of those that some time ago did rob Little-Faith
of his money; but, now I look better about me, I perceive you are
honester people.

\textit{Great}. Why, what would or could you have done to have helped
yourself, if indeed we had been of that company?

\textit{Hon}. Done! Why, I would have fought as long as breath had
been in me: and had I so done, I am sure you could never have given
me the worst on't; for a Christian can never be overcome, unless he
shall yield of himself.

\textit{Great}. Well said, father Honest, quoth the guide; for by
this I know thou art a cock of the right kind, for thou hast said
the truth.

\textit{Hon}. And by this also I know that thou knowest what true
pilgrimage is; for all others do think that we are the soonest overcome
of any.

\textit{Great}. Well, now we are so happily met, pray let me crave
your name, and the name of the place you came from.

\textit{Hon}. My name I cannot tell you, but I came from the town
of Stupidity: it lieth about four degrees beyond the city of Destruction.

\textit{Great}. Oh, Are you that countryman? Then I deem I have half
a guess of you: your name is Old Honesty, is it not?

\textit{Hon}. So the old gentleman blushed, and said, Not honesty
in the abstract, but Honest is my name; and I wish that my nature
may agree to what I am called. But, sir, said the old gentleman, how
could you guess that I am such a man, since I came from such a place?

\textit{Great}. I had heard of you before, by my Master; for he knows
all things that are done on the earth. But I have often wondered that
any should come from your place; for your town is worse than is the
city of Destruction itself.

\textit{Hon}. Yes, we lie more off from the sun, and so are more cold
and senseless. But were a man in a mountain of ice, yet if the Sun
of righteousness will arise upon him, his frozen heart shall feel
a thaw; and thus it has been with me.

\textit{Great}. I believe it, father Honest, I believe it; for I know
the thing is true.

Then the old gentleman saluted all the pilgrims with a holy kiss of
charity, and asked them their names, and how they had fared since
they set out on their pilgrimage.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christiana, My name I suppose you have heard
of; good Christian was my husband, and these four are his children.
But can you think how the old gentleman was taken, when she told him
who she was? He skipped, he smiled, he blessed them with a thousand
good wishes, saying,

\textit{Hon}. I have heard much of your husband, and of his travels
and wars which he underwent in his days. Be it spoken to your comfort,
the name of your husband rings all over these parts of the world:
his faith, his courage, his enduring, and his sincerity under all,
had made his name famous. Then he turned him to the boys, and asked
them of their names, which they told him. Then said he unto them,
Matthew, be thou like Matthew the publican, not in vice, but in virtue.%
\footnote{Matt. 10:3.%
} Samuel, said he, be thou like Samuel the prophet, a man of faith
and prayer.%
\footnote{Psa. 99:6.%
} Joseph, said he, be thou like Joseph in Potiphar's house, chaste,
and one that flees from temptation.%
\footnote{Gen. 39.%
} And James, be thou like James the just, and like James the brother
of our Lord.%
\footnote{Acts 1:13.%
} Then they told him of Mercy, and how she had left her town and her
kindred to come along with Christiana and with her sons. At that the
old honest man said, Mercy is thy name: by mercy shalt thou be sustained
and carried through all those difficulties that shall assault thee
in thy way, till thou shalt come thither where thou shalt look the
Fountain of mercy in the face with comfort. All this while the guide,
Mr.\ Great-Heart, was very well pleased, and smiled upon his companions.

Now, as they walked along together, the guide asked the old gentleman
if he did not know one Mr.\  Fearing, that came on pilgrimage out
of his parts.

\textit{Hon}. Yes, very well, said he. He was a man that had the root
of the matter in him; but he was one of the most troublesome pilgrims
that ever I met with in all my days.

\textit{Great}. I perceive you knew him, for you have given a very
right character of him.

\textit{Hon}. Knew him! I was a great companion of his; I was with
him most an end; when he first began to think upon what would come
upon us hereafter, I was with him.

\textit{Great}. I was his guide from my Master's house to the gates
of the Celestial City.

\textit{Hon}. Then you knew him to be a troublesome one.

\textit{Great}. I did so; but I could very well bear it; for men of
my calling are oftentimes intrusted with the conduct of such as he
was.

\textit{Hon}. Well then, pray let us hear a little of him, and how
he managed himself under your conduct.

\textit{Great}. Why, he was always afraid that he should come short
of whither he had a desire to go. Every thing frightened him that
he heard any body speak of, if it had but the least appearance of
opposition in it. I heard that he lay roaring at the Slough of Despond
for above a month together; nor durst he, for all he saw several go
over before him, venture, though they many of them offered to lend
him their hands. He would not go back again, neither. The Celestial
City\mbox{---}he said he should die if he came not to it; and yet
he was dejected at every difficulty, and stumbled at every straw that
any body cast in his way. Well, after he had lain at the Slough of
Despond a great while, as I have told you, one sunshiny morning, I
do not know how, he ventured, and so got over; but when he was over,
he would scarce believe it. He had, I think, a Slough of Despond in
his mind, a slough that he carried every where with him, or else he
could never have been as he was. So he came up to the gate, you know
what I mean, that stands at the head of this way, and there also he
stood a good while before he would venture to knock. When the gate
was opened, he would give back, and give place to others, and say
that he was not worthy. For, all he got before some to the gate, yet
many of them went in before him. There the poor man would stand shaking
and shrinking; I dare say it would have pitied one's heart to have
seen him. Nor would he go back again. At last he took the hammer that
hanged on the gate, in his hand, and gave a small rap or two; then
one opened to him, but he shrunk back as before. He that opened stepped
out after him, and said, Thou trembling one, what wantest thou? With
that he fell down to the ground. He that spoke to him wondered to
see him so faint, so he said to him, Peace be to thee; up, for I have
set open the door to thee; come in, for thou art blessed. With that
he got up, and went in trembling; and when he was in, he was ashamed
to show his face. Well, after he had been entertained there a while,
as you know how the manner is, he was bid go on his way, and also
told the way he should take. So he went on till he came out to our
house; but as he behaved himself at the gate, so he did at my Master
the Interpreter's door. He lay there about in the cold a good while,
before he would adventure to call; yet he would not go back: and the
nights were long and cold then. Nay, he had a note of necessity in
his bosom to my master to receive him, and grant him the comfort of
his house, and also to allow him a stout and valiant conductor, because
he was himself so chicken-hearted a man; and yet for all that he was
afraid to call at the door. So he lay up and down thereabouts, till,
poor man, he was almost starved; yea, so great was his dejection,
that though he saw several others for knocking get in, yet he was
afraid to venture. At last, I think I looked out of the window, and
perceiving a man to be up and down about the door, I went out to him,
and asked what he was: but, poor man, the water stood in his eyes;
so I perceived what he wanted. I went therefore in, and told it in
the house, and we showed the thing to our Lord: so he sent me out
again, to entreat him to come in; but I dare say, I had hard work
to do it. At last he came in; and I will say that for my Lord, he
carried it wonderful lovingly to him. There were but a few good bits
at the table, but some of it was laid upon his trencher. Then he presented
the note; and my Lord looked thereon, and said his desire should be
granted. So when he had been there a good while, he seemed to get
some heart, and to be a little more comfortable. For my Master, you
must know, is one of very tender bowels, especially to them that are
afraid; wherefore he carried it so towards him as might tend most
to his encouragement. Well, when he had had a sight of the things
of the place, and was ready to take his journey to go to the city,
my Lord, as he did to Christian before, gave him a bottle of spirits,
and some comfortable things to eat. Thus we set forward, and I went
before him; but the man was but of few words, only he would sigh aloud.

When we were come to where the three fellows were hanged, he said
that he doubted that that would be his end also. Only he seemed glad
when he saw the cross and the sepulchre. There I confess he desired
to stay a little to look; and he seemed for a while after to be a
little cheery. When he came to the Hill Difficulty, he made no stick
at that, nor did he much fear the lions: for you must know, that his
troubles were not about such things as these; his fear was about his
acceptance at last.

I got him in at the house Beautiful, I think, before he was willing.
Also, when he was in, I brought him acquainted with the damsels of
the place; but he was ashamed to make himself much in company. He
desired much to be alone; yet he always loved good talk, and often
would get behind the screen to hear it. He also loved much to see
ancient things, and to be pondering them in his mind. He told me afterward,
that he loved to be in those two houses from which he came last, to
wit, at the gate, and that of the Interpreter, but that he durst not
be so bold as to ask.

When we went also from the house Beautiful, down the hill, into the
Valley of Humiliation, he went down as well as ever I saw a man in
my life; for he cared not how mean he was, so he might be happy at
last. Yea, I think there was a kind of sympathy betwixt that Valley
and him; for I never saw him better in all his pilgrimage than he
was in that Valley.

Here he would lie down, embrace the ground, and kiss the very flowers
that grew in this valley.%
\footnote{Lam. 3:27-29.%
} He would now be up every morning by break of day, tracing and walking
to and fro in the valley.

But when he was come to the entrance of the Valley of the Shadow of
Death, I thought I should have lost my man: not for that he had any
inclination to go back; that he always abhorred; but he was ready
to die for fear. Oh, the hobgoblins will have me!\ the hobgoblins
will have me!\ cried he; and I could not beat him out of it. He made
such a noise, and such an outcry here, that had they but heard him,
it was enough to encourage them to come and fall upon us.

But this I took very great notice of, that this valley was as quiet
when we went through it, as ever I knew it before or since. I suppose
those enemies here had now a special check from our Lord, and a command
not to meddle until Mr.\ Fearing had passed over it.

It would be too tedious to tell you of all; we will therefore only
mention a passage or two more. When he was come to Vanity Fair, I
thought he would have fought with all the men in the fair. I feared
there we should have been both knocked on the head, so hot was he
against their fooleries. Upon the Enchanted Ground he was very wakeful.
But when he was come at the river where was no bridge, there again
he was in a heavy case. Now, now, he said, he should be drowned forever,
and so never see that face with comfort that he had come so many miles
to behold.

And here also I took notice of what was very remarkable: the water
of that river was lower at this time than ever I saw it in all my
life; so he went over at last, not much above wetshod. When he was
going up to the gate, I began to take leave of him, and to wish him
a good reception above. So he said, I shall, I shall. Then parted
we asunder, and I saw him no more.

\textit{Hon}. Then it seems he was well at last?

\textit{Great}. Yes, yes, I never had doubt about him. He was a man
of a choice spirit, only he was always kept very low, and that made
his life so burdensome to himself, and so troublesome to others.%
\footnote{Psa. 88.%
} He was, above many, tender of sin: he was so afraid of doing injuries
to others, that he often would deny himself of that which was lawful,
because he would not offend.%
\footnote{Rom. 14:21; 1 Cor. 8:13.%
}

\textit{Hon}. But what should be the reason that such a good man should
be all his days so much in the dark?

\textit{Great}. There are two sorts of reasons for it. One is, the
wise God will have it so: some must pipe, and some must weep.%
\footnote{Matt. 11:16.%
} Now Mr. Fearing was one that played upon the bass. He and his fellows
sound the sackbut, whose notes are more doleful than the notes of
other music are: though indeed, some say, the bass is the ground of
music. And for my part, I care not at all for that profession which
begins not in heaviness of mind. The first string that the musician
usually touches is the bass, when he intends to put all in tune. God
also plays upon this string first, when he sets the soul in tune for
himself. Only there was the imperfection of Mr.\ Fearing; he could
play upon no other music but this till towards his latter end.

{[}I make bold to talk thus metaphorically for the ripening of the
wits of young readers, and because, in the book of Revelation, the
saved are compared to a company of musicians, that play upon their
trumpets and harps, and sing their songs before the throne.%
\footnote{Rev. 5:8; 14:2,3.%
}{]}

\textit{Hon}. He was a very zealous man, as one may see by the relation
you have given of him. Difficulties, lions, or Vanity Fair, he feared
not at all; it was only sin, death, and hell, that were to him a terror,
because he had some doubts about his interest in that celestial country.

\textit{Great}. You say right; those were the things that were his
troublers; and they, as you have well observed, arose from the weakness
of his mind thereabout, not from weakness of spirit as to the practical
part of a pilgrim's life. I dare believe that, as the proverb is,
he could have bit a firebrand, had it stood in his way; but the things
with which he was oppressed, no man ever yet could shake off with
ease.

\textit{Chr}. Then said Christiana, This relation of Mr.\ Fearing
has done me good; I thought nobody had been like me. But I see there
was some semblance betwixt this good man and me: only we differed
in two things. His troubles were so great that they broke out; but
mine I kept within. His also lay so hard upon him, they made him that
he could not knock at the houses provided for entertainment; but my
trouble was always such as made me knock the louder.

\textit{Mer}. If I might also speak my heart, I must say that something
of him has also dwelt in me. For I have ever been more afraid of the
lake, and the loss of a place in paradise, than I have been of the
loss other things. O, thought I, may I have the happiness to have
a habitation there! 'Tis enough, though I part with all the world
to win it.

\textit{Matt}. Then said Matthew, Fear was one thing that made me
think that I was far from having that within me which accompanies
salvation. But if it was so with such a good man as he, why may it
not also go well with me?

\textit{James}. No fears no grace, said James. Though there is not
always grace where there is the fear of hell, yet, to be sure, there
is no grace where there is no fear of God.

\textit{Great}. Well said, James; thou hast hit the mark. For the
fear of God is the beginning of wisdom; and to be sure, they that
want the beginning have neither middle nor end. But we will here conclude
our discourse of Mr.\ Fearing, after we have sent after him this
farewell.\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Well, Master Fearing, thou didst fear\\*

Thy God, and wast afraid\\*

Of doing any thing, while here,\\*

That would have thee betrayed.\\*

And didst thou fear the lake and pit?\\*

Would others do so too!\\*

For, as for them that want thy wit,\\*

They do themselves undo.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Now I saw that they still went on in their talk. For after Mr.\ Great-Heart
had made an end with Mr.\ Fearing, Mr.\ Honest began to tell them
of another, but his name was Mr.\ Self-will. He pretended himself
to be a pilgrim, said Mr.\ Honest; but I persuade myself he never
came in at the gate that stands at the head of the way.

\textit{Great}. Had you ever any talk with him about it?

\textit{Hon}. Yes, more than once or twice; but he would always be
like himself, self-willed. He neither cared for man, nor argument,
nor yet example; what his mind prompted him to, that he would do,
and nothing else could he be got to do.

\textit{Great}. Pray, what principles did he hold?\ for I suppose
you can tell.

\textit{Hon}. He held that a man might follow the vices as well as
the virtues of pilgrims; and that if he did both, he should be certainly
saved.

\textit{Great}. How? If he had said, it is possible for the best to
be guilty of the vices, as well as to partake of the virtues of pilgrims,
he could not much have been blamed; for indeed we are exempted from
no vice absolutely, but on condition that we watch and strive. But
this, I perceive, is not the thing; but if I understand you right,
your meaning is, that he was of opinion that it was allowable so to
be.

\textit{Hon}. Aye, aye, so I mean, and so he believed and practised.

\textit{Great}. But what grounds had he for his so saying?

\textit{Hon}. Why, he said he had the Scripture for his warrant.

\textit{Great}. Prithee, Mr.\ Honest, present us with a few particulars.

\textit{Hon}. So I will. He said, to have to do with other men's wives
had been practised by David, God's beloved; and therefore he could
do it. He said, to have more women than one was a thing that Solomon
practised, and therefore he could do it. He said, that Sarah and the
godly midwives of Egypt lied, and so did save Rahab, and therefore
he could do it. He said, that the disciples went at the bidding of
their Master, and took away the owner's ass, and therefore he could
do so too. He said, that Jacob got the inheritance of his father in
a way of guile and dissimulation, and therefore he could do so too.

\textit{Great}. High base indeed! And are you sure he was of this
opinion?

\textit{Hon}. I heard him plead for it, bring Scripture for it, bring
arguments for it, \textit{etc}.

\textit{Great}. An opinion that is not fit to be with any allowance
in the world!

\textit{Hon}. You must understand me rightly: he did not say that
any man might do this; but that they who had the virtues of those
that did such things, might also do the same.

\textit{Great}. But what more false than such a conclusion? For this
is as much as to say, that because good men heretofore have sinned
of infirmity, therefore he had allowance to do it of a presumptuous
mind; or that if, because a child, by the blast of the wind, or for
that it stumbled at a stone, fell down and defiled itself in the mire,
therefore he might wilfully lie down and wallow like a boar therein.
Who could have thought that any one could so far have been blinded
by the power of lust? But what is written must be true: they {}``stumble
at the word, being disobedient; whereunto also they were appointed.''%
\footnote{1 Peter, 2:8.%
} His supposing that such may have the godly men's virtues, who addict
themselves to their vices, is also a delusion as strong as the other.
To eat up the sin of God's people,%
\footnote{Hos. 4:8%
} as a dog licks up filth, is no sign that one is possessed with their
virtues. Nor can I believe that one who is of this opinion, can at
present have faith or love in him. But I know you have made strong
objections against him; prithee what can he say for himself?

\textit{Hon}. Why, he says, to do this by way of opinion, seems abundantly
more honest than to do it, and yet hold contrary to it in opinion.

\textit{Great}. A very wicked answer. For though to let loose the
bridle to lusts, while our opinions are against such things, is bad;
yet, to sin, and plead a toleration so to do, is worse: the one stumbles
beholders accidentally, the other leads them into the snare.

\textit{Hon}. There are many of this man's mind, that have not this
man's mouth; and that makes going on pilgrimage of so little esteem
as it is.

\textit{Great}. You have said the truth, and it is to be lamented:
but he that feareth the King of paradise, shall come out of them all.

\textit{Chr}. There are strange opinions in the world. I know one
that said, it was time enough to repent when we come to die.

\textit{Great}. Such are not overwise; that man would have been loth,
might he have had a week to run twenty miles in his life, to defer
his journey to the last hour of that week.

\textit{Hon}. You say right; and yet the generality of them who count
themselves pilgrims, do indeed do thus. I am, as you see, an old man,
and have been a traveller in this road many a day; and I have taken
notice of many things.

I have seen some that have set out as if they would drive all the
world before them, who yet have, in a few days, died as they in the
wilderness, and so never got sight of the promised land. I have seen
some that have promised nothing at first setting out to be pilgrims,
and who one would have thought could not have lived a day, that have
yet proved very good pilgrims. I have seen some who have run hastily
forward, that again have, after a little time, run just as fast back
again. I have seen some who have spoken very well of a pilgrim's life
at first, that after a while have spoken as much against it. I have
heard some, when they first set out for paradise, say positively,
there is such a place, who, when they have been almost there, have
come back again, and said there is none. I have heard some vaunt what
they would do in case they should be opposed, that have, even at a
false alarm, fled faith, the pilgrim's way, and all.

Now, as they were thus on their way, there came one running to meet
them, and said, Gentlemen, and you of the weaker sort, if you love
life, shift for yourselves, for the robbers are before you.

\textit{Great}. Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, They be the three that
set upon Little-Faith heretofore. Well, said he, we are ready for
them: so they went on their way. Now they looked at every turning
when they should have met with the villains; but whether they heard
of Mr.\ Great-Heart, or whether they had some other game, they came
not up to the pilgrims.

Christiana then wished for an inn to refresh herself and her children,
because they were weary. Then said Mr.\ Honest, There is one a little
before us, where a very honorable disciple, one Gaius, dwells.%
\footnote{Rom. 16:23.%
} So they all concluded to turn in thither; and the rather, because
the old gentleman gave him so good a report. When they came to the
door they went in, not knocking, for folks use not to knock at the
door of an inn. Then they called for the master of the house, and
he came to them. So they asked if they might lie there that night.

\textit{Gaius}. Yes, gentlemen, if you be true men; for my house is
for none but pilgrims. Then were Christiana, Mercy, and the boys the
more glad, for that the innkeeper was a lover of pilgrims. So they
called for rooms, and he showed them one for Christiana and her children
and Mercy, and another for Mr.\ Great-Heart and the old gentleman.

\textit{Great}. Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, good Gaius, what hast
thou for supper?\ for these pilgrims have come far to-day, and are
weary.

\textit{Gaius}. It is late, said Gaius, so we cannot conveniently
go out to seek food; but such as we have you shall be welcome to,
if that will content.

\textit{Great}. We will be content with what thou hast in the house;
for as much as I have proved thee, thou art never destitute of that
which is convenient.

Then he went down and spake to the cook, whose name was, Taste-that-which-is-good,
to get ready supper for so many pilgrims. This done, he comes up again,
saying, Come, my good friends, you are welcome to me, and I am glad
that I have a house to entertain you in; and while supper is making
ready, if you please, let us entertain one another with some good
discourse: so they all said, Content.

\textit{Gaius}. Then said Gaius, Whose wife is this aged matron?\ and
whose daughter is this young damsel?

\textit{Great}. This woman is the wife of one Christian, a pilgrim
of former times; and these are his four children. The maid is one
of her acquaintance, one that she hath persuaded to come with her
on pilgrimage. The boys take all after their father, and covet to
tread in his steps; yea, if they do but see any place where the old
pilgrim hath lain, or any print of his foot, it ministereth joy to
their hearts, and they covet to lie or tread in the same.

\textit{Gaius}. Then said Gaius, Is this Christian's wife, and are
these Christian's children? I knew your husband's father, yea, also
his father's father. Many have been good of this stock; their ancestors
dwelt first at Antioch.%
\footnote{Acts 11:26.%
} Christian's progenitors (I suppose you have heard your husband talk
of them)\ were very worthy men. They have, above any that I know,
showed themselves men of great virtue and courage for the Lord of
the pilgrims, his ways, and them that loved him. I have heard of many
of your husband's relations that have stood all trials for the sake
of the truth. Stephen, that was one of the first of the family from
whence your husband sprang, was knocked on the head with stones.%
\footnote{Acts 7:59, 60.%
} James, another of this generation, was slain with the edge of the
sword.%
\footnote{Acts 12:2.%
} To say nothing of Paul and Peter, men anciently of the family from
whence your husband came, there was Ignatius, who was cast to the
lions; Romanus, whose flesh was cut by pieces from his bones; and
Polycarp, that played the man in the fire. There was he that was hanged
up in a basket in the sun for the wasps to eat; and he whom they put
into a sack, and cast him into the sea to be drowned. It would be
impossible utterly to count up all of that family who have suffered
injuries and death for the love of a pilgrim's life. Nor can I but
be glad to see that thy husband has left behind him four such boys
as these. I hope they will bear up their father's name, and tread
in their father's steps, and come to their father's end.

\textit{Great}. Indeed, sir, they are likely lads: they seem to choose
heartily their father's ways.

\textit{Gaius}. That is it that I said. Wherefore Christian's family
is like still to spread abroad upon the face of the ground, and yet
to be numerous upon the face of the earth; let Christiana look out
some damsels for her sons, to whom they may be betrothed, \textit{etc}.,
that the name of their father, and the house of his progenitors, may
never be forgotten in the world.

\textit{Hon}. 'Tis pity his family should fall and be extinct.

\textit{Gaius}. Fall it cannot, but be diminished it may; but let
Christiana take my advice, and that is the way to uphold it. And,
Christiana, said this innkeeper, I am glad to see thee and thy friend
Mercy together here, a lovely couple. And if I may advise, take Mercy
into a nearer relation to thee: if she will, let her be given to Matthew
thy eldest son. It is the way to preserve a posterity in the earth.
So this match was concluded, and in process of time they were married:
but more of that hereafter.

Gaius also proceeded, and said, I will now speak on the behalf of
women, to take away their reproach. For as death and the curse came
into the world by a woman,%
\footnote{Gen. 3%
} so also did life and health: God sent forth his Son, made of a woman.%
\footnote{Gal. 4:4.%
} Yea, to show how much they that came after did abhor the act of the
mother, this sex in the Old Testament coveted children, if happily
this or that woman might be the mother of the Saviour of the world.
I will say again, that when the Saviour was come, women rejoiced in
him, before either man or angel.%
\footnote{Luke 1:42-46.%
} I read not that ever any man did give unto Christ so much as one
groat; but the women followed him, and ministered to him of their
substance.%
\footnote{Luke 8:2,3.%
} 'Twas a woman that washed his feet with tears,%
\footnote{Luke 7:37-50%
} and a woman that anointed his body at the burial.%
\footnote{John 11:2; 12:3.%
} They were women who wept when he was going to the cross,%
\footnote{Luke 23:27%
} and women that followed him from the cross,%
\footnote{Matt. 27:55,56; Luke 23:55%
} and sat over against his sepulchre when he was buried.%
\footnote{Matt. 27:61.%
} They were women that were first with him at his resurrection-morn,%
\footnote{Luke 24:1%
} and women that brought tidings first to his disciples that he was
risen from the dead.%
\footnote{Luke 24:22,23.%
} Women therefore are highly favored, and show by these things that
they are sharers with us in the grace of life.

Now the cook sent up to signify that supper was almost ready, and
sent one to lay the cloth, and the trenchers, and to set the salt
and bread in order.

Then said Matthew, The sight of this cloth, and of this forerunner
of the supper, begetteth in me a greater appetite for my food than
I had before.

\textit{Gaius}. So let all ministering doctrines to thee in this life
beget in thee a greater desire to sit at the supper of the great King
in his kingdom; for all preaching, books, and ordinances here, are
but as the laying of the trenchers, and the setting of salt upon the
board, when compared with the feast which our Lord will make for us
when we come to his house.

So supper came up. And first a heave-shoulder and a wave-breast were
set on the table before them; to show that they must begin their meal
with prayer and praise to God. The heave-shoulder David lifted up
his heart to God with; and with the wave-breast, where his heart lay,
he used to lean upon his harp when he played.%
\footnote{Lev. 7: 32-34; 10:14,15; Psalm 25:1; Heb. 13:15.%
} These two dishes were very fresh and good, and they all ate heartily
thereof.

The next they brought up was a bottle of wine, as red as blood.%
\footnote{Deut. 32:14 ; Judges 9:13; John 15:5.%
} So Gaius said to them, Drink freely; this is the true juice of the
vine, that makes glad the heart of God and man. So they drank and
were merry.

The next was a dish of milk well crumbed; Gaius said, Let the boys
have that, that they may grow thereby.%
\footnote{1 Pet. 2:1,2.%
}

Then they brought up in course a dish of butter and honey. Then said
Gaius, Eat freely of this, for this is good to cheer up and strengthen
your judgments and understandings. This was our Lord's dish when he
was a child: {}``Butter and honey shall he eat, that he may know
to refuse the evil, and choose the good.''%
\footnote{Isa. 7:15.%
}

Then they brought them up a dish of apples, and they were very good-tasted
fruit. Then said Matthew, May we eat apples, since it was such by
and with which the serpent beguiled our first mother?

Then said Gaius,\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``Apples were they with which we were beguil'd,\\*

Yet sin, not apples, hath our souls defil'd:\\*

Apples forbid, if ate, corrupt the blood;\\*

To eat such, when commanded, does us good:\\*

Drink of his flagons then, thou church, his dove,\\*

And eat his apples, who art sick of love.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Then said Matthew, I made the scruple, because I a while since was
sick with the eating of fruit.

\textit{Gaius}. Forbidden fruit will make you sick; but not what our
Lord has tolerated.

While they were thus talking, they were presented with another dish,
and it was a dish of nuts.%
\footnote{Song 6:11.%
} Then said some at the table, Nuts spoil tender teeth, especially
the teeth of children: which when Gaius heard, he said,\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``Hard texts are nuts, (I will not call them cheaters,)\\*

Whose shells do keep the kernel from the eaters:\\*

Open the shells, and you shall have the meat;\\*

They here are brought for you to crack and eat.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Then were they very merry, and sat at the table a long time, talking
of many things. Then said the old gentleman, My good landlord, while
we are cracking your nuts, if you please, do you open this riddle:\ \begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``A man there was, though some did count him mad,\\*

The more he cast away, the more he had.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Then they all gave good heed, wondering what good Gaius would say;
so he sat still a while, and then thus replied:\ \begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``He who bestows his goods upon the poor,\\*

Shall have as much again, and ten times more.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Then said Joseph, I dare say, sir, I did not think you could have
found it out.

Oh, said Gaius, I have been trained up in this way a great while:
nothing teaches like experience. I have learned of my Lord to be kind,
and have found by experience that I have gained thereby. There is
that scattereth, and yet increaseth; and there is that withholdeth
more than is meet, but it tendeth to poverty: There is that maketh
himself rich, yet hath nothing; there is that maketh himself poor,
yet hath great riches.%
\footnote{Prov. 11:24; 13:7.%
}

Then Samuel whispered to Christiana, his mother, and said, Mother,
this is a very good man's house: let us stay here a good while, and
let my brother Matthew be married here to Mercy, before we go any
further. The which Gaius the host overhearing, said, With a very good
will, my child.

So they stayed there more than a month, and Mercy was given to Matthew
to wife.

While they stayed here, Mercy, as her custom was, would be making
coats and garments to give to the poor, by which she brought a very
good report upon the pilgrims.

But to return again to our story: After supper the lads desired a
bed, for they were weary with travelling: Then Gaius called to show
them their chamber; but said Mercy, I will have them to bed. So she
had them to bed, and they slept well: but the rest sat up all night;
for Gaius and they were such suitable company, that they could not
tell how to part. After much talk of their Lord, themselves, and their
journey, old Mr.\ Honest, he that put forth the riddle to Gaius,
began to nod. Then said Great-Heart, What, sir, you begin to be drowsy;
come, rub up, now here is a riddle for you. Then said Mr.\ Honest,
Let us hear it. Then replied Mr.\ Great-heart,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize\ \\

\mbox{``He that would kill, must first be overcome:}\\*

\mbox{Who live abroad would, first must die at home.''}\\

\ 

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

Ha, said Mr.\ Honest, it is a hard one; hard to expound, and harder
to practise. But come, landlord, said he, I will, if you please, leave
my part to you: do you expound it, and I will hear what you say.

No, said Gaius, it was put to you, and it is expected you should answer
it. Then said the old gentleman,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``He first by grace must conquered be,\\*

That sin would mortify;\\*

Who that he lives would convince me,\\*

Unto himself must die.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

It is right, said Gaius; good doctrine and experience teach this.
For, first, until grace displays itself, and overcomes the soul with
its glory, it is altogether without heart to oppose sin. Besides,
if sin is Satan's cords, by which the soul lies bound, how should
it make resistance before it is loosed from that infirmity? Secondly,
Nor will any one that knows either reason or grace, believe that such
a man can be a living monument of grace that is a slave to his own
corruptions. And now it comes into my mind, I will tell you a story
worth the hearing. There were two men that went on pilgrimage; the
one began when he was young, the other when he was old. The young
man had strong corruptions to grapple with; the old man's were weak
with the decays of nature. The young man trod his steps as even as
did the old one, and was every way as light as he. Who now, or which
of them, had their graces shining clearest, since both seemed to be
alike?

\textit{Hon}. The young man's, doubtless. For that which makes head
against the greatest opposition, gives best demonstration that it
is strongest; especially when it also holdeth pace with that which
meets not with half so much, as to be sure old age does not. Besides,
I have observed that old men have blessed themselves with this mistake;
namely, taking the decays of nature for a gracious conquest over corruptions,
and so have been apt to beguile themselves. Indeed, old men that are
gracious are best able to give advice to them that are young, because
they have seen most of the emptiness of things: but yet, for an old
and a young man to set out both together, the young one has the advantage
of the fairest discovery of a work of grace within him, though the
old man's corruptions are naturally the weakest. Thus they sat talking
till break of day.

Now, when the family were up, Christiana bid her son James that he
should read a chapter; so he read 53d of Isaiah. When he had done,
Mr. Honest asked why it was said that the Saviour was to come {}``out
of a dry ground;''\ and also, that {}``he had no form nor comeliness
in him.''

\textit{Great}. Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, To the first I answer,
because the church of the Jews, of which Christ came, had then lost
almost all the sap and spirit of religion. To the second I say, the
words are spoken in the person of unbelievers, who, because they want
the eye that can see into our Prince's heart, therefore they judge
of him by the meanness of his outside; just like those who, not knowing
that precious stones are covered over with a homely crust, when they
have found one, because they know not what they have found, cast it
away again, as men do a common stone.

Well, said Gaius, now you are here, and since, as I know, Mr.\ Great-Heart
is good at his weapons, if you please, after we have refreshed ourselves,
we will walk into the fields, to see if we can do any good. About
a mile from hence there is one Slay-good, a giant, that doth much
annoy the King's highway in these parts; and I know whereabout his
haunt is. He is master of a number of thieves: 't would be well if
we could clear these parts of him. So they consented and went: Mr.\ Great-Heart
with his sword, helmet, and shield; and the rest with spears and staves.

When they came to the place where he was, they found him with one
Feeble-mind in his hand, whom his servants had brought unto him, having
taken him in the way. Now the giant was rifling him, with a purpose
after that to pick his bones; for he was of the nature of flesheaters.

Well, so soon as he saw Mr.\ Great-Heart and his friends at the mouth
of his cave, with their weapons, he demanded what they wanted.

\textit{Great}. We want thee; for we are come to revenge the quarrels
of the many that thou hast slain of the pilgrims, when thou hast dragged
them out of the King's highway: wherefore come out of thy cave. So
he armed himself and came out, and to battle they went, and fought
for above an hour, and then stood still to take wind.

\textit{Slay}. Then said the giant, Why are you here on my ground?

\textit{Great}. To revenge the blood of pilgrims, as I told thee before.
So they went to it again, and the giant made Mr.\ Great-Heart give
back; but he came up again, and in the greatness of his mind he let
fly with such stoutness at the giant's head and sides, that he made
him let his weapon fall out of his hand. So he smote him, and slew
him, and cut off his head, and brought it away to the inn. He also
took Feeble-mind the pilgrim, and brought him with him to his lodgings.
When they were come home, they showed his head to the family, and
set it up, as they had done others before, for a terror to those that
should attempt to do as he hereafter.

Then they asked Mr.\ Feeble-Mind how he fell into his hands.

\textit{Feeble}. Then said the poor man, I am a sickly man, as you
see: and because death did usually once a day knock at my door, I
thought I should never be well at home; so I betook myself to a pilgrim's
life, and have traveled hither from the town of Uncertain, where I
and my father were born. I am a man of no strength at all of body,
nor yet of mind, but would, if I could, though I can but crawl, spend
my life in the pilgrim's way. When I came at the gate that is at the
head of the way, the Lord of that place did entertain me freely; neither
objected he against my weakly looks, nor against my feeble mind; but
gave me such things as were necessary for my journey, and bid me hope
to the end. When I came to the house of the Interpreter, I received
much kindness there: and because the hill of Difficulty was judged
too hard for me, I was carried up that by one of his servants. Indeed,
I have found much relief from pilgrims, though none were willing to
go so softly as I am forced to do: yet still as they came on, they
bid me be of good cheer, and said, that it was the will of their Lord
that comfort should be given to the feeble-minded;%
\footnote{1 Thess. 5:14%
} and so went on their own pace. When I was come to Assault-lane, then
this giant met with me, and bid me prepare for an encounter. But,
alas, feeble one that I was, I had more need of a cordial; so he came
up and took me. I conceited he would not kill me. Also when he had
got me into his den, since I went not with him willingly, I believed
I should come out alive again; for I have heard, that not any pilgrim
that is taken captive by violent hands, if he keeps heart whole towards
his Master, is, by the laws of providence, to die by the hand of the
enemy. Robbed I looked to be, and robbed to be sure I am; but I have,
as you see, escaped with life, for the which I thank my King as the
author, and you as the means. Other brunts I also look for; but this
I have resolved on, to wit, to run when I can, to go when I cannot
run, and to creep when I cannot go. As to the main, I thank him that
loved me, I am fixed; my way is before me, my mind is beyond the river
that has no bridge, though I am, as you see, but of a feeble mind.

\textit{Hon}. Then said old Mr.\ Honest, Have not you, sometime ago,
been acquainted with one Mr.\ Fearing, a pilgrim?

\textit{Feeble}. Acquainted with him! Yes, he came from the town of
Stupidity, which lieth four degrees to the northward of the city of
Destruction, and as many off of where I was born: yet we were well
acquainted, for indeed he was my uncle, my father's brother. He and
I have been much of a temper: he was a little shorter than I, but
yet we were much of a complexion.

\textit{Hon}. I perceive you knew him, and I am apt to believe also
that you were related one to another; for you have his whitely look,
a cast like his with your eye, and your speech is much alike.

\textit{Feeble}. Most have said so that have known us both: and, besides,
what I have read in him I have for the most part found in myself.

\textit{Gaius}. Come, sir, said good Gaius, be of good cheer; you
are welcome to me, and to my house. What thou hast a mind to, call
for freely; and what thou wouldst have my servants do for thee, they
will do it with a ready mind.

Then said Mr.\ Feeble-mind, This is an unexpected favor, and as the
sun shining out of a very dark cloud. Did giant Slay-good intend me
this favor when he stopped me, and resolved to let me go no further?
Did he intend, that after he had rifled my pockets I should go to
Gaius mine host? Yet so it is.

Now, just as Mr.\ Feeble-mind and Gaius were thus in talk, there
came one running, and called at the door, and said, that about a mile
and a half off there was one Mr.\ Not-right, a pilgrim, struck dead
upon the place where he was, with a thunderbolt.

\textit{Feeble}. Alas!\ said Mr.\ Feeble-mind, is he slain? He overtook
me some days before I came so far as hither, and would be my company-keeper.
He was also with me when Slay-good the giant took me, but he was nimble
of his heels, and escaped; but it seems he escaped to die, and I was
taken to live.\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``What one would think doth seek to slay outright,\\*

Ofttimes delivers from the saddest plight.\\*

That very Providence whose face is death,\\*

Doth ofttimes to the lowly life bequeath.\\*

I taken was, he did escape and flee;\\*

Hands cross'd gave death to him and life to me.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Now, about this time Matthew and Mercy were married; also Gaius gave
his daughter Phebe to James, Matthew's brother, to wife; after which
time they yet stayed about ten days at Gaius'\ house, spending their
time and the seasons like as pilgrims use to do.

When they were to depart, Gaius made them a feast, and they did eat
and drink, and were merry. Now the hour was come that they must be
gone; wherefore Mr.\ Great-heart called for a reckoning. But Gaius
told him, that at his house it was not the custom for pilgrims to
pay for their entertainment. He boarded them by the year, but looked
for his pay from the good Samaritan, who had promised him, at his
return, whatsoever charge he was at with them, faithfully to repay
him.%
\footnote{Luke 10:34,35.%
} Then said Mr.\ Great-heart to him,

\textit{Great}. Beloved, thou doest faithfully whatsoever thou doest
to the brethren, and to strangers, who have borne witness of thy charity
before the church, whom if thou yet bring forward on their journey,
after a godly sort, thou shalt do well.%
\footnote{3 John 5,6.%
} Then Gaius took his leave of them all, and his children, and particularly
of Mr.\ Feeble-mind. He also gave him something to drink by the way.

Now Mr.\ Feeble-mind, when they were going out of the door, made
as if he intended to linger. The which, when Mr.\ Great-Heart espied,
he said, Come, Mr.\ Feeble-mind, pray do you go along with us: I
will be your conductor, and you shall fare as the rest.

\textit{Feeble}. Alas! I want a suitable companion. You are all lusty
and strong, but I, as you see, am weak; I choose, therefore, rather
to come behind, lest, by reason of my many infirmities, I should be
both a burden to myself and to you. I am, as I said, a man of a weak
and feeble mind, and shall be offended and made weak at that which
others can bear. I shall like no laughing; I shall like no gay attire;
I shall like no unprofitable questions. Nay, I am so weak a man as
to be offended with that which others have a liberty to do. I do not
yet know all the truth: I am a very ignorant Christian man. Sometimes,
if I hear some rejoice in the Lord, it troubles me because I cannot
do so too. It is with me as it is with a weak man among the strong,
or as with a sick man among the healthy, or as a lamp despised; so
that I know not what to do. {}``He that is ready to slip with his
feet is as a lamp despised in the thought of him that is at ease.''%
\footnote{Job 12:5.%
}

\textit{Great}. But, brother, said Mr.\ Great-Heart, I have it in
commission to comfort the feeble-minded, and to support the weak.
You must needs go along with us; we will wait for you; we will lend
you our help; we will deny ourselves of some things, both opinionative
and practical, for your sake: we will not enter into doubtful disputations
before you; we will be made all things to you, rather than you shall
be left behind.%
\footnote{1 Thess. 5:14; Rom. 14; 1 Cor. 8:9-13; 9:22.%
}

Now, all this while they were at Gaius'\ door; and behold, as they
were thus in the heat of their discourse, Mr.\ Ready-to-halt came
by, with his crutches in his hand, and he also was going on pilgrimage.

\textit{Feeble}. Then said Mr.\ Feeble-mind to him, Man, how camest
thou hither? I was but now complaining that I had not a suitable companion,
but thou art according to my wish. Welcome, welcome, good Mr.\ Ready-to-halt;
I hope thou and I may be some help.

\textit{Ready}. I shall be glad of thy company, said the other; and,
good Mr. Feeble-mind, rather than we will part, since we are thus
happily met, I will lend thee one of my crutches.

\textit{Feeble}. Nay, said he, though I thank thee for thy good-will,
I am not inclined to halt before I am lame. Howbeit, I think when
occasion is, it may help me against a dog.

\textit{Ready}. If either myself or my crutches can do thee a pleasure,
we are both at thy command, good Mr.\ Feeble-mind.

Thus, therefore, they went on. Mr.\ Great-Heart and Mr.\ Honest
went before, Christiana and her children went next, and Mr.\ Feeble-mind
came behind, and Mr.\ Ready-to-halt with his crutches. Then said
Mr.\ Honest,

\textit{Hon}. Pray, sir, now we are upon the road, tell us some profitable
things of some that have gone on pilgrimage before us.

\textit{Great}. With a good will. I suppose you have heard how Christian
of old did meet with Apollyon in the Valley of Humiliation, and also
what hard work he had to go through the Valley of the Shadow of Death.
Also I think you cannot but have heard how Faithful was put to it
by Madam Wanton, with Adam the First, with one Discontent, and Shame;
four as deceitful villains as a man can meet with upon the road.

\textit{Hon}. Yes, I have heard of all this; but indeed good Faithful
was hardest put to it with Shame: he was an unwearied one.

\textit{Great}. Aye; for, as the pilgrim well said, he of all men
had the wrong name.

\textit{Hon}. But pray, sir, where was it that Christian and Faithful
met Talkative? That same was also a notable one.

\textit{Great}. He was a confident fool; yet many follow his ways.

\textit{Hon}. He had like to have beguiled Faithful.

\textit{Great}. Aye, but Christian put him into a way quickly to find
him out.

Thus they went on till they came to the place where Evangelist met
with Christian and Faithful, and prophesied to them what should befall
them at Vanity Fair. Then said their guide, Hereabouts did Christian
and Faithful meet with Evangelist, who prophesied to them of what
troubles they should meet with at Vanity Fair.

\textit{Hon}. Say you so? I dare say it was a hard chapter that then
he did read unto them.

\textit{Great}. It was so, but he gave them encouragement withal.
But what do we talk of them? They were a couple of lion-like men;
they had set their faces like a flint. Do not you remember how undaunted
they were when they stood before the judge?

\textit{Hon}. Well: Faithful bravely suffered.

\textit{Great}. So he did, and as brave things came on't; for Hopeful,
and some others, as the story relates it, were converted by his death.

\textit{Hon}. Well, but pray go on; for you are well acquainted with
things.

\textit{Great}. Above all that Christian met with after he had passed
through Vanity Fair, one By-ends was the arch one.

\textit{Hon}. By-ends!\ what was he?

\textit{Great}. A very arch fellow, a downright hypocrite; one that
would be religious, whichever way the world went; but so cunning,
that he would be sure never to lose or suffer for it. He had his mode
of religion for every fresh occasion, and his wife was as good at
it as he. He would turn from opinion to opinion; yea, and plead for
so doing, too. But, so far as I could learn, he came to an ill end
with his by-ends; nor did I ever hear that any of his children were
ever of any esteem with any that truly feared God.

Now by this time they were come within sight of the town of Vanity,
where Vanity Fair is kept. So, when they saw that they were so near
the town, they consulted with one another how they should pass through
the town; and some said one thing, and some another. At last Mr.\ Great-Heart
said, I have, as you may understand, often been a conductor of pilgrims
through this town. Now, I am acquainted with one Mr.\ Mnason,%
\footnote{Acts 21:16%
} a Cyprusian by nation, an old disciple, at whose house we may lodge.
If you think good, we will turn in there.

Content, said old Honest; Content, said Christiana; Content, said
Mr. Feeble-mind; and so they said all. Now you must think it was eventide
by that they got to the outside of the town; but Mr.\ Great-Heart
knew the way to the old man's house. So thither they came; and he
called at the door, and the old man within knew his tongue as soon
as ever he heard it; so he opened the door, and they all came in.
Then said Mnason, their host, How far have ye come to-day? So they
said, from the house of Gaius our friend. I promise you, said he,
you have gone a good stitch. You may well be weary; sit down. So they
sat down.

\textit{Great}. Then said their guide, Come, what cheer, good sirs?
I dare say you are welcome to my friend.

\emph{Mnas.} I also, said Mr.\ Mnason, do bid you welcome; and whatever
you want, do but say, and we will do what we can to get it for you.

\textit{Hon}. Our great want, a while since, was harbor and good company,
and now I hope we have both.

\emph{Mnas.} For harbor, you see what it is; but for good company,
that will appear in the trial.

\textit{Great}. Well, said Mr.\ Great-Heart, will you have the pilgrims
up into their lodging?

\emph{Mnas.} I will, said Mr.\ Mnason. So he had them to their respective
places; and also showed them a very fair dining-room, where they might
be, and sup together until the time should come to go to rest.

Now, when they were seated in their places, and were a little cheery
after their journey, Mr.\ Honest asked his landlord if there was
any store of good people in the town.

\emph{Mnas.} We have a few: for indeed they are but a few when compared
with them on the other side.

\textit{Hon}. But how shall we do to see some of them?\ for the sight
of good men to them that are going on pilgrimage, is like the appearing
of the moon and stars to them that are sailing upon the seas.

\emph{Mnas.} Then Mr.\ Mnason stamped with his foot, and his daughter
Grace came up. So he said unto her, Grace, go you, tell my friends,
Mr. Contrite, Mr.\ Holy-man, Mr.\ Love-saints, Mr.\ Dare-not-lie,
and Mr.\ Penitent, that I have a friend or two at my house who have
a mind this evening to see them. So Grace went to call them, and they
came; and after salutation made, they sat down together at the table.

Then said Mr.\ Mnason their landlord, My neighbors, I have, as you
see, a company of strangers come to my house; they are pilgrims: they
come from afar, and are going to Mount Zion. But who, quoth he, do
you think this is?\ pointing his finger to Christiana. It is Christiana,
the wife of Christian, the famous pilgrim, who, with Faithful his
brother, was so shamefully handled in our town. At that they stood
amazed, saying, We little thought to see Christiana when Grace came
to call us; wherefore this is a very comfortable surprise. They then
asked her of her welfare, and if these young men were her husband's
sons. And when she had told them they were, they said, The King whom
you love and serve make you as your father, and bring you where he
is in peace.

\textit{Hon}. Then Mr.\ Honest (when they were all sat down)\ asked
Mr.\ Contrite and the rest, in what posture their town was at present.

\emph{Cont.} You may be sure we are full of hurry in fair-time. 'T
is hard keeping our hearts and spirits in good order when we are in
a cumbered condition. He that lives in such a place as this is, and
has to do with such as we have, has need of an item to caution him
to take heed every moment of the day.

\textit{Hon}. But how are your neighbors now for quietness?

\emph{Cont.} They are much more moderate now than formerly. You know
how Christian and Faithful were used at our town; but of late, I say,
they have been far more moderate. I think the blood of Faithful lieth
as a load upon them till now; for since they burned him, they have
been ashamed to burn any more. In those days we were afraid to walk
the street; but now we can show our heads. Then the name of a professor
was odious; now, especially in some parts of our town, (for you know
our town is large,)\ religion is counted honorable. Then said Mr.\ Contrite
to them, Pray how fareth it with you in your pilgrimage?\ how stands
the country affected towards you?

\textit{Hon}. It happens to us as it happeneth to wayfaring men: sometimes
our way is clean, sometimes foul; sometimes up hill, sometimes down
hill; we are seldom at a certainty. The wind is not always on our
backs, nor is every one a friend that we meet with in the way. We
have met with some notable rubs already, and what are yet behind we
know not; but for the most part, we find it true that has been talked
of old, A good man must suffer trouble.

\emph{Cont.} You talk of rubs; what rubs have you met withal?

\textit{Hon}. Nay, ask Mr.\ Great-Heart, our guide; for he can give
the best account of that.

\textit{Great}. We have been beset three or four times already. First,
Christiana and her children were beset by two ruffians, who they feared
would take away their lives. We were beset by Giant Bloody-man, Giant
Maul, and Giant Slay-good. Indeed, we did rather beset the last than
were beset by him. And thus it was: after we had been some time at
the house of Gaius mine host, and of the whole church, we were minded
upon a time to take our weapons with us, and go see if we could light
upon any of those that are enemies to pilgrims; for we heard that
there was a notable one thereabouts. Now Gaius knew his haunt better
than I, because he dwelt thereabout. So we looked, and looked, till
at last we discerned the mouth of his cave: then we were glad, and
plucked up our spirits. So we approached up to his den; and lo, when
we came there, he had dragged, by mere force, into his net, this poor
man, Mr.\ Feeble-mind, and was about to bring him to his end. But
when he saw us, supposing, as we thought, he had another prey, he
left the poor man in his hole, and came out. So we fell to it full
sore, and he lustily laid about him; but, in conclusion, he was brought
down to the ground, and his head cut off, and set up by the way-side
for a terror to such as should after practise such ungodliness. That
I tell you the truth, here is the man himself to affirm it, who was
as a lamb taken out of the mouth of the lion.

\textit{Feeble}. Then said Mr.\ Feeble-mind, I found this true, to
my cost and comfort: to my cost, when he threatened to pick my bones
every moment; and to my comfort, when I saw Mr.\ Great-Heart and
his friends, with their weapons, approach so near for my deliverance.

\textit{Holy}. Then said Mr.\ Holy-man, There are two things that
they have need to possess who go on pilgrimage; courage, and an unspotted
life. If they have not courage, they can never hold on their way;
and if their lives be loose, they will make the very name of a pilgrim
stink.

\textit{Love}. Then said Mr.\ Love-saints, I hope this caution is
not needful among you: but truly there are many that go upon the road,
who rather declare themselves strangers to pilgrimage, than strangers
and pilgrims on the earth.

\textit{Dare}. Then said Mr.\ Dare-not-lie, 'Tis true. They have
neither the pilgrim's weed, nor the pilgrim's courage; they go not
uprightly, but all awry with their feet; one shoe goeth inward, another
outward; and their hosen are out behind: here a rag, and there a rent,
to the disparagement of their Lord.

\textit{Pen}. These things, said Mr.\ Penitent, they ought to be
troubled for; nor are the pilgrims like to have that grace put upon
them and their Pilgrim's Progress as they desire, until the way is
cleared of such spots and blemishes. Thus they sat talking and spending
the time until supper was set upon the table, unto which they went,
and refreshed their weary bodies: so they went to rest.

Now they staid in the fair a great while, at the house of Mr.\ Mnason,
who in process of time gave his daughter Grace unto Samuel, Christian's
son, to wife, and his daughter Martha to Joseph.

The time, as I said, that they staid here, was long, for it was not
now as in former times. Wherefore the pilgrims grew acquainted with
many of the good people of the town, and did them what service they
could. Mercy, as she was wont, labored much for the poor: wherefore
their bellies and backs blessed her, and she was there an ornament
to her profession. And, to say the truth for Grace, Phebe, and Martha,
they were all of a very good nature, and did much good in their places.
They were also all of them very fruitful; so that Christian's name,
as was said before, was like to live in the world.

While they lay here, there came a monster out of the woods, and slew
many of the people of the town. It would also carry away their children,
and teach them to suck its whelps. Now, no man in the town durst so
much as face this monster; but all fled when they heard the noise
of his coming.

The monster was like unto no one beast on the earth. Its body was
like a dragon, and it had seven heads and ten horns. It made great
havoc of children, and yet it was governed by a woman.%
\footnote{Rev. 17:3.%
} This monster propounded conditions to men; and such men as loved
their lives more than their souls, accepted of those conditions. So
they came under.

Now Mr.\ Great-Heart, together with those who came to visit the pilgrims
at Mr.\ Mnason's house, entered into a covenant to go and engage
this beast, if perhaps they might deliver the people of this town
from the paws and mouth of this so devouring a serpent.

Then did Mr.\ Great-Heart, Mr.\ Contrite, Mr.\ Holy-man, Mr.\ Dare-not-lie,
and Mr.\ Penitent, with their weapons, go forth to meet him. Now
the monster at first was very rampant, and looked upon these enemies
with great disdain; but they so belabored him, being sturdy men at
arms, that they made him make a retreat: so they came home to Mr.\ Mnason's
house again.

The monster, you must know, had his certain seasons to come out in,
and to make his attempts upon the children of the people of the town.
At these seasons did these valiant worthies watch him, and did still
continually assault him; insomuch that in process of time he became
not only wounded, but lame. Also he has not made that havoc of the
townsmen's children as formerly he had done; and it is verily believed
by some that this beast will die of his wounds.

This, therefore, made Mr.\ Great-Heart and his fellows of great fame
in this town; so that many of the people that wanted their taste of
things, yet had a reverent esteem and respect for them. Upon this
account, therefore, it was, that these pilgrims got not much hurt
here. True, there were some of the baser sort, that could see no more
than a mole, nor understand any more than a beast; these had no reverence
for these men, and took no notice of their valor and adventures.


\chapter*{\raggedright THE SEVENTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE SEVENTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE SEVENTH STAGE}

Well, the time grew on that the pilgrims must go on their way; wherefore
they prepared for their journey. They sent for their friends; they
conferred with them; they had some time set apart therein to commit
each other to the protection of their Prince. There were again that
brought them of such things as they had, that were fit for the weak
and the strong, for the women and the men, and so laded them with
such things as were necessary.%
\footnote{Acts 28:10.%
} Then they set forward on their way; and their friends accompanying
them so far as was convenient, they again committed each other to
the protection of their King, and parted.

They therefore that were of the pilgrims'\ company went on, and Mr.\ Great-Heart
went before them. Now, the women and children being weakly, they were
forced to go as they could bear; by which means Mr.\ Ready-to-halt
and Mr.\ Feeble-mind, had more to sympathize with their condition.

When they were gone from the townsmen, and when their friends had
bid them farewell, they quickly came to the place where Faithful was
put to death. Therefore they made a stand, and thanked him that had
enabled him to bear his cross so well; and the rather, because they
now found that they had a benefit by such a manly suffering as his
was.

They went on therefore after this a good way further, talking of Christian
and Faithful, and how Hopeful joined himself to Christian after that
Faithful was dead.

Now they were come up with the hill Lucre, where the silver mine was
which took Demas off from his pilgrimage, and into which, as some
think, By-ends fell and perished; wherefore they considered that.
But when they were come to the old monument that stood over against
the hill Lucre, to wit, to the pillar of salt, that stood also within
view of Sodom and its stinking lake, they marvelled, as did Christian
before, that men of such knowledge and ripeness of wit as they were,
should be so blinded as to turn aside here. Only they considered again,
that nature is not affected with the harms that others have met with,
especially if that thing upon which they look has an attracting virtue
upon the foolish eye.

I saw now, that they went on till they came to the river that was
on this side of the Delectable Mountains; to the river where the fine
trees grow on both sides, and whose leaves, if taken inwardly, are
good against surfeits; where the meadows are green all the year long,
and where they might lie down safely.%
\footnote{Psa. 23:2.%
}

By this river-side, in the meadows, there were cotes and folds for
sheep, a house built for the nourishing and bringing up of those lambs,
the babes of those women that go on pilgrimage. Also there was here
one that was intrusted with them, who could have compassion; and that
could gather these lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosom,
and gently lead those that were with young.%
\footnote{Heb. 5:2; Isa. 40:11.%
} Now, to the care of this man Christiana admonished her four daughters
to commit their little ones, that by these waters they might be housed,
harbored, succored, and nourished, and that none of them might be
lacking in time to come. This man, if any of them go astray, or be
lost, will bring them again; he will also bind up that which was broken,
and will strengthen them that are sick.%
\footnote{Jer. 23:4; Ezek. 34:11-16.%
} Here they will never want meat, drink, and clothing; here they will
be kept from thieves and robbers; for this man will die before one
of those committed to his trust shall be lost. Besides, here they
shall be sure to have good nurture and admonition, and shall be taught
to walk in right paths, and that you know is a favor of no small account.
Also here, as you see, are delicate waters, pleasant meadows, dainty
flowers, variety of trees, and such as bear wholesome fruit: fruit,
not like that which Matthew ate of, that fell over the wall out of
Beelzebub's garden; but fruit that procureth health where there is
none, and that continueth and increaseth it where it is. So they were
content to commit their little ones to him; and that which was also
an encouragement to them so to do, was, for that all this was to be
at the charge of the King, and so was as an hospital to young children
and orphans.

Now they went on. And when they were come to By-path Meadow, to the
stile over which Christian went with his fellow Hopeful, when they
were taken by Giant Despair and put into Doubting Castle, they sat
down, and consulted what was best to be done: to wit, now they were
so strong, and had got such a man as Mr.\ Great-Heart for their conductor,
whether they had not best to make an attempt upon the giant, demolish
his castle, and if there were any pilgrims in it, to set them at liberty
before they went any further. So one said one thing, and another said
the contrary. One questioned if it was lawful to go upon unconsecrated
ground; another said they might, provided their end was good; but
Mr.\ Great-Heart said, Though that assertion offered last cannot
be universally true, yet I have a commandment to resist sin, to overcome
evil, to fight the good fight of faith: and I pray, with whom should
I fight this good fight, if not with Giant Despair? I will therefore
attempt the taking away of his life, and the demolishing of Doubting
Castle. Then said he, Who will go with me? Then said old Honest, I
will. And so will we too, said Christiana's four sons, Matthew, Samuel,
Joseph, and James; for they were young men and strong.%
\footnote{1 John 2:13,14.%
} So they left the women in the road, and with them Mr.\ Feeble-mind,
and Mr.\ Ready-to-halt with his crutches, to be their guard until
they came back; for in that place the Giant Despair dwelt so near,
they keeping in the road, a little child might lead them.%
\footnote{Isa. 11:6.%
}

So Mr.\ Great-Heart, old Honest, and the four young men, went to
go up to Doubting Castle, to look for Giant Despair. When they came
at the castle gate, they knocked for entrance with an unusual noise.
At that the old Giant comes to the gate, and Diffidence his wife follows.
Then said he, Who and what is he that is so hardy, as after this manner
to molest the Giant Despair? Mr.\ Great-Heart replied, It is I, Great-Heart,
one of the King of the Celestial country's conductors of pilgrims
to their place; and I demand of thee that thou open thy gates for
my entrance: prepare thyself also to fight, for I am come to take
away thy head; and to demolish Doubting Castle.

Now Giant Despair, because he was a giant, thought no man could overcome
him: and again thought he, Since heretofore I have made a conquest
of angels, shall Great-Heart make me afraid? So he harnessed himself,
and went out. He had a cap of steel upon his head, a breast-plate
of fire girded to him, and he came out in iron shoes, with a great
club in his hand. Then these six men made up to him, and beset him
behind and before: also, when Diffidence the giantess came up to help
him, old Mr. Honest cut her down at one blow. Then they fought for
their lives, and Giant Despair was brought down to the ground, but
was very loth to die. He struggled hard, and had, as they say, as
many lives as a cat; but Great-Heart was his death, for he left him
not till he had severed his head from his shoulders.

Then they fell to demolishing Doubting Castle, and that you know might
with ease be done, since Giant Despair was dead. They were seven days
in destroying of that; and in it of pilgrims they found one Mr. Despondency,
almost starved to death, and one Much-afraid, his daughter: these
two they saved alive. But it would have made you wonder to have seen
the dead bodies that lay here and there in the castle yard, and how
full of dead men's bones the dungeon was.

When Mr.\ Great-Heart and his companions had performed this exploit,
they took Mr.\ Despondency, and his daughter Much-afraid, into their
protection; for they were honest people, though they were prisoners
in Doubting Castle to that tyrant Giant Despair. They, therefore,
I say, took with them the head of the giant, (for his body they had
buried under a heap of stones,)\ and down to the road and to their
companions they came, and showed them what they had done. Now, when
Feeble-mind and Ready-to-halt saw that it was the head of Giant Despair
indeed, they were very jocund and merry. Now Christiana, if need was,
could play upon the viol, and her daughter Mercy upon the lute: so,
since they were so merry disposed, she played them a lesson, and Ready-to-halt
would dance. So he took Despondency's daughter, Much-afraid, by the
hand, and to dancing they went in the road. True, he could not dance
without one crutch in his hand, but I promise you he footed it well:
also the girl was to be commended, for she answered the music handsomely.

As for Mr.\ Despondency, the music was not so much to him; he was
for feeding rather than dancing, for that he was almost starved. So
Christiana gave him some of her bottle of spirits for present relief,
and then prepared him something to eat; and in a little time the old
gentleman came to himself, and began to be finely revived.

Now I saw in my dream, when all these things were finished, Mr.\ Great-Heart
took the head of Giant Despair, and set it upon a pole by the highway-side,
right over against the pillar that Christian erected for a caution
to pilgrims that came after, to take heed of entering into his grounds.

Then he writ under it upon a marble stone these verses following:\ \begin{flushleft}\footnotesize\sc

``This is the head of him whose name only\\*

In former times did pilgrims terrify.\\*

His castle's down, and Diffidence his wife\\*

Brave Mr. Great-Heart has bereft of life.\\*

Despondency, his daughter Much-afraid,\\*

Great-Heart for them also the man has play'd.\\*

Who hereof doubts, if he'll but cast his eye\\*

Up hither, may his scruples satisfy.\\*

This head also, when doubting cripples dance,\\*

\mbox{Doth show from fears they have deliverance.''}

\end{flushleft}

{}

When these men had thus bravely showed themselves against Doubting
Castle, and had slain Giant Despair, they went forward, and went on
till they came to the Delectable Mountains, where Christian and Hopeful
refreshed themselves with the varieties of the place. They also acquainted
themselves with the shepherds there, who welcomed them, as they had
done Christian before, unto the Delectable Mountains.

Now the shepherds seeing so great a train follow Mr.\ Great-Heart,
(for with him they were well acquainted,)\ they said unto him, Good
sir, you have got a goodly company here; pray where did you find all
these?

Then Mr. Great-Heart replied,

\begin{flushleft}\footnotesize

``First, here is Christiana and her train,\\*

Her sons, and her sons' wives, who, like the wain,\\*

Keep by the pole, and do by compass steer\\*

From sin to grace, else they had not been here.\\*

Next here's old Honest come on pilgrimage,\\*

Ready-to-halt too, who I dare engage\\*

True-hearted is, and so is Feeble-mind,\\*

Who willing was not to be left behind.\\*

Despondency, good man, is coming after,\\*

And so also is Much-afraid, his daughter.\\*

May we have entertainment here, or must\\*

We further go? Let's knew whereon to trust.''

\end{flushleft}

{}

Then said the shepherds, This is a comfortable company. You are welcome
to us; for we have for the feeble, as well as for the strong. Our
Prince has an eye to what is done to the least of these; therefore
Infirmity must not be a block to our entertainment.%
\footnote{Matt. 25:40.%
} So they had them to the palace door, and then said unto them, Come
in, Mr.\ Feeble-Mind; come in Mr.\ Ready-to-halt; Come in, Mr.\ Despondency,
and Mrs.\ Much-afraid his daughter. These, Mr.\ Great-Heart, said
the shepherds to the guide, we call in by name, for that they are
most subject to draw back; but as for you, and the rest that are strong,
we leave you to your wonted liberty. Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart,
This day I see that grace doth shine in your faces, and that you are
my Lord's shepherds indeed; for that you have not pushed these diseased
neither with side nor shoulder, but have rather strewed their way
into the palace with flowers, as you should.%
\footnote{Ezek. 34:21.%
}

So the feeble and weak went in, and Mr.\ Great-Heart and the rest
did follow. When they were also set down, the shepherds said to those
of the weaker sort, What is it that you would have?\ for, said they,
all things must be managed here to the supporting of the weak, as
well as to the warning of the unruly. So they made them a feast of
things easy of digestion, and that were pleasant to the palate and
nourishing; the which when they had received, they went to their rest,
each one respectively unto his proper place.

When morning was come, because the mountains were high and the day
clear, and because it was the custom of the shepherds to show the
pilgrims before their departure some rarities, therefore, after they
were ready, and had refreshed themselves, the shepherds took them
out into the fields, and showed them first what they had shown to
Christian before.

Then they had them to some new places. The first was Mount Marvel,
where they looked, and beheld a man at a distance that tumbled the
hills about with words. Then they asked the shepherds what that should
mean. So they told them, that that man was the son of one Mr.\ Great-grace,
of whom you read in the first part of the records of the Pilgrim's
Progress; and he is set there to teach pilgrims how to believe down,
or to tumble out of their ways, what difficulties they should meet
with, by faith.%
\footnote{Mark 11:23,24.%
} Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, I know him; he is a man above many.

Then they had them to another place, called Mount Innocence. And there
they saw a man clothed all in white; and two men, Prejudice and Ill-will,
continually casting dirt upon him. Now behold, the dirt, whatsoever
they cast at him, would in a little time fall off again, and his garment
would look as clear as if no dirt had been cast thereat. Then said
the pilgrims, What means this? The shepherds answered, This man is
named Godlyman, and this garment is to show the innocency of his life.
Now, those that throw dirt at him are such as hate his well-doing;
but, as you see the dirt will not stick upon his clothes, so it shall
be with him that liveth innocently in the world. Whoever they be that
would make such men dirty, they labor all in vain; for God, by that
a little time is spent, will cause that their innocence shall break
forth as the light, and their righteousness as the noonday.

Then they took them, and had them to Mount Charity, where they showed
them a man that had a bundle of cloth lying before him, out of which
he cut coats and garments for the poor that stood about him; yet his
bundle or roll of cloth was never the less. Then said they, What should
this be? This is, said the shepherds, to show you, that he who has
a heart to give of his labor to the poor, shall never want wherewithal.
He that watereth shall be watered himself. And the cake that the widow
gave to the prophet did not cause that she had the less in her barrel.

They had them also to the place where they saw one Fool and one Want-wit
washing an Ethiopian, with intention to make him white; but the more
they washed him, the blacker he was. Then they asked the shepherds
what that should mean. So they told them, saying, Thus it is with
the vile person; all means used to get such a one a good name, shall
in conclusion tend but to make him more abominable. Thus it was with
the pharisees; and so it shall be with all hypocrites.

Then said Mercy, the wife of Matthew, to Christiana her mother, Mother,
I would, if it might be, see the hole in the hill, or that commonly
called the By-way to hell. So her mother brake her mind to the shepherds.
Then they went to the door; it was on the side of an hill; and they
opened it, and bid Mercy hearken a while. So she hearkened, and heard
one saying, Cursed be my father for holding of my feet back from the
way of peace and life. Another said, Oh that I had been torn in pieces
before I had, to save my life, lost my soul! And another said, If
I were to live again, how would I deny myself, rather than to come
to this place! Then there was as if the very earth groaned and quaked
under the feet of this young woman for fear; so she looked white,
and came trembling away, saying, Blessed be he and she that is delivered
from this place!

Now, when the shepherds had shown them all these things, then they
had them back to the palace, and entertained them with what the house
would afford. But Mercy, being a young and married woman, longed for
something that she saw there, but was ashamed to ask. Her mother-in-law
then asked her what she ailed, for she looked as one not well. Then
said Mercy, There is a looking-glass hangs up in the dining-room,
off which I cannot take my mind; if, therefore, I have it not, I think
I shall miscarry. Then said her mother, I will mention thy wants to
the shepherds, and they will not deny thee. But she said, I am ashamed
that these men should know that I longed. Nay, my daughter, said she,
it is no shame, but a virtue, to long for such a thing as that. So
Mercy said, Then mother, if you please, ask the shepherds if they
are willing to sell it.

Now the glass was one of a thousand. It would present a man, one way,
with his own features exactly; and turn it but another way, and it
would show one the very face and similitude of the Prince of pilgrims
himself. Yes, I have talked with them that can tell, and they have
said that they have seen the very crown of thorns upon his head by
looking in that glass; they have therein also seen the holes in his
hands, his feet, and his side. Yea, such an excellency is there in
this glass, that it will show him to one where they have a mind to
see him, whether living or dead; whether in earth, or in heaven; whether
in a state of humiliation, or in his exaltation; whether coming to
suffer, or coming to reign.%
\footnote{James 1:23; 1 Cor. 13:12; 2 Cor. 3:18.%
}

Christiana therefore went to the shepherds apart, (now the names of
the shepherds were Knowledge, Experience, Watchful, and Sincere,)\ and
said unto them, There is one of my daughters, a breeding woman, that
I think doth long for something that she hath seen in this house;
and she thinks that she shall miscarry if she should by you be denied.

\textit{Experience}. Call her, call her, she shall assuredly have
what we can help her to. So they called her, and said to her, Mercy,
what is that thing thou wouldst have? Then she blushed, and said,
The great glass that hangs up in the dining-room. So Sincere ran and
fetched it, and with a joyful consent it was given her. Then she bowed
her head, and gave thanks, and said, By this I know that I have obtained
favor in your eyes.

They also gave to the other young women such things as they desired,
and to their husbands great commendations, for that they had joined
with Mr. Great-Heart in the slaying of Giant Despair, and the demolishing
of Doubting Castle.

About Christiana's neck the shepherds put a bracelet, and so did they
about the necks of her four daughters; also they put ear-rings in
their ears, and jewels on their foreheads.

When they were minded to go hence, they let them go in peace, but
gave not to them those certain cautions which before were given to
Christian and his companion. The reason was, for that these had Great-Heart
to be their guide, who was one that was well acquainted with things,
and so could give them their cautions more seasonably, to wit, even
when the danger was nigh the approaching. What cautions Christian
and his companion had received of the shepherds, they had also lost
by that the time was come that they had need to put them in practice.
Wherefore, here was the advantage that this company had over the other.

From thence they went on singing, and they said,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Behold how fitly are the stages set\\*

For their relief that pilgrims are become,\\*

And how they us receive without one let,\\*

\mbox{That make the other life our mark and home!}\\*

What novelties they have to us they give,\\*

\mbox{That we, though pilgrims, joyful lives may live;}\\*

They do upon us, too, such things bestow,\\*

\mbox{That show we pilgrims are, where'er we go.''}

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}


\chapter*{\raggedright THE EIGHTH STAGE.}

\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{THE EIGHTH STAGE}

\markboth{PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, BOOK II}{THE EIGHTH STAGE}

When they were gone from the shepherds, they quickly came to the place
where Christian met with one Turn-away that dwelt in the town of Apostasy.
Wherefore of him Mr.\ Great-Heart their guide now put them in mind,
saying, This is the place where Christian met with one Turn-away,
who carried with him the character of his rebellion at his back. And
this I have to say concerning this man; he would hearken to no counsel,
but once a falling, persuasion could not stop him. When he came to
the place where the cross and sepulchre were, he did meet with one
that did bid him look there; but he gnashed with his teeth, and stamped,
and said he was resolved to go back to his own town. Before he came
to the gate, he met with Evangelist, who offered to lay hands on him,
to turn him into the way again; but this Turn-away resisted him, and
having done much despite unto him, he got away over the wall, and
so escaped his hand.

Then they went on; and just at the place where Little-Faith formerly
was robbed, there stood a man with his sword drawn, and his face all
over with blood. Then said Mr.\ Great-Heart, Who art thou? The man
made answer, saying, I am one whose name is Valiant-for-truth. I am
a pilgrim, and am going to the Celestial City. Now, as I was in my
way, there were three men that did beset me, and propounded unto me
these three things: 1. Whether I would become one of them.\  2. Or
go back from whence I came.\  3. Or die upon the place.%
\footnote{Prov. 1:11-14.%
} To the first I answered, I had been a true man for a long season,
and therefore it could not be expected that I should now cast in my
lot with thieves. Then they demanded what I would say to the second.
So I told them that the place from whence I came, had I not found
incommodity there, I had not forsaken it at all; but finding it altogether
unsuitable to me, and very unprofitable for me, I forsook it for this
way. Then they asked me what I said to the third. And I told them
my life cost far more dear than that I should lightly give it away.
Besides, you have nothing to do thus to put things to my choice; wherefore
at your peril be it if you meddle. Then these three, to wit, Wild-head,
Inconsiderate, and Pragmatic, drew upon me, and I also drew upon them.
So we fell to it, one against three, for the space of above three
hours. They have left upon me, as you see, some of the marks of their
valor, and have also carried away with them some of mine. They are
but just now gone; I suppose they might, as the saying is, hear your
horse dash, and so they betook themselves to flight.

\textit{Great}. But here was great odds, three against one .

\textit{Valiant}. 'Tis true; but little and more are nothing to him
that has the truth on his side: {}``Though an host should encamp
against me,''\ said one,%
\footnote{Psa. 27:3%
} {}``my heart shall not fear: though war should rise against me,
in this will I be confident,''\ \textit{etc}. Besides, said he,
I have read in some records, that one man has fought an army: and
how many did Samson slay with the jawbone of an ass!

\textit{Great}. Then said the guide, Why did you not cry out, that
some might have come in for your succor?

\textit{Valiant}. So I did to my King, who I knew could hear me, and
afford invisible help, and that was sufficient for me.

\textit{Great}. Then said Great-Heart to Mr.\ Valiant-for-truth,
Thou hast worthily behaved thyself; let me see thy sword. So he showed
it him.

When he had taken it in his hand, and looked thereon awhile, he said,
Ha, it is a right Jerusalem blade.

\textit{Valiant}. It is so. Let a man have one of these blades, with
a hand to wield it, and skill to use it, and he may venture upon an
angel with it. He need not fear its holding, if he can but tell how
to lay on. Its edge will never blunt. It will cut flesh and bones,
and soul, and spirit, and all.%
\footnote{Heb. 4:12.%
}

\textit{Great}. But you fought a great while; I wonder you was not
weary.

\textit{Valiant}. I fought till my sword did cleave to my hand; and
then they were joined together as if a sword grew out of my arm; and
when the blood ran through my fingers, then I fought with most courage.

\textit{Great}. Thou hast done well; thou hast resisted unto blood,
striving against sin. Thou shalt abide by us, come in and go out with
us; for we are thy companions. Then they took him and washed his wounds,
and gave him of what they had, to refresh him: and so they went together.

Now, as they went on, because Mr.\ Great-Heart was delighted in him,
(for he loved one greatly that he found to be a man of his hands,)\ and
because there were in company those that were feeble and weak, therefore
he questioned with him about many things; as first, what countryman
he was.

\textit{Valiant}. I am of Dark-land; for there was I born, and there
my father and mother are still.

\textit{Great}. Dark-land!\ said the guide; doth not that lie on
the same coast with the City of Destruction?

\textit{Valiant}. Yes, it doth. Now that which caused me to come on
pilgrimage was this. We had one Mr.\ Tell-true come into our parts,
and he told it about what Christian had done, that went from the City
of Destruction; namely, how he had forsaken his wife and children,
and had betaken himself to a pilgrim's life. It was also confidently
reported, how he had killed a serpent that did come out to resist
him in his journey; and how he got through to whither he intended.
It was also told what welcome he had at all his Lord's lodgings, especially
when he came to the gates of the Celestial City; for there, said the
man, he was received with sound of trumpet by a company of shining
ones. He told also how all the bells in the city did ring for joy
at his reception, and what golden garments he was clothed with; with
many other things that now I shall forbear to relate. In a word, that
man so told the story of Christian and his travels that my heart fell
into a burning haste to be gone after him; nor could father or mother
stay me. So I got from them, and am come thus far on my way.

\textit{Great}. You came in at the gate, did you not?

\textit{Valiant}. Yes, yes; for the same man also told us, that all
would be nothing if we did not begin to enter this way at the gate.

\textit{Great}. Look you, said the guide to Christiana, the pilgrimage
of your husband, and what he has gotten thereby, is spread abroad
far and near.

\textit{Valiant}. Why, is this Christian's wife?

\textit{Great}. Yes, that it is; and these also are his four sons.

\textit{Valiant}. What, and going on pilgrimage too?

\textit{Great}. Yes, verily, they are following after.

\textit{Valiant}. It glads me at the heart. Good man, how joyful will
he be when he shall see them that would not go with him, yet to enter
after him in at the gates into the Celestial City.

\textit{Great}. Without doubt it will be a comfort to him; for, next
to the joy of seeing himself there, it will be a joy to meet there
his wife and children.

\textit{Valiant}. But now you are upon that, pray let me hear your
opinion about it. Some make a question whether we shall know one another
when we are there.

\textit{Great}. Do you think they shall know themselves then, or that
they shall rejoice to see themselves in that bliss? And if they think
they shall know and do this, why not know others, and rejoice in their
welfare also? Again, since relations are our second self, though that
state will be dissolved there, yet why may it not be rationally concluded
that we shall be more glad to see them there than to see they are
wanting?

\textit{Valiant}. Well, I perceive whereabouts you are as to this.
Have you any more things to ask me about my beginning to come on pilgrimage?

\textit{Great}. Yes; were your father and mother willing that you
should become a pilgrim?

\textit{Valiant}. O no; they used all means imaginable to persuade
me to stay at home.

\textit{Great}. Why, what could they say against it?

\textit{Valiant}. They said it was an idle life; and if I myself were
not inclined to sloth and laziness, I would never countenance a pilgrim's
condition.

\textit{Great}. And what did they say else?

\textit{Valiant}. Why, they told me that it was a dangerous way; yea,
the most dangerous way in the world, said they, is that which the
pilgrims go.

\textit{Great}. Did they show you wherein this way is so dangerous?

\textit{Valiant}. Yes; and that in many particulars.

\textit{Great}. Name some of them.

\textit{Valiant}. They told me of the Slough of Despond, where Christian
was well-nigh smothered. They told me, that there were archers standing
ready in Beelzebub-castle to shoot them who should knock at the Wicket-gate
for entrance. They told me also of the wood and dark mountains; of
the hill Difficulty; of the lions; and also of the three giants, Bloody-man,
Maul, and Slay-good. They said, moreover, that there was a foul fiend
haunted the Valley of Humiliation; and that Christian was by him almost
bereft of life. Besides, said they, you must go over the Valley of
the Shadow of Death, where the hobgoblins are, where the light is
darkness, where the way is full of snares, pits, traps, and gins.
They told me also of Giant Despair, of Doubting Castle, and of the
ruin that the pilgrims met with here. Further they said I must go
over the Enchanted Ground, which was dangerous; And that after all
this I should find a river, over which there was no bridge; and that
that river did lie betwixt me and the Celestial country.

\textit{Great}. And was this all?

\textit{Valiant}. No. They also told me that this way was full of
deceivers, and of persons that lay in wait there to turn good men
out of the path.

\textit{Great}. But how did they make that out?

\textit{Valiant}. They told me that Mr.\ Wordly Wiseman did lie there
in wait to deceive. They said also, that there were Formality and
Hypocrisy continually on the road. They said also, that By-ends, Talkative,
or Demas, would go near to gather me up; that the Flatterer would
catch me in his net; or that, with green-headed Ignorance, I would
presume to go on to the gate, from whence he was sent back to the
hole that was in the side of the hill, and made to go the by-way to
hell.

\textit{Great}. I promise you this was enough to discourage you; but
did they make an end here?

\textit{Valiant}. No, stay. They told me also of many that had tried
that way of old, and that had gone a great way therein, to see if
they could find something of the glory there that so many had so much
talked of from time to time, and how they came back again, and befooled
themselves for setting a foot out of doors in that path, to the satisfaction
of all the country. And they named several that did so, as Obstinate
and Pliable, Mistrust and Timorous, Turn-away and old Atheist, with
several more; who, they said, had some of them gone far to see what
they could find, but not one of them had found so much advantage by
going as amounted to the weight of a feather.

\textit{Great}. Said they any thing more to discourage you?

\textit{Valiant}. Yes. They told me of one Mr.\ Fearing, who was
a pilgrim, and how he found his way so solitary that he never had
a comfortable hour therein; also, that Mr.\ Despondency had like
to have been starved therein: yea, and also (which I had almost forgot)\ that
Christian himself, about whom there has been such a noise, after all
his adventures for a celestial crown, was certainly drowned in the
Black River, and never went a foot further; however it was smothered
up.

\textit{Great}. And did none of these things discourage you?

\textit{Valiant}. No; they seemed but as so many nothings to me.

\textit{Great}. How came that about?

\textit{Valiant}. Why, I still believed what Mr. Tell-true had said;
and that carried me beyond them all.

\textit{Great}. Then this was your victory, even your faith.

\textit{Valiant}. It was so. I believed, and therefore came out, got
into the way, fought all that set themselves against me, and, by believing,
am come to this place.\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``Who would true valor see,\\*

Let him come hither;\\*

One here will constant be,\\*

Come wind, come weather\\*

There's no discouragement\\*

Shall make him once relent\\*

His first avow'd intent\\*

To be a pilgrim.\\

\ \\

Whoso beset him round\\*

With dismal stories,\\*

Do but themselves confound;\\*

His strength the more is.\\*

No lion can him fright,\\*

He'll with a giant fight,\\*

But he will have a right\\*

To be a pilgrim.\\

\ \\

Hobgoblin nor foul fiend\\*

Can daunt his spirit;\\*

He knows he at the end\\*

Shall life inherit.\\*

Then fancies fly away,\\*

He'll not fear what men say;\\*

He'll labor night and day\\*

To be a pilgrim.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

By this time they were got to the Enchanted Ground, where the air
naturally tended to make one drowsy. And that place was all grown
over with briars and thorns, excepting here and there, where was an
enchanted arbor, upon which if a man sits, or in which if a man sleeps,
it is a question, some say, whether ever he shall rise or wake again
in this world. Over this forest, therefore, they went, both one and
another, and Mr.\ Great-Heart went before, for that he was the guide;
and Mr.\ Valiant-for-truth came behind, being rear-guard, for fear
lest peradventure some fiend, or dragon, or giant, or thief, should
fall upon their rear, and so do mischief. They went on here, each
man with his sword drawn in his hand; for they knew it was a dangerous
place. Also they cheered up one another as well as they could. Feeble-mind,
Mr.\ Great-Heart commanded should come up after him; and Mr.\ Despondency
was under the eye of Mr.\ Valiant.

Now they had not gone far, but a great mist and darkness fell upon
them all; so that they could scarce, for a great while, the one see
the other. Wherefore they were forced, for some time, to feel one
for another by words; for they walked not by sight. But any one must
think, that here was but sorry going for the best of them all; but
how much worse for the women and children, who both of feet and heart
were but tender! Yet so it was, that through the encouraging words
of him that led in the front, and of him that brought them up behind,
they made a pretty good shift to wag along.

The way also here was very wearisome, through dirt and slabbiness.
Nor was there, on all this ground, so much as one inn or victualling-house
wherein to refresh the feebler sort. Here, therefore, was grunting,
and puffing, and sighing, while one tumbleth over a bush, another
sticks fast in the dirt, and the children, some of them, lost their
shoes in the mire; while one cries out, I am down; and another, Ho,
where are you?\ and a third, The bushes have got such fast hold on
me, I think I cannot get away from them.

Then they came at an arbor, warm, and promising much refreshing to
the pilgrims; for it was finely wrought above-head, beautified with
greens, furnished with benches and settles. It also had in it a soft
couch, whereon the weary might lean. This, you must think, all things
considered, was tempting; for the pilgrims already began to be foiled
with the badness of the way: but there was not one of them that made
so much as a motion to stop there. Yea, for aught I could perceive,
they continually gave so good heed to the advice of their guide, and
he did so faithfully tell them of dangers, and of the nature of the
dangers when they were at them, that usually, when they were nearest
to them, they did most pluck up their spirits, and hearten one another
to deny the flesh. This arbor was called The Slothful's Friend, and
was made on purpose to allure, if it might be, some of the pilgrims
there to take up their rest when weary.

I saw them in my dream, that they went on in this their solitary ground,
till they came to a place at which a man is apt to lose his way. Now,
though when it was light their guide could well enough tell how to
miss those ways that led wrong, yet in the dark he was put to a stand.
But he had in his pocket a map of all ways leading to or from the
Celestial City; wherefore he struck a light (for he never goes without
his tinder-box also), and takes a view of his book or map, which bids
him to be careful in that place to turn to the right hand. And had
he not been careful here to look in his map, they had all, in probability,
been smothered in the mud; for just a little before them, and that
at the end of the cleanest way too, was a pit, none knows how deep,
full of nothing but mud, there made on purpose to destroy the pilgrims
in.

Then thought I with myself, Who that goeth on pilgrimage but would
have one of these maps about him, that he may look, when he is at
a stand, which is the way he must take?

Then they went on in this Enchanted Ground till they came to where
there was another arbor, and it was built by the highway-side. And
in that arbor there lay two men, whose names were Heedless and Too-bold.
These two went thus far on pilgrimage; but here, being wearied with
their journey, they sat down to rest themselves, and so fell fast
asleep. When the pilgrims saw them, they stood still, and shook their
heads; for they knew that the sleepers were in a pitiful case. Then
they consulted what to do, whether to go on and leave them in their
sleep, or to step to them and try to awake them; so they concluded
to go to them and awake them, that is, if they could; but with this
caution, namely, to take heed that they themselves did not sit down
nor embrace the offered benefit of that arbor.

So they went in, and spake to the men, and called each by his name,
for the guide, it seems, did know them; but there was no voice nor
answer. Then the guide did shake them, and do what he could to disturb
them. Then said one of them, I will pay you when I take my money.
At which the guide shook his head. I will fight so long as I can hold
my sword in my hand, said the other. At that, one of the children
laughed.

Then said Christiana, What is the meaning of this? The guide said,
They talk in their sleep. If you strike them, beat them, or whatever
else you do to them, they will answer you after this fashion; or,
as one of them said in old time, when the waves of the sea did beat
upon him, and he slept as one upon the mast of a ship,%
\footnote{Prov. 23:34,35%
} When I awake, I will seek it yet again. You know, when men talk in
their sleep, they say any thing; but their words are not governed
either by faith or reason. There is an incoherency in their words
now, as there was before betwixt their going on pilgrimage and sitting
down here. This, then, is the mischief of it: when heedless ones go
on pilgrimage, 'tis twenty to one but they are served thus. For this
Enchanted Ground is one of the last refuges that the enemy to pilgrims
has; wherefore it is, as you see, placed almost at the end of the
way, and so it standeth against us with the more advantage. For when,
thinks the enemy, will these fools be so desirous to sit down as when
they are weary?\ and when so like to be weary as when almost at their
journey's end? Therefore it is, I say, that the Enchanted Ground is
placed so nigh to the land Beulah, and so near the end of their race.
Wherefore let pilgrims look to themselves, lest it happen to them
as it has done to these that, as you see, are fallen asleep, and none
can awake them.

Then the pilgrims desired with trembling to go forward; only they
prayed their guide to strike a light, that they might go the rest
of their way by the help of the light of a lantern. So he struck a
light, and they went by the help of that through the rest of this
way, though the darkness was very great.%
\footnote{2 Pet. 1:19.%
} But the children began to be sorely weary, and they cried out unto
him that loveth pilgrims, to make their way more comfortable. So by
that they had gone a little further, a wind arose that drove away
the fog, so the air became more clear. Yet they were not off (by much)\ of
the Enchanted Ground; only now they could see one another better,
and the way wherein they should walk.

Now when they were almost at the end of this ground, they perceived
that a little before them was a solemn noise, as of one that was much
concerned. So they went on and looked before them: and behold they
saw, as they thought, a man upon his knees, with hands and eyes lifted
up, and speaking, as they thought, earnestly to one that was above.
They drew nigh, but could not tell what he said; so they went softly
till he had done. When he had done, he got up, and began to run towards
the Celestial City. Then Mr.\ Great-Heart called after him, saying,
Soho, friend, let us have your company, if you go, as I suppose you
do, to the Celestial City. So the man stopped, and they came up to
him. But as soon as Mr.\ Honest saw him, he said, I know this man.
Then said Mr.\ Valiant-for-truth, Prithee, who is it? It is one,
said he, that comes from whereabout I dwelt. His name is Standfast;
he is certainly a right good pilgrim.

So they came up to one another; and presently Standfast said to old
Honest, Ho, father Honest, are you there? Aye, said he, that I am,
as sure as you are there. Right glad am I, said Mr.\ Standfast, that
I have found you on this road. And as glad am I, said the other, that
I espied you on your knees. Then Mr.\ Standfast blushed, and said,
But why, did you see me? Yes, that I did, quoth the other, and with
my heart was glad at the sight. Why, what did you think?\  said Standfast.
Think!\ said old Honest; what could I think? I thought we had an
honest man upon the road, and therefore should have his company by
and by. If you thought not amiss, said Standfast, how happy am I!
But if I be not as I should, 't is I alone must bear it. That is true,
said the other; but your fear doth further confirm me that things
are right betwixt the Prince of pilgrims and your soul. For he saith,
{}``Blessed is the man that feareth always.''%
\footnote{Prov. 28:14.%
}

\textit{Valiant}. Well but, brother, I pray thee tell us what was
it that was the cause of thy being upon thy knees even now: was it
for that some special mercy laid obligations upon thee, or how?

\textit{Stand}. Why, we are, as you see, upon the Enchanted Ground;
and as I was coming along, I was musing with myself of what a dangerous
nature the road in this place was, and how many that had come even
thus far on pilgrimage, had here been stopped and been destroyed.
I thought also of the manner of the death with which this place destroyeth
men. Those that die here, die of no violent distemper: the death which
such die is not grievous to them. For he that goeth away in a sleep,
begins that journey with desire and pleasure. Yea, such acquiesce
in the will of that disease.

\textit{Hon}. Then Mr.\ Honest interrupting him, said, Did you see
the two men asleep in the arbor?

\textit{Stand}. Aye, aye, I saw Heedless and Too-bold there; and for
ought I know, there they will lie till they rot.%
\footnote{Prov. 10:7.%
} But let me go on with my tale. As I was thus musing, as I said, there
was one in very pleasant attire, but old, who presented herself to
me, and offered me three things, to wit, her body, her purse, and
her bed. Now the truth is, I was both weary and sleepy. I am also
as poor as an owlet, and that perhaps the witch knew. Well, I repulsed
her once and again, but she put by my repulses, and smiled. Then I
began to be angry; but she mattered that nothing at all. Then she
made offers again, and said, if I would be ruled by her, she would
make me great and happy; for, said she, I am the mistress of the world,
and men are made happy by me. Then I asked her name, and she told
me it was Madam Bubble. This set me further from her; but she still
followed me with enticements. Then I betook me, as you saw, to my
knees, and with hands lifted up, and cries, I prayed to Him that had
said he would help. So, just as you came up, the gentlewoman went
her way. Then I continued to give thanks for this my great deliverance;
for I verily believe she intended no good, but rather sought to make
stop of me in my journey.

\textit{Hon}. Without doubt her designs were bad. But stay, now you
talk of her, methinks I either have seen her, or have read some story
of her.

\textit{Stand}. Perhaps you have done both.

\textit{Hon}. Madam Bubble! Is she not a tall, comely dame, something
of a swarthy complexion?

\textit{Stand}. Right, you hit it: she is just such a one.

\textit{Hon}. Doth she not speak very smoothly, and give you a smile
at the end of a sentence?

\textit{Stand}. You fall right upon it again, for these are her very
actions.

\textit{Hon}. Doth she not wear a great purse by her side, and is
not her hand often in it, fingering her money, as if that was her
heart's delight.

\textit{Stand}. 'Tis just so; had she stood by all this while, you
could not more amply have set her forth before me, nor have better
described her features.

\textit{Hon}. Then he that drew her picture was a good limner, and
he that wrote of her said true.

\textit{Great}. This woman is a witch, and it is by virtue of her
sorceries that this ground is enchanted. Whoever doth lay his head
down in her lap, had as good lay it down on that block over which
the axe doth hang; and whoever lay their eyes upon her beauty are
counted the enemies of God. This is she that maintaineth in their
splendor all those that are the enemies of pilgrims.%
\footnote{James 4:4.%
} Yea, this is she that has bought off many a man from a pilgrim's
life. She is a great gossiper; she is always, both she and her daughters,
at one pilgrim's heels or another, now commending, and then preferring
the excellences of this life. She is a bold and impudent slut: she
will talk with any man. She always laugheth poor pilgrims to scorn,
but highly commends the rich. If there be one cunning to get money
in a place, she will speak well of him from house to house. She loveth
banqueting and feasting mainly well; she is always at one full table
or another. She has given it out in some places that she is a goddess,
and therefore some do worship her. She has her time, and open places
of cheating; and she will say and avow it, that none can show a good
comparable to hers. She promiseth to dwell with children's children,
if they will but love her and make much of her. She will cast out
of her purse gold like dust in some places and to some persons. She
loves to be sought after, spoken well of, and to lie in the bosoms
of men. She is never weary of commending her commodities, and she
loves them most that think best of her. She will promise to some crowns
and kingdoms, if they will but take her advice; yet many has she brought
to the halter, and ten thousand times more to hell.

\textit{Stand}. Oh, said Standfast, what a mercy is it that I did
resist her; for whither might she have drawn me!

\textit{Great}. Whither?\ nay, none but God knows whither. But in
general, to be sure, she would have drawn thee into many foolish and
hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition.%
\footnote{1 Tim. 6:9.%
} 'T was she that set Absalom against his father, and Jeroboam against
his master. 'T was she that persuaded Judas to sell his Lord; and
that prevailed with Demas to forsake the godly pilgrim's life. None
can tell of the mischief that she doth. She makes variance betwixt
rulers and subjects, betwixt parents and children, betwixt neighbor
and neighbor, betwixt a man and his wife, betwixt a man and himself,
betwixt the flesh and the spirit. Wherefore, good Mr.\ Standfast,
be as your name is, and when you have done all, stand.

At this discourse there was among the pilgrims a mixture of joy and
trembling; but at length they broke out and sang,\begin{flushleft}\begin{verse}\footnotesize

``What danger is the Pilgrim in!\\*

How many are his foes!\\*

How many ways there are to sin\\*

No living mortal knows.\\*

Some in the ditch are spoiled, yea, can\\*

Lie tumbling in the mire:\\*

Some, though they shun the frying-pan\\*

Do leap into the fire.''

\end{verse}\end{flushleft}

{}

After this, I beheld until they were come into the land of Beulah,
where the sun shineth night and day. Here, because they were weary,
they betook themselves a while to rest. And because this country was
common for pilgrims, and because the orchards and vineyards that were
here belonged to the King of the Celestial country, therefore they
were licensed to make bold with any of his things. But a little while
soon refreshed them here; for the bells did so ring, and the trumpets
continually sound so melodiously, that they could not sleep, and yet
they received as much refreshing as if they had slept their sleep
ever so soundly. Here also all the noise of them that walked the streets
was, More pilgrims are come to town! And another would answer, saying,
And so many went over the water, and were let in at the golden gates
to-day! They would cry again, There is now a legion of shining ones
just come to town, by which we know that there are more pilgrims upon
the road; for here they come to wait for them, and to comfort them
after all their sorrow. Then the pilgrims got up, and walked to and
fro. But how were their ears now filled with heavenly noises, and
their eyes delighted with celestial visions! In this land they heard
nothing, saw nothing, felt nothing, smelt nothing, tasted nothing
that was offensive to their stomach or mind; only when they tasted
of the water of the river over which they were to go, they thought
that it tasted a little bitterish to the palate; but it proved sweeter
when it was down.

In this place there was a record kept of the names of them that had
been pilgrims of old, and a history of all the famous acts that they
had done. It was here also much discoursed, how the river to some
had had its flowings, and what ebbings it has had while others have
gone over. It has been in a manner dry for some, while it has overflowed
its banks for others.

In this place the children of the town would go into the King's gardens,
and gather nosegays for the pilgrims, and bring them to them with
much affection. Here also grew camphire, with spikenard and saffron,
calamus and cinnamon, with all the trees of frankincense, myrrh, and
aloes, with all chief spices. With these the pilgrims'\ chambers
were perfumed while they stayed here; and with these were their bodies
anointed, to prepare them to go over the river, when the time appointed
was come.

Now, while they lay here, and waited for the good hour, there was
a noise in the town that there was a post come from the Celestial
City, with matter of great importance to one Christiana, the wife
of Christian the pilgrim. So inquiry was made for her, and the house
was found out where she was. So the post presented her with a letter.
The contents were, Hail, good woman; I bring thee tidings that the
Master calleth for thee, and expecteth that thou shouldst stand in
his presence in clothes of immortality within these ten days.

When he had read this letter to her, he gave her therewith a sure
token that he was a true messenger, and was come to bid her make haste
to be gone. The token was, an arrow with a point sharpened with love,
let easily into her heart, which by degrees wrought so effectually
with her, that at the time appointed she must be gone.

When Christiana saw that her time was come, and that she was the first
of this company that was to go over, she called for Mr.\ Great-Heart
her guide, and told him how matters were. So he told her he was heartily
glad of the news, and could have been glad had the post come for him.
Then she bid him that he should give advice how all things should
be prepared for her journey. So he told her, saying, Thus and thus
it must be, and we that survive will accompany you to the river-side.

Then she called for her children, and gave them her blessing, and
told them that she had read with comfort the mark that was set in
their foreheads, and was glad to see them with her there, and that
they had kept their garments so white. Lastly, she bequeathed to the
poor that little she had, and commanded her sons and daughters to
be ready against the messenger should come for them.

When she had spoken these words to her guide, and to her children,
she called for Mr.\ Valiant-for-truth, and said unto him, Sir, you
have in all places showed yourself true-hearted; be faithful unto
death, and my King will give you a crown of life.%
\footnote{Rev. 2:10.%
} I would also entreat you to have an eye to my children; and if at
any time you see them faint, speak comfortably to them. For my daughters,
my sons'\ wives, they have been faithful, and a fulfilling of the
promise upon them will be their end. But she gave Mr.\ Standfast
a ring.

Then she called for old Mr.\ Honest, and said of him, {}``Behold
an Israelite indeed, in whom is no guile!''%
\footnote{John 1:47.%
} Then said he, I wish you a fair day when you set out for Mount Sion,
and shall be glad to see that you go over the river dry-shod. But
she answered, Come wet, come dry, I long to be gone; for however the
weather is in my journey, I shall have time enough when I come there
to sit down and rest me and dry me.

Then came in that good man Mr.\ Ready-to-halt, to see her. So she
said to him, Thy travel hitherto has been with difficulty; but that
will make thy rest the sweeter. Watch, and be ready; for at an hour
when you think not, the messenger may come.

After him came Mr.\ Despondency and his daughter Much-afraid, to
whom she said, You ought, with thankfulness, forever to remember your
deliverance from the hands of Giant Despair, and out of Doubting Castle.
The effect of that mercy is, that you are brought with safety hither.
Be ye watchful, and cast away fear; be sober, and hope to the end.

Then she said to Mr.\ Feeble-mind, Thou wast delivered from the mouth
of Giant Slay-good, that thou mightest live in the light of the living,
and see thy King with comfort. Only I advise thee to repent of thine
aptness to fear and doubt of his goodness, before he sends for thee;
lest thou shouldst, when he comes, be forced to stand before him for
that fault with blushing.

Now the day drew on that Christiana must be gone. So the road was
full of people to see her take her journey. But behold, all the banks
beyond the river were full of horses and chariots, which were come
down from above to accompany her to the city gate. So she came forth,
and entered the river, with a beckon of farewell to those that followed
her. The last words that she was heard to say were, I come, Lord,
to be with thee and bless thee! So her children and friends returned
to their place, for those that waited for Christiana had carried her
out of their sight. So she went and called, and entered in at the
gate with all the ceremonies of joy that her husband Christian had
entered with before her. At her departure, the children wept. But
Mr.\ Great-Heart and Mr.\ Valiant played upon the well-tuned cymbal
and harp for joy. So all departed to their respective places.

In process of time there came a post to the town again, and his business
was with Mr.\ Ready-to-halt. So he inquired him out, and said, I
am come from Him whom thou hast loved and followed, though upon crutches;
and my message is to tell thee, that he expects thee at his table
to sup with him in his kingdom, the next day after Easter; wherefore
prepare thyself for this journey. Then he also gave him a token that
he was a true messenger, saying, {}``I have broken thy golden bowl,
and loosed thy silver cord.''%
\footnote{Eccles. 12:6.%
}

After this, Mr.\ Ready-to-halt called for his fellow-pilgrims, and
told them, saying, I am sent for, and God shall surely visit you also.
So he desired Mr.\ Valiant to make his will. And because he had nothing
to bequeath to them that should survive him but his crutches, and
his good wishes, therefore thus he said, These crutches I bequeath
to my son that shall tread in my steps, with a hundred warm wishes
that he may prove better than I have been.

Then he thanked Mr.\ Great-Heart for his conduct and kindness, and
so addressed himself to his journey. When he came to the brink of
the river, he said, Now I shall have no more need of these crutches,
since yonder are chariots and horses for me to ride on. The last words
he was heard to say were, Welcome life! So he went his way.

After this, Mr.\ Feeble-mind had tidings brought him that the post
sounded his horn at his chamber door. Then he came in, and told him,
saying, I am come to tell thee that thy Master hath need of thee,
and that in a very little time thou must behold his face in brightness.
And take this as a token of the truth of my message: {}``Those that
look out at the windows shall be darkened.''%
\footnote{Eccles. 12:3.%
} Then Mr.\ Feeble-mind called for his friends, and told them what
errand had been brought unto him, and what token he had received of
the truth of the message. Then he said, since I have nothing to bequeath
to any, to what purpose should I make a will? As for my feeble mind,
that I will leave behind me, for that I shall have no need of it in
the place whither I go, nor is it worth bestowing upon the poorest
pilgrims: wherefore, when I am gone, I desire that you, Mr.\ Valiant,
would bury it in a dunghill. This done, and the day being come on
which he was to depart, he entered the river as the rest. His last
words were, Hold out, faith and patience! So he went over to the other
side.

When days had many of them passed away, Mr.\ Despondency was sent
for; for a post was come, and brought this message to him: Trembling
man! these are to summon thee to be ready with the King by the next
Lord's day, to shout for joy for thy deliverance from all thy doubtings.
And, said the messenger, that my message is true, take this for a
proof: so he gave him a grasshopper to be a burden unto him.%
\footnote{Ecclesiastes 12:5.%
}

Now Mr.\ Despondency's daughter, whose name was Much-afraid, said,
when she heard what was done, that she would go with her father. Then
Mr. Despondency said to his friends, Myself and my daughter, you know
what we have been, and how troublesomely we have behaved ourselves
in every company. My will and my daughter's is, that our desponds
and slavish fears be by no man ever received, from the day of our
departure, forever; for I know that after my death they will offer
themselves to others. For, to be plain with you, they are ghosts which
we entertained when we first began to be pilgrims, and could never
shake them off after; and they will walk about, and seek entertainment
of the pilgrims: but for our sakes, shut the doors upon them. When
the time was come for them to depart, they went up to the brink of
the river. The last words of Mr.\ Despondency were, Farewell, night;
welcome, day! His daughter went through the river singing, but none
could understand what she said.

Then it came to pass a while after, that there was a post in the town
that inquired for Mr.\  Honest. So he came to the house where he
was, and delivered to his hand these lines: Thou art commanded to
be ready against this day seven-night, to present thyself before thy
Lord at his Father's house. And for a token that my message is true,
{}``All the daughters of music shall be brought low.''%
\footnote{Eccles. 12:4.%
} Then Mr. Honest called for his friends, and said unto them, I die,
but shall make no will. As for my honesty, it shall go with me; let
him that comes after be told of this. When the day that he was to
be gone was come, he addressed himself to go over the river. Now the
river at that time over-flowed its banks in some places; but Mr.\ Honest,
in his lifetime, had spoken to one Good-conscience to meet him there,
the which he also did, and lent him his hand, and so helped him over.
The last words of Mr.\ Honest were, Grace reigns! So he left the
world.

After this it was noised abroad that Mr.\ Valiant-for-truth was taken
with a summons by the same post as the other, and had this for a token
that the summons was true, {}``That his pitcher was broken at the
fountain.''%
\footnote{Eccl. 12:6.%
} When he understood it, he called for his friends, and told them of
it. Then said he, I am going to my Father's; and though with great
difficulty I have got hither, yet now I do not repent me of all the
trouble I have been at to arrive where I am. My sword I give to him
that shall succeed me in my pilgrimage, and my courage and skill to
him that can get it. My marks and scars I carry with me, to be a witness
for me that I have fought His battles who will now be my rewarder.
When the day that he must go hence was come, many accompanied him
to the river-side, into which as he went, he said, {}``Death, where
is thy sting?''\  And as he went down deeper, he said, {}``Grave,
where is thy victory?''%
\footnote{1 Cor. 15:55.%
} So he passed over, and all the trumpets sounded for him on the other
side.

Then there came forth a summons for Mr.\ Standfast. This Mr.\ Standfast
was he whom the rest of the pilgrims found upon his knees in the Enchanted
Ground. And the post brought it him open in his hands: the contents
thereof were, that he must prepare for a change of life, for his Master
was not willing that he should be so far from him any longer. At this
Mr.\ Standfast was put into a muse. Nay, said the messenger, you
need not doubt of the truth of my message; for here is a token of
the truth thereof, {}``Thy wheel is broken at the cistern.''%
\footnote{Eccles. 12:6.%
} Then he called to him Mr.\ Great-Heart, who was their guide, and
said unto him, Sir, although it was not my hap to be much in your
good company during the days of my pilgrimage, yet, since the time
I knew you, you have been profitable to me. When I came from home,
I left behind me a wife and five small children; let me entreat you,
at your return, (for I know that you go and return to your Master's
house, in hopes that you may yet be a conductor to more of the holy
pilgrims,) that you send to my family, and let them be acquainted
with all that hath and shall happen unto me. Tell them moreover of
my happy arrival at this place, and of the present and late blessed
condition I am in. Tell them also of Christian and Christiana his
wife, and how she and her children came after her husband. Tell them
also of what a happy end she made, and whither she is gone. I have
little or nothing to send to my family, unless it be prayers and tears
for them; of which it will suffice that you acquaint them, if peradventure
they may prevail. When Mr.\ Standfast had thus set things in order,
and the time being come for him to haste him away, he also went down
to the river. Now there was a great calm at that time in the river;
wherefore Mr.\ Standfast, when he was about half-way in, stood a
while, and talked with his companions that had waited upon him thither.
And he said, This river has been a terror to many; yea, the thoughts
of it also have often frightened me; but now methinks I stand easy;
my foot is fixed upon that on which the feet of the priests that bare
the ark of the covenant stood while Israel went over Jordan.%
\footnote{Josh. 3:17.%
} The waters indeed are to the palate bitter, and to the stomach cold;
yet the thoughts of what I am going to, and of the convoy that waits
for me on the other side, do lie as a glowing coal at my heart. I
see myself now at the end of my journey; my toilsome days are ended.
I am going to see that head which was crowned with thorns, and that
face which was spit upon for me. I have formerly lived by hearsay
and faith; but now I go where I shall live by sight, and shall be
with him in whose company I delight myself. I have loved to hear my
Lord spoken of; and wherever I have seen the print of his shoe in
the earth, there I have coveted to set my foot too. His name has been
to me as a civet-box; yea, sweeter than all perfumes. His voice to
me has been most sweet, and his countenance I have more desired than
they that have most desired the light of the sun. His words I did
use to gather for my food, and for antidotes against my faintings.
He hath held me, and hath kept me from mine iniquities; yea, my steps
hath he strengthened in his way.

Now, while he was thus in discourse, his countenance changed; his
strong man bowed under him: and after he had said, Take me, for I
come unto thee, he ceased to be seen of them.

But glorious it was to see how the open region was filled with horses
and chariots, with trumpeters and pipers, with singers and players
upon stringed instruments, to welcome the pilgrims as they went up,
and followed one another in at the beautiful gate of the city.

As for Christiana's children, the four boys that Christiana brought,
with their wives and children, I did not stay where I was till they
were gone over. Also, since I came away, I heard one say that they
were yet alive, and so would be for the increase of the church, in
that place where they were, for a time.

Should it be my lot to go that way again, I may give those that desire
it an account of what I here am silent about: meantime I bid my reader

\noindent \begin{center}\textit{Farewell}.\end{center}
\end{document}
